{"response":{"docs":[{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_733","title":"Report: ''Little Rock School District 1994-95 Third Quarter Status Report, Program Planning and Budget Document for Desegregation Programs,'' Volume I, exhibit 1","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1995-05-19"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","Education--Arkansas","Education--Evaluation","Education--Finance"],"dcterms_title":["Report: ''Little Rock School District 1994-95 Third Quarter Status Report, Program Planning and Budget Document for Desegregation Programs,'' Volume I, exhibit 1"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/733"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["budgets"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\nVOLUME I LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT 1994-95 THIRD QUARTER STATUS REPORT PROGRAM PLANNING AND BUDGET DOCUMENT FOR DESEGREGATION PROGRAMS PLANNING, RESEARCH, AND EVALUATION DEPARTMENT May 19, 1995 EXHIBIT 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS SEQUENCE # PAGE# SEQUENCE # Preface 1 SCHOOL OPERATIONS CLUSTER (BUFF) Mission 4 Goals 5 District Financial Summary 6 Definitions 8 Organization of the Report 10 Cluster Budget Documents 12 09A 09B 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 CURRICULUM CLUSTER (PINK) 01,1 - 08,23 M4Y I 9 100=: Office of Desegregation tvioiinofing School Operations (PriiKipals) School Curations (Central Off. Adm.) Extracurricular Participation Student Hearing Officer In-School Suspension New Futures Academic Incentive Grants/Focused Activities McClellan Community School Unassigned Testing Assistance - Disadvantaged Job Fair SCHOOL SUPPORT CLUSTER (BLUE) PAGE# 09A,l - 18,20 09A,l-139 09B,l-80 10,1-30 11,1-4 12,1-103 13,1-5 14,1-6 15,1-71 17,1-5 18,1-2 20,1 - 36,10 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 HIPPY 4 Year Old Program/City Wide Early Childhood Education Program Academic Support Program (PAL) Multicultural Curriculum Special Education Gifted Education Federal Programs Vocational Education 01,1-7 02,1-9 03,1-12 04,1-28 05,1-52 06,1-9 07,1-6 08,1-23 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 Unassigned Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Staff Development Libraiy/Media Computerized Transportation Data Processing Safety and Security Minority Teacher Recruitment Educational Equity Monitoring Commitment to Desegregation/Leadership Summer School (Interdistrict) Summer Learning Program - JTPA 20,1-21 21,1-20 22,1-8 23,M 24,1-12 25,1-8 26,1-8 27,1-6 28,1-3 29,1-9 30,1-9 ISEQUENCE H PAGE# SEQUENCE It PAGE  31 32 33 34 35 36 Unassigned Unassigned Facilities Guidance/Counseling Program Leadership Employment Practices Unassigned 33,1-5 34,1-11 35,1-3 RECRUITMENT CLUSTER (PURPLE) 37,1 - 39,10 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 37 38 39 40 Parent Involvement - Recruitment VIPS - Recruitment Public Relations Unassigned 37,1-24 38,1-20 39,1-10 INCENTIVE SCHQQLS CLUSTER (YELLQW) 41,1 -72,11 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 Qffice of Incentive Schools Writing to Read Science Labs Unassigned Foreign Language Program Unassigned Extended Day/Week Field Trips Unassigned Tranportation Unassigned Unassigned Instructional Aides Extended Year Recognition Program 41,1-10 42,1-3 43,1-3 45,1-5 47,1-11 48,1-5 50,1-2 53,1-4 54,1-5 55,1-4 ii Camp Pfeifer Monitoring Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Staffing Required Staff Development Teacher Stipends/Inservice Other Incentive Schools Academic Programs ~ Peer Tutors/Retired Teacher Mentors  Themes   Kindergarten  Reading Across the Curriculum  Oral Expression Across Curriculum  Learning Styles Inventory ~ Semi-Departmental  Instructional Tech  Study/Test-Taking  Parent Home Study ~ Computer Managed Instruction ~ Student Education Plans ~ Specialized Programs  Incentive Programs  Homework  Criterion-Referenced Test - Heterogeneous Grouping  Effective Schools  African/American History 56,1-3 57,1-12 61,1-11 62,1-24 63,1-3 64,1-29SEQUENCE # PAGE# SEQUENCE # PAGE# 65 Social Skills - Family Folklore  Positive Imaging  Interpersonal Skills - Rites of Passage - Mentoring Program 65,1-6 71 Counseling/Social Work ~ Community Services Access  College/Post Graduate Awareness  Study Skills  Home/Neighborhood Meet  Wellness Program 71,1-19 66 Special Activities  Peer Tutoring Program - Academic Reinforcement Clubs  Special Interest Clubs 66,1-7 72 73 74 School Policies and Procedures - Qther Unassigned Unassigned 72,1-11 STUDENT CHQICES/GPTIQNS CLUSTER (GREEN) 75,1 - 82,3 61 68 69 Latin Enrichment Program Unassigned Career Skills Development 67,1-8 69,1-3 70 Incentive Schools Operations - Support Services 70,1-6  Community Access/Field Trip ~ Community Involvement - Special Skills Program  Special Training ~ Parental Involvement  Learning Time Schedule ~ Home/School Community  Extracurricular Program  Attendance and Behavior - Subject Related Extracurriculum 75 76 11 78 79 80 81 82 Student Choices/Gptions King Interdistrict School Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Qriginal Magnets Unassigned M-to-M Magnet Schools (Central, Dunbar, Washington, Henderson, McClellan) QRGANIZATIGNAL CHART Ma iii 75,1-3 16,1-2 80,1-11 82,1-3I LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT MISSION STATEMENT The mission of the Little Rock School District is to provide a quality, integrated educational program which encourages all children to achieve their optimum academic social, and emotional development. To that end, the students in the Little Rock School District will develop an appreciation for ethnic and cultural diversity, develop skills in problem solving and conflict resolution, and demonstrate mastery of the Districts curriculum. This will be achieved through the collaborative efforts of a Board, a dedicated and competent staff, and of parents and citizens committed to fairness racial equity and adequate support for education. 41. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. \u0026gt;a* LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT GOALS The LRSD will implement integrated educational programs that will ensure all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. The LRSD will develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. The Little Rock Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. The LRSD will solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan. The LRSD will provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. The LRSD will ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. 5definitions and data elements The following are definitions of terms and data elements used in the Program Budget Documents. Program\nA program is an established plan of operation, composed of a group or series of related activities which are carried out to serve a specific area of identified Program Description: A program description includes a purpose, scope and content, and Program Goal: A program goal is a broad guiding statement and should describe the participants/beneficiaries related to the respective program. Objectives: Program objectives present explicitly the desired impact the program should have overall aim(s). purpose(s), or ambition(s) of the specific program. Strategies: Strategies are the jobs, tasks, efforts. or actions undertaken in a program which contributes on a problem. They should provide detail to the goals. Achievements: Achievements are efforts, tasks, evidence, performance Achievements are placed in alpha order underneath the relative strategy. to the accomplishment of the Objective. or actions undertaken in a program which contributes to the accomplishment of the strategy. Evaluation Criteria: Evaluation criteria performance of the product. Page: Each Program Budget Document are statements which specify the end product of an objective or strategy and esublish measurable and observable levels of uses one of two formatted pages. Program Sequence # (Seq. #): The purpose of this sequence number is to establish a reference for placing programs in order within the planning document Revision Date: This date is the actual date the program document was first documented or last changed. Program Name: To eliminate confusion, an established name for each Program Code: This is a unique accounting code assigned by Financial Services program has been assigned by the district planner. which links budget and expenditure information to the associated program. 8Definitions and Data Elements (cont.) Primary Leader: The Primary Leader is the cabinet-level associate responsible for the management and operation of the respective program. Secondary Leader: The Secondary Leader is the associate who is back-up to the Primary and will function in that capacity in the absence of the Primary (i.e. the Program Manager or the Principal). District Goal Support: Each program directly supports at least one district goal. If more than one district goal is relative, then the appropriate district goals have been listed in descending priority order. Plan Reference: Specific plan and page references will directly cite one of the following desegregation documents: L(LR) = LRSD Desegregation Plan\nI(ID) = Interdistrict Desegregation Plan\nS = Settlement Agreement\nC(CO)= Court Orders\nT (HT) = Hearing Transcripts\nP(CP) = Court Pleadings\nM(MR) Monitoring Reports. The format should be L23 or 113-20, for example. This element has been left blank if the program is not directly cited in one of the desegregation documents. Plan Reference Page Number: Source references listed for each objective and strategy have been used. If the objective or strategy is desegregation document related, the specific desegregation document and page upon which this objective or strategy has been found should be listed. If the objective or strategy is not related to a desegregation document, then whatever source was used has been listed. This element is contained on page 2 and succeeding pages. Beginning Date: This is the actual date a particular strategy began. For consisterKy, all dates should be printed in the following manner: MM/DD/YY, (09/30/94). Completion Date. This is the actual date a particular objective or strategy was completed. For consistency, all dates should be entered in the following format: MM/DD/YY, (09/30/94). If an activity toward a strategy has been started but not completed, a percent of completion (for example, 75%) should be entered. Responsibility: This is the name of the individual tasked with ensuring an activity has been accomplished. 9ORGANIZATION OF THE REPORT This section provides guiding information about the text Programs. of the Third Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for Desegregation page number within that --------------- IS on page i, page ii, and page iii. Program areas program (e.g., 02,5 refers to page 5 of the program with a page beginning with the are numbered according to their sequence number followed by the PfniPnrp nnmhA** tv\u0026gt;\\ sequence number of 02). in parentheses (parenttetiwl statementsI^LSres 5ag!SSStSl VSL'Safod documents). LiKincr prim enclosed nlh^ttral infinrrnafiz^M 1_ _ . . Lighter print enclosed infomration generalized from the original language of the desegrS^^ent s) obligations nor expansion of the obligations under the desegregation document(s). . Parenthetical information should not be construed to mean new legal M *** obligations language 8S 8 result nf the Hpcpof*o9tiAn Aizia which was uiserted verbatim in the third quarter report of FY 93-94 as a of desegregation audit. Stamped Words. Denotes items identified for -cleanup.\" See Program Budget Document (PBD) Refinement Procedures above. Clustsrs. Progr\u0026amp;ms hsve been sorted into brodd c\u0026amp;tesories caIImI cincture p*inctjarn related operational functions. For convenience and management of the report similar oroaranSi'^^ grouped together because of similar and To locate a program, determine the relative cluster of the%rog^^ X =o\u0026gt;'r-coded clusters. #) or page number for faciliuting program reference in the report. Program sequence number (Seq School Operations Program (09A and 09B). The School Operations program description warrants that hti, d,  . . provide quality planning for students. Therefore, the School Operations^Program is diSed into twSsecti^for^n\" ^\"^strators and Central Office Administrators. The sequence number for repotting b/Principals (i e sch^ls) is MA aX by both Principals cam omc Admin,I. P dm  mpn,g penSS. d^ iinmTdSi^ ilS' 10 column are 07/01/94 and 06/30/95, respectively. These inclusionary dates represent the boundaries for the first quarter. The generic dates of 07/01/94 and 06/30/95 are used to uniform and conform reporting in the School Operations program budget documents. Specific date information relative to the achievements of Central Office Administrators follows each documented achievement. I Organization of the Report (continued) I As a final note, the School Operations Program (09A) classifies the area, interdistrict, and magnet schools into three organizational levels\nelementary, junior high, and senior high. Incentive Schools. The Incentive Schools cluster provides program reporting information for the following schools\nFranklin, Garland. Rockefeller, Mitchell and Rightseil. Non-Monetary Tracking. No entry on page one in the fiscal year program budget field and/or the quarter expenditure field of a Program Budget Document means desegregation money has not been tracked to the respective program. Organizational Chart. An organizational chart is provided. 11 ACLUSTER BUDGET DOCUMENTS 12Curriculum Cluster * * * * * HIPPY 4-Year Old Program/City Wide Early Childhood Education Program Academic Support Program Multicultural Curriculum Special Education Gifted Programs Federal Programs Vocational Education Program Name: Program Code: Program Description: FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: Rebted Function Codes: District Goal Support: Program Goal: Program Seq #: 01 hippy (Home Instniction Program For Preschool Youngsters) 01 Primary Leader: mSD FY -95 PROGRAM BUDQET DOCIIMKNT  cE\u0026gt;s3tiecliliec fMviaairtmhiiss Leade nd educational dlsadvaiita(ed familiej. ' **\"'* ^low areas of major incentive Khooli and In Implement integrated educational Marian Shead Page: I RerMon Date: May I. 1995 programs that will ensure (hat all students .V p,cp.n: econom:.ity \u0026lt;ii,lvMitajed children In enter kindergarten with the necessarv skin tn he \" I\"*: skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement, achievement disparity between Mack and white students. ** *1 to improve the educatiottal To prepare economically disadvantaged children outcomes of students, particutarty black students as it iclates to the Ptge L-5. L-I4, 15. 16 $326,723.78 $198,247.22 Iri Qtr Karpend\n2Dd Qtr Expend: $61,678.75 $61,286.76 01, 1 3rd Qtr Expend: ^h Qtr Expend: $75,281. Program Seq 9: 01 Program Name: HIPPY Program Code: 01  I Program Goal: To prepare economically disadvantaged children disparity between Mack and white students. L14 LI4 L14 LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET PnrilMFNT Primary Leader: Estelle Manhis Secondary Leader: Page: 2 RerMoo Date: Marian Shead May I. 1995 to the achievement Plan Reference Page Number Ohjectirea Sirateglef Refioning Date Completion Date Responalbflfty I. To promote (he HIPPY program 2. To select HIPPY aides 3. Initial training of sides and staff 4. To enroll Emilies into program. 07/01/94 06/30/95 Staff Evaluation Criteria 1  1 To compose and mail Public Service Anhouncemem for local radio stations and Channels and 16 A distribute flyers A. Distributed flyen to Watershed Community Development 14 07/01/94 08/08/94 06/30/95 08/08/94 Stair Mailed letters (Documentation of PSA) B. Mailed PSA to LRSD Communication Department C. Distributed flyers to day care centera, health depanment. and local businesses 2.1 Interview and select nine (9) Home Visitors A. B. C. 3.1 08/18/94 08/25/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/18/94 08/31/94 06/30/95 Interview \u0026amp; select Horae Vbiton Printed and mailed flyers to area churches Ran classified ad in two local newspapers Arrange logistics with State Regional Office for the initia) training 4.1 Conduct home interview and enroll families into program. 01, 2 08/05/94 08/07/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 10/03/94 08/05/94 08/17/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 (i6l3(il95 Staff Supervisor Supervisor Supervisor Coordirutors Supervisor Coordifutors Pay the bill (requisition paid) Pay (be bin (Documentation of family enrollment)Program Seq f: 01 Page: 3 Program Name: HIPPY Revisimi Date: May I. 1995 Program Code: 01 Prtaiary Leader: Program Goal: Estelle Manhts L14 LI4 LI4 LI4 L14 L14 Plan Reference Page Number To prepare economically disadvantaged children disparity between black and white students. IO enter kindergarten with the necessary skills to be Secondary Leader: Marian Shead CMC wd IO improve the edue.tioii.1 outcome, of student,. p,rticul.riy blKtk rotdeoB u k mlett, , dK Khievement Objectirea Strateglea Begfaudiig Date CompletioB Date ResponsfbiUty Evaluation Criteria 5. To recruit hmilies 6. To determine service of coordinators To assign faunilies m be serviced by aides. 8. To organize instructional material. 9. To familiarize aides of the HIPPY implementation in LRSD. 10. Obtain material for program A. Mail registration announcements to 315 prospective families In LRSD B. Conduct registration for interested parents 5.1 Compose and mail correspondence to community churches to recruh families and instructional aide trainees. 6.1 Identify funilies lo be served by each coordinator 7.1 Identify families to be served by eadi aide 8.1 Print curriculum material. A. Ordered printed curriculum from Dushkin Publishing 9.1 Conduct ttiree (3) day workshop 01, 3 08/16/94 08/22/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/12/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/16/94 08/23/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 08/12/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 Staff Supervisor Coordinaton Supervisor Coordinaton Coordinaton Coordinators Supervisor Coordinaton Supervisor Coordinators CertiHcation of aides (position of aides filled) Assignment of families tt) aidesPage: 4 Program Seq 9: 01 RerMon Date: Program Name: HIPPY May 1. 1995 Program Code: 01 Primary Leader: Estelle Mitthls Secondary Leader: Marian Shead Program Goal: To prepore economically dimdv.nuged children to enter kindeigetten with the nccrisary jkills to be success: and to improve the educational outcomes of students, paniculaity black students as it relates to the achievement dispanty between Mack and white students. LI4 L15 L15 H5 Plan Reference Page Ntvnber ObJectWea 11. To orientate enrolled families to the HIPPY program. 12. Identify meeting aites of group meetings. 13. To schedule implementation of HIPPY curriculum. 14. To provide parents witfi information that will assist them with their children. Strategica Begfamliig Date Completion Date Responsfbmty Erahation Criteria 07/01/94 06/30/95 Supervisor Coordinators Families enrolled in program (documentation of parent orientation) 11.1 Conduct orkntatioR meeting. A. Secured space for orientation(Adutt Education Auditorium) fiom Paulette Martin. Adult Education Director B. C. D. 07/01/94 09/19/94 06/30/95 09/19/94 Invited LRSD personnel to Orientation Prepared program agenda for orientation Orientation conducted 12.1 Secure meeting sites for group meeting, (mailed letten to building principals) 12.2 Mail out notification of meetii^ sites. 13.1 To schedule aides weekly home visits 13.2 To schedule area group meetirmsprim flyen 13.3 To schedule weekly Inservice Training for aides 13.4 Schedule aides first teaching (with own child). 01. 4 09/21/94 09/23/94 09/26/94. 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 09/21/94 09/23/94 09/26/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Coordinators Coordinators Coord iru tors Supervisor Coo rdiru tors . Supervisor Coordinators Confirmation of site (documentation of lettere) Received materialsPace: 5 Profram Seq f: 01 Reristoa Date: May 1. 1995 Program Name: HIPPY Program Code\n01 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marian Shead Program Goal: To prepare eeonomicilly disadvinnged children to enter kinderjirten with the neceiuty skills B be success\nand to improve the educational outcomes of students, particularly black students as it relates to the achievement disparity between black and white students. tian Reference Page Number L15 L15 L6 L15 Objectives IS. To evaluate aide trainees mid point (15th week). 16. To determine program success 17. Began second-part of programs implementation. Strategica BcgbHdng Date Completion Date RespottslblUty Evaluation Criteria 14.1 Schedule workshop for parents and aides, mail out and print materials. 14.2 Include enrichments for parents at monthly Group Meetings 15.1 To evaluate each aide trainee. 16.1 Conduct survey of parents - print materials 16.2 Telephone survey conducted 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 09/01/94 07/01/94 01/04/95 06/30/95 06/30/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 01/18/95 Supervisor Coordinaton Supervisor Coordinamn Supervisor Coordinaton Coordinaton Completion of survey Evaluation using the Early Prevention of School Failure or a similar rrwdel which is comparable tn validation scope and developmental grounding, will be conducted on the HIPPY participants as they enter and exit the kindergarten. A standardized achievement test will be given a? each child at the end of tfte third grade level. n 17.1 Implement second part of HIPPY curriculi^: 07/01/94 06/30/95 Participation of parents 01, 5 Program Seq #: Program Name: 01 Pnge: 6 HIPPY Program Code: RerMon Date: 01 Mey I. 1995 Program Goal: To prepare tconomically disadvantaged children disparity between black and while students. Primary Leader: Estelle Metthis L15 L16 LI6 LI6 LI6 to enter kindergarten with the Secondary Leader: Marian Shead Plan Reference Page Number Objcctlvea Strateglea B^tlmliig Date 18. Evaluation of aides mid-point (week 15) I9. Provide ^rents with biformation to be successful with their children 20. Build the aides children self esteem. 21. Graduation of HIPPY children and aides reception 22. Evaluate aides Comptetlon Date ResponsfblUty Erahntioa Crtteiia 18.I Evaluate aides 11 19.1 Obtain a site and speaker and schedule for parents a lecture 19.2 Hold PareM Appreciadon/Motivational Program 20.1 Activities throughout program year with involvement for children\nI.e. fall carnival, holiday patty, black history program, group meetings. graduation A tecogrutioo ceremony Held Fall Carnival for parents and children October 24. 1994 at Adult Education Auditorium B. Held Holiday Party for parents and children December 20. 1994 at Adult Education Auditorium C. Held Black History Program February 28, 1995 D. Held Parent Appreciatwn/Molivational Prognm 21.1 Staff will organize 22.1 Schedule final evaluation of trau program n of tra^j :s in the 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 04/20/95 07/01/94 07/01/94 10/24/94 12/20/94 02/28/95 04/20/95 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 04/20/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 10/24/94 12/20/94 02/28/95 04/20/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Coordinaton Supervisor Supervisor Staff Staff Staff Staff Coordinator Coordinaton Consultant fee paid Consultant fee paid Completion of program 01, 6Pte: 7 Program Seq f: 01 RerWon Date: May 1. 1995 Program Name: HIPPY Program Code: 01 Primary Leader: Estelle Manhis Secondary Leader: Marian Shead Program Goal: To prepare economically disadvantaged children to enter kindergarten witfi die necessary skills to be success: and to improve die educational outcomes of students, particularly black students as it relates to the achievement disparity between black and white studems. L16 L16 Plan Reference Page Nmber 23. Staff in place. L16 L6 L6 Objectives Strategka Begfaming Date Completion Date Respottslbfllty Eraluatton Criteria 07/01/94 06/30/95 Coordinator Staff began implementation of program 24. Maintain regular staff. 25. To assist in traveling expense. 26. The home based proaram and the four-vear-old school-based proaram will collaborate in the areas of parental involvemerw and teacher training 27. The Little Rock School and Pulaski County School Districts will collaborate and coordinate the on-aoing implementation of the HIPPY Program. 23.1 To begin implementation of HIPPY program. 24.1 Secretary 25.1 Aides made home visit. 01, 7 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 0600/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Supervisor Aides To assist in the implementation of program Pay stipendProiram Seq 02 Rrofram Nane: Protram Code: Profram Description: District Goal Support: Program Goal: Plan References: I FY Program Budget: I YTP Eapendhures\nRelated Function Codes: LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDT.I-T DocilMRNT Four-Year Old Protiam/Cdy-Wide Early Childhood Projram 02 Prtnry Leader: Estelle Matdiis or disadvaa,ed students and identtfication of program sites will be given to i.c. uu laptemeneed in all incentive schools a^ other selected gf mmopty and economicallv disadvantaeed children ar to areas tttat have a very high concentration of low ir------- ir-old JI I Revision Date\nMay I. 1995 Secendary Leader: Pat Price lamin, tn 11 *\u0026gt; desegregate by incorporating Early Childhood Education learning in all developmental areas - physical, social MtVvFldiffMl omoaII.*.._a ov . areas - physical, social, emotwnal. and intellecnial. programs into  T-T -aTF ysaawi f* MCTCmvane scnoois that are difficult to desegreaaie L8  ***$ wui continue to in an phases of school activities ami The District will I Court f720 seats). \u0026gt;leinei L7, LIO. LI7. 18, 19 $1.943.M3.64 $1.379.43.2I operations. \"eai i994- let Qir Expend: 2lld Qtr Expend: $292,010.10 $4*0.415.33 02, 1 Provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive tn learning for an students. Gosl f6\nntai additional four-vear-old cl and \u0026gt;roved the 1 3rd Qtr Eapend\ndth Qtr Eapead\n$607,059.76 FIE 9.SProgram Seq 02 Program Name: Four-Year Old Program Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number LI7 L17 LI7 LI7 LI7 LI7 LRSP FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis To bnplement the FeurYear-Old Program In selective schoob. (To meet the needs of disadvantaged students: to improve racial balance in schools that are difTtcuh to desegregate.) Objectives Strategica Par: 2 Revision Date: May 1. 1995 Secondary Leader: Pat Price 2. Recndt teachen and aides as needed. 2.1 Interview InlcrcMed teachen and aides as A. Teachen and aides hired for every classroom. Beginning Dale Comptetion Date Responsibility EraluatloD Criteria 97/01/94 97/01/94 07/08/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 08/12/94 3. Obtain curriculum materiab, supplies, and fumttur* as needed. 4. Train teacbers artd aides tn the bnplcmenlalion of E.C.E. currtcuhnn.) 07/01/94 06/30/95 3.1 Complete and send order* Io veiKlon. A. Materials, supplies and equipment available in all new classrooms. 4.1 Conduct orientation and InserTices. A. Principals training July 18 and 19, 1994\nOctober 13, 20, 1994 and November 15. 1994\nFebruary 23. 1995 and March 29, 30, 31, 1995 B. Teachers training August 16. 1994 and September 20. 1994\nOctober 12. 13. 20 and November 10, 15, 18, 1994\nFebruary 21. 23. 1995 and March 3, 6. 10. 29. 30. 31. 1995 02, 2 91191/94 07/01/94 91191/94 91/91/94 07/18/94 08/16/94 08/20/94 96/39/9S 06/30/95 75% 75% Supervisors, Human Resources Director, Princlpab Supervisor*, Hunan Resources Director. IMncipob (Purchasing Dept. Supervison) Princlpab Supervisors Sopv/StafT Dev Supv/StafT Dev 2. (A list of qualified applicants.) 2.1 A Ust of qualified applicants. (Employment of teachers and aides for new and open positions.) 3. (Confirmation of purchase orden.) 3.1 Materials avaOaUe \u0026gt; 4. (Documentation of inservice evaluations.) 4.1 Agenda (Documentation of inservice evahiatiorts) Program Seq f: Program Name: 02 Page: 3 Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number LI7 LI7 LI7 LI7 L18 Four-Year Old Program Pro|rn I. Khch. Prfcnary Leader: Estelle Manhis Secondary Leader: Revision Date: May 1, 1995 (To meet the needs of disadvantaged students: to improve racial Balance in schools that are difficult to desegregate.) Pat Price Objectives ( Strategies 4*2 Conduct memtUy fcMervtccs. ^5 Begfamlag Ihtc Completloii Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 7/01/M M/30/n Supv/aafTDev 5. FamlUartzc parents with Pour*Year Old Inservice training - July 18. 1994\nJuly 19. 1994 ^8U5I 16. 1994\nSeptember 20. 1994\nOctober 12. 13 M. 23. 1994\nNovember 10. 13. 18. 1994\nFebruary 21. 23. 1993 and Match 3. 6. 10. 16. 29, 30. 31. 1993 07/18/94 75  4J Agenda (Documentation of inservice evaluations) Program. 5.1 Conduct parent orienlatlon meethm and conference. parent A. Parem Oiienatioii: Aufiut M, I9M . Romine and Hementaiy Mapiet Sctnali\nSeptember 1. 1994 - Etementaiy Aiea Schoolt: September 8, 1994 . Conference Day - September 23. 1994\nNovember 12. 1994 - Biady Parent Workshop\nOctober 4. 1994 - HIPPY\nMatch 17. 1993 - Parent Conference Day * SJ Include four-year old chlldrtn In Mester Schedule - studenia receive aervlcet of counselori, music tcochera. school nuraea. Hbrariana, phyaicad education and art leachera. A. Master schedules reflect services children receive. 5 J Ensure key eapcriencca occurring In the classroom. Eighty-four classroom visitations. B. Thirty-eight programs had Ikertsing site visits. 02. 3 7/01/94 7/01/94 08/30/94 7/01/94 07/01/94 7/01/94 08/22/94 09/13/94 04/34/9S 4/30/95 73  04/30/95 09/30/94 04/30/95 73% 95% ^laasroom teachers daasroom teachers Prindpab Prindpab Classroom Teachers Supervisors 3. (Documentation of meetings and evaluations.) 5.1 Nanber of parents aWendtm hrent/Teacber Conferences 5.2 Master schedules Curriculura riwHtwhte: 4 Protram Seq 9: 02 Revision Date: May 1. 1995 Program Name: Four-Year OM Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To Implement the Four-Year-OW Program fat selective schoob. (To meet the needs of disadvantaged students\nto improve racial balance in schools that ate difTicuit to desegregate.) Plan Reference Page Nwnber L18 LIS L18 L18 is Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evahntloa Criteria 4. Evaluate effectiveness of Four-Year Old Program. 07/01/94 M/30/95 (Principals Classroom Teachers Supervisors Planning, Research, and Evaluation, Assoc. Supt.) 6. (Annual review of assessment data beginning at the end of the kindergarten year of each child participating in the program. EPSF Post Assessments) o(Comparisoiu of the progress of children who did and did not participate in the program.) (Standardize achievement tests will be given to each child at the end of the third grade level. These tests will provide data indicating the success of the Early Childhood Program as an intervention strategy.) z__ 4.1 AAnhabter appropriate evaluation to fom-year- ekb. 6.1 (Maimaining portfolio assessments on four-year- olds.) A. Portfolio assessments began on all children. 4.2 Analyze student assessment test data and prepare report for LRSD Board of Directors. 4.3 Utilize resufts for program bnprovement. 02. 4 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/22/94 07/01/94 04/30/95 04/30/95 75% 04/30/95 Classroom teachers (Classroom teachers) Assoc Supt Supervisor Planning, Evaluation, and Testing (Assoc Supt Supervisor) 4.1 Evaluation results 6.1 (Documentation of portfolios recording the work which children do and what tfMy know.) 4.2 Evaluation report 6.3 (Areas targeted for improvement.)Program Seq 9: 02 P\u0026gt;|e: 5 Program Name: Four-Year Old Program RerWen Date: May I, 1995 Program Code: Program Goal: Primary Leader: To Implement the Four-Year-Old Program la adectlve schools. (To meet the needs of disadvantaged students\nto improve racial balance In schools that Esttlle Maohis Secondary Leader: Pat Price are difficult to desegregate.) Plan Reference Page Nianber Objecthea Strategtea Begfaadng Date Comidetion Date ReaponstblUty CrahntloD Criteria 7^ Support (he continued wort of the LRSD Eartv Childhood Task Force as a valuable averwie for parent, teacher, and community input. 07/01/94 06/30/95 7.1 Conduct momhlv Task Force meetmaa A. Schedule meetings and plan ageida. 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 75 02. 5Program Seq f: 02 Program Name: Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Nontber LI9 LI9 L19 LI9 L19 Li9 L19 LI9 LRSP FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Four-Year OW Prognm 1 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Page: 6 Revisloa Date: Pat Price May 1. 1995 To combine Ihe effoiU of the L R S D., P.C.S.S.D., N.L.R.S.D., Heed Sun end other entities to provide quility eilly childhood experiences to ts miny disldvintige students in the city of Little Rock. 1 Objectlvca Strategica Begbndng Date Completion Date Responsibility Evahntion Criteria 2. To develop a plan for planning a cMy-wlde early childhood program. 3. To initiate the planning for the bnpiementatlon of a city wide early chUdbood program. 1.4 To receive a letter of rapport from each agency desiring to participate. 2.1 To cstabttsh pbnning procedures and Identic key committees and chairpersons needed for the planninc process. 2 J To Identify appropriate additional representatives from each partlclpatiiig for each committee. gey 2.3 To dettneate the goab to be addressed and the tasks to be accompibbed by each committee, faKludlng appropriate thnehnes to he met. 3.1 To conduct periodic meetings to review progress of each committee. 3.2 To Ideidify resources needed by identified by each committee, Including monetary. 02, 6 7/01/94 7/01/94' 7/01/94 07/01/94 7/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 96f30/9S 04/30/95 04/30/95 04/30/95 04/30/95 04/30/95 04/30/95 04/30/95 Key representatives from each agency Key representatives from each agency Key representathes from each agency Key rcprcaentatlvcs from each agency Key representatives from each agency Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs FDe record letten Structured plan for planning on rue. Record of committee members Record of committee members Minutes of meetings Identmcatlon of committee Profrain Seq f: 02 ftfe: 1 Profram Name: Four-Year OW Frog ram RevWoii Dete: May 1. 1995 Program Code: Program Goal: Primary Leader: Estelle Manhis To combine ihe effom of \u0026gt;he L.R.S.D., P.C.S.S.D.. N.L.R.S.D., Hevl Sun end other endde. Secondary Leader: Pat Price d. provide qoeli,, childhood experience, d,  m,y dil,..,e riodenri in the city of Linle Rock. L19 LI9 Plan Reference Page Number L7 (N) LtO(N) LIO(N) ObJectWca Strategica 3 J To review the ftrat draft of the comprehenstvc plan and to make recommendations for rcflnemeat. 3.4 To submit the ftnal draft for approval to afl participant Boards of Directors (where applicaMe). Begtamfaig Date Corapletioii Date Reapoasibaity ErahiatioQ Criteria 97/01/94 7/91/M OdAM/95 Assoc Supt for Educational Programs KibmisaioD of flnt draft I. (To collaborate with HIPPY. P.C.S.S.C., N.L.R.S.D., Head Start, and other entities In order to ftiinil the district's expectations for a quality Early Childhood Education Program.) (N) 1.1 (To establish a schedule of regulw meetings of representatives of the various entities.) (N) 1.2 (Supervison meet to discuss individual program needs and to determine if resources can be shared.)(N) 7/01/M (M/M/95 A. Planning meeting held August 10. 1994\nSeptember 28, 1994\nSeptember 29. 1994: October 18. 1994\nNovember 8. 1994 08/10/94 80 02, 7 Assoc Supt for Educational Programs (LRSD Supervison and PCSSD/NLRSD and Headstart Supervison of ECE programs) (LRSD Supervison and PCSSD/NLRSD and Headstart Supervisors of ECE programs) Draft aubmftted to Board I  1 (Schedule and minutes of all meetings) 1.2 (Roster of participants and minutes of meetings)p.r: 8 Program Seq 9: 02 Revision Date: May 1. 1993 Program Name: Pour-Year Old Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Manhis Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To combine the efforts of the L.R.S.D.. P.C.S.S.D.. N.L.R.S.D.. Head Start and other entities to provide quality early childhood experiences to as many disadvantage students in the city of Little Rock. Plan Reference Page Number LIO (N) Objectfvea Sirategica Beglimtaig Date Complelion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.3 (To plan joint inservices for administrators, teachers and instructional assistants.XN) 7/01/94 00/30/95 (LRSD Supervisors and PCSSD/NLRSD and Headstart Supervisors of ECE programs) 1.3 (Roster of participants and evaluations of inservices) LIO (N) LIO (M) in 1.4 (To plan joint (mrent involvement activities.XN) 1.5 (To use a student referral system alloMlng parents on a waiting list to know about vacarrcles.XN) 1.6 A representative from the Little Rock School District Student Assignment Office will meet each veer with parents from both programs to review the kindergarten assignment precess. The annual sessions on kindergarten reglstretlon will slso be used to provide Information on magnet school opportunities. 02, 8 7/01/94 07/01/94 00/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 (LRSD Supervisors PCSSD/NLRSD Headstart Supervisors and arxJ of ECE programs) (LRSD Supervisors PCSSD/NLRSD Headstart Supervisors and and of ECE programs) 1.4 (Roster of participants and evaluations of Inservices) 1.5 (list of vacancies each entity has.) Program Seq f: Program Name: 02 P.r: 9 Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Nunber L11 Four-Year Old Program Prtaiary Leader: To combine ibe elTom of ihe L.R.S.D., P.C.S.S.D.. N.L.R.S.D., Hd Sort .nd other Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: enlitie. to provide quilhy uily childhood RcrMon Date: Pat Price Objectirea Strateglea conclied oi nil frat tho threo eirlv chllrdiood SrooSr~  *** Uttlt lock School piatrlct a\u0026gt;ainfraa coacut^tyatew according to their rtapectlve program. 02, 9 May I. 1995 e.periencet Io u mjny disulvanage mideno in die city of Lilde Rock. BegtantagDate Complelion Date ReaponsIblUiy Erahialloii Criteria 07/01/94 1.7 At the end of each yeer for grades K-3. theae students wHi be monitored on the basis of ttandardited tests. criterion-reference tests. ^PSF screening, or any other aeadewic weasurea that are available and PPtIcable, The entities Mill review these results on an annual basis, prior to the beginning of the following school year, and make prograwwietlc changes, individually and collectively, as needed. These students will be compared to a control group -in order to isolate the effectiveness and/or deficiencies of the variou* early chiletinod programs.LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Progrtm Seq 03 Fife: 1 RevisloD Date: May 1. 1995 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Cade: 10 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Adams/Parker/QIasgow Program DescrlptioB: Name and Location of Acadcnik Support Programs - The name of all district remediation programs will be Academic Support Programs. All school programs will be located at each school site, except Metropolitan Vocational-Technical Education Center. Purpose - The purpose of the Academic Support Program is to provide support for participating students in grades one dirough twelve in the areas of reading, language arts, and mathematics. The program reinforces and enhances the academic achievement of these targeted students. The support will be provided by certified reading specialists. English and mathematics teachen in the regular classrooms, additional classes, and labs. Scope and Conteid \u0026gt; The Academic Support Program offers a variety of options to the individual schools for providing accelerated reading/language arts and mathematics learning experiences for studems identified through a process using multiple criteria. The program is characterized by providing either direct or indirect services to identified students through additional classes, smaller class sizes, or in-class assistance at the secondary level and in-class assistance or limited pull-out at the elementary level. Partidpaats/Bcnefldarlcs - Target students are initially identified from the student population scoring in die annual student assessment. Multiple criteria, including student grides, teacher recommendations, and student records ate used to select students from the eligible population to participate in the Academic Support Program. Dtrtrkl Goal Support: (1) Implement integrated educational programs dut will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. (2) Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. (3) Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to folly support our schools, including our desegregation plan. (4) Provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. (5) The Little Rock School Boa id, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate In (heir day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and die conununity as a valued resource upon which our community can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. (6) Ensure that equity occun in all phases of school activities and operations. Prograrn Goal: The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all students tai the mainstream setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Plan References: LP 1-20 Program Budget: $1,615,303.00 lit Qtr Expend: $209,511.74 3rd Qtr Expend: $579,493.61 fTE48.0 YTD ExpendHures: $1,146,005.75 2iid Qtr Expend: $357,000.40 4th Qtr Expend: Related Furtctlon Codes: 03. 1Program Seq f: 03 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number March 19, 1993 Revised Academic Support Pogrom pl p4.t3 LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Estelle Manhis assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Objectlrea Sirategiea Page: 2 Reviston Date: May 1. 1995 Secondary Leader: Adanu/Parlcer/Glasgow in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the mstructional Beginafaig Date Completion Date ResponsibOity and technical ErahntioB Crfteria 1. To Identify and serve studenia who are at-rlsk In language arts and mathematics. 7/01/M Local school teams 1.1 Explain the Academic Support Program ofttioQs to local achool admiitittnrton. A. Language Arts Plus and Mad) Phis and traditional in\u0026lt;lass support. 1.2 Provide an overview of how all the iftolvidual Academic Support Programs will be coordinated for continuity of services to children and efTteient use of resources. -All schools will implement the Board-approved uniform curricuhim. 03, 2 07/01/94 06/30/95 07/01/94 7/01/94 09/30/95 06/30/95 Associate Supt. for Currlctdura Associate Supt. for Curriculum, Director of Federal Programs, Curricuhnn Supervisors 1. (Print-out of eligible students is provided to local school teams. Uniform District criteria are used (Stanford 8 cutoff score and multiple criteria) to identify targeted sttidents.) 1.1 (Schedule of meeting.) 1.2 (Observation reports and staff development activities records are on file.)Page: 3 Program Seq *: 03 Reriflon Date: May 1. 1993 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Manhis Secondary Leader: AdimsZParker/Glisgow Program Goal: The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning experiences for all studenu in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Plan Reference Page Number pl3 P 11.13 p 12.13 Objecttvea Strategiea Begfaming Date Compktkm Date Responsibilfty Evaluation Criteria -Tbe established critical attributes of the Academic Support Program will be evident in each school. -The revised curriculum (R-12) has been sequentially developed and the objectives have been correlated to die skills in Arkansas Minimum Performance Test, Stanford Achievement Test-Eighth Edition, and existing computer-assisted instructional software. -To provide for contiraious inqirovement of teachers, records will be maintained on staff development activities. -New staff members wQI be targeted for appropriate staff development activities as well as participation in the district's 'New Teacher Initiative.* U Select the local acboola appropriate Academic Support Program. (Indlrect/dlrect/cxtended services) 1.4 Identify students selected for participation In each program by schooVgrade level. A. Students identified and selected. 1.5 Select ataff (Identify by position) responsible for delivering Academic Siqiport Program. A. Staff selected for 1994-95 school year. 03. 3 7/91/M V7/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/01/94 M/30/9S (M/30/9S 09/30/94 M/30/95 09/30/94 Local school arfanlnistraters Local Bcbool teams Principal 1.3 (Selection on file al building- level and in office of Director of Federal Programs.) 1.4 (Print-out of eligible students is provided to local school teams. Uniform District criteria are used (Stanford 8 cutoff score and multiple criteria) to identify targeted students.) 1.3 (Staff assignments are determined at dte building level and assignments filed at the Office of Federal Programs.)Program Seq f: 03 Pir: 4 Program Name: Academic Support Program RerMon Date: May I. 1995 Program Code: Prhnary Leader: Estelle Matthis Program Goal: Secondar.y Lead__e_r_:____________ Adams/Parter/Glasgow Tlte goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematics leamirw for aassssiissttaannccee nneeeeddeedd tmo rmedduiicree tthhee learning disparity. periences for all students m the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical Plan Reference Page Nianber P 12.13 P13 P 7.8.20 P 1 ObJcctiTca Strateglea 1.4 Schedule the academic teams staff. A. Teacher schedules on file at Office of Federal Ingrams B. Schedules posted in classrooms 1.7 Implemern selected school options at local lerel. A. Program options inqilemented 1.8 Vtffixe resources Invested In PAL remediation approach by reallocating staff posMlons, computer hardware, software programs, and other equipment and materials toward the new approach to rcmedtatlon. A. Joint Year School Improvement Plana developed hnpiemented. B. First Year School Improvement plans developed/fan piem ent ed. Begizming Date P7/01/M 08/23/94 08/23/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/07/94 07/07/94 Completion Date Responsibility Erahiatioo Criteria 04/30/45 95% 95% 04/30/95 09/30/94 04/30/95 09/28/94 09/28/94 Principal Principal and staff (Principal, Coordinator of Media Services. Director of Federal Programs, and Curriculum Supervison) 2. To prescribe a personalized intervention plan for eligible students. 07/01/94 04/30/95 Principal and staff 03, 4 1.6 (Schedules are developed listing team's contact time, number of students served, and other variables associated with the teams responsibilities.) 1.7 (Schedules of targeted students reflect implementation of the selected school optiottfs).) 1.8 (Technology Department's inventory and schedules of staffing reflect reallocations of resources.) 2. (Personal education plans of targeted students reflect implementation of the selected school option(s).) Program Seq #: Program Name: Program Code: Program Goal: pH pH Plan Reference Page Number 03 Pile: 3 Academic Support Program Primary Leader: Estelle Manhis assistance needed to reduce (he learning disparity. Objectives 2. (To prescribe a personal education plan for targeted students.) Rerisloo Dale: May I. 1995 Strategies 2.1 Cluster acboob and develop a staff development schedule for curriculum clusters. 2 J Begin training staff responsible for delivering each Academic Support Program. A. Workshops -Applied Math I and n - State training -Harcourt Brace Inservice for Principals -Pre-School Elementary Language Arts Curricuhim Inservice -Pre-School Elementary Classroom Teacher Harcourt Brace Inservice -Pre-School Secondary English and Language Arts Phis Inservice Pre-School Elementary -Pre-School Secondary Math Plus Inservice 03. 5 Secondary Leader: Adams/Parfcer/Olasgow in the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional amJ technical Begfamfng Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/01/94 07/01/M 08/02/94 08/03/94 08/15/94 08/16/94 08/16/94 08/15/94 08/16/94 00/30/9S 06/30/95 08/04/94 08/03/94 08/15/94 08/16/94 08/16/94 08/16/94 08/16/94 Directors of Staff Development and Reading\nSupervisors of Language Aria and Mathematics Directors of Staff Devefopment and Reading\nSupervisora of Language Arts, Mathematics and IRC Specialists 2.1 (Staff development schedule on file.) 2.2 (Staff training for participants will irKlude program administration (student selection process, recordkeeping, progress reports) instructional strategies, parental involvement, and others.) Program Seq f: 03 P.|e: 6 Program Name: Academic Support Prognm RerisloB Date: May t. I99S Program Code: Primary Leader: Program Goal: Estelle Manhis Secoodary Leader: Adanu/Parfcer/Olasgow The goal of rhe Academic Support Program is Io provide equitable language arts and malhematics leatnina eineri.-.. ia, .tr ... ---------------------------------------------------------------- aassssirsstuannccee nneeeeddeedd Itoo rreedduuccee tdhiee lleeaarrnniinngg ddiissppaarriittyy., * periences for all students m die mainstreamed setting by suppotdng them with die Instnictional and technical Ran Reference Page Number Objectives Strat^k* Elementary Reading Teacher Inservice Chapter 1 Record Keeping -Harcourt Brace Reading Department Inservice -Secondary Math Council -Hiicoun Brace Inservice for Grade 4, 5, end 6 Teachers -Hitcoun Brace Inservice far Grade I, 2. uid 3 Teachers -Secondary Academic Support Madi Teaclien Inservice - Madi Plus -Harcourt Brace Elementary Cluster Inservices for New Reading Series Grades 2-6 -Elementary Reading Teacher Inservice -Elementary Reading Teacher Inservice -First Grade Academic Support Math Teacher Inservice (Patt I) -Chapter I Mid-Winter Conference (Hot Springs) Academic Support Program Harming Meeting -Academic Support Elementary Counselon' Meeting -Academic Support Secondary Counselors' Meeting -Secondary English Council Inservice -First Grade Academic Support Madi Teacher Inservice (Part 2) 03, 6 BegiBBii\u0026lt; Date ComidetfoB Date ResponribUlty EvahiatioB Crtteria 08/31/94 09/01/94 09/02/94 09/13/94 09/19/94 09/20/94 09/27/94 10/10/94 11/16/94 11/19/94 I2A)6/94 01/26/95 02/02/95 02/07/95 02/07/95 02/20/95 02/20/95 08/31/94 09/01/94 09/02/94 11/22/94 09/19/94 09/20/94 09/29/94 11/14/94 11/16/94 11/19/94 01/30/95 01/27/95 02/02/95 02/07/95 02An/95 02/20/95 03/13/95 Program Seq f: Program Name: Program Code: Program Goal: pM Pbn Reference Page Nmber 03 Academic Support Program Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathemalics learning experiences for all students assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Objectives Strategies -Secondary Chapter IA Language Arts Phis Teacher Inservice *Instruc6onal Strategies* 2 J Monitor Ihe hnpfemeidatioB of above. 2.3 (Monitor the impleinentation of the Academic Support Program options. These programs may vary from year-to-year.) A. On site visits made to elementary and secondary schools by staff 2.4 Monitor Instruction and learning In Academic Support Program settings on a regu^ basis and observe to determine: -Teacbers Involving students hi a variety of classroom activities that address leaning styles and cultural diversity. 03, 7 Page: 7 Rerisioa Date: May 1. 1993 Secondary Leader: Adams/Parker/Olasgow In the mainstreamed setting by supporting them with the instructional and technical Begfamfaig Date CorapletiMi Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 03/09/93 03/10/93 r7/01/94 08/23/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 73% 06/30/95 Prindpab, dlstrlct-wtde staff developmeid team, and computer specialists (Principals, districtwide staff development team, curriculum supervison. IRC specialists) Principals 2.3 (School visits/observations are made to provide feedback (oral/written) to trained staff.) Teacher observations and evahiatfons on record. Program Seq 5: Program Name: 03 Rcofrani Code: Academic Support Program Pip: 8 RcrMon Date: May 1, 1993 Program Goal: Rftoiry Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: e,pe,iec\n.,m^~ g.. m.i,nm, semng by Adams/PaiterZOIasgow supporting them with the instnictioiial and technical Plan Reference Page Number p7.*.l,l9 P7.I5 Otitjectlres Sinteglea Tri\" metboda and alrategles that capttaHie on atridenls Imeresta and eaperlences. -Teaehera demonstrating creallrlly and resourceridnem In delivering hulnacllon. ^bers rdOfaing effective daaarrxm, alralegle.. araelt as tnlors, anuB-gronp bistnaction, and niended day/veek programs, to matalain the indents have made. galna Rcgtanhit Date Complelion Dale Responsibility Erahiatlon Crherla -Teschen fateracttag w*h atodcntg ta naoDer. 1 eating -Teachers recording nl atiidema data that shova taereased sludenl achlevemenl and social sUSs (leller and ciUtettshlp grades, standardized test Korea, attendance). 2.5 ProrMc teclinfeal anbtaace and BMlOleiUDCC , , ww uaiainWDCC Principals, dlstrict- wHe staff development team, and computer spedaUsts 2.4 (Requests for technical assistance are documented and Technical assistance has been provided to elementary and secondary schools. evaluated. Feedback related Improvement or change is recorded.) to 08/23/94 75% (Principals, districtwide staff development team, curriculum supervisors. IRC specialists) 03. 8P\u0026gt;ge: 9 Progrun Seq #: 03 RcrMon Date\nProgram Name: Academic Support Program May 1, 1995 Program Code: Prbnary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Adams/Pa rker/Glisgow Program Goal: The goal o^ Acwlemic Support Program is Io provide equiuble language arts and mathemalicj learning experiences for all students in die mainstreamed setting by supporting diem with die instructional and technical assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. . Plan Reference Page Nianber p 7,10.15 P 10.15 Objtctlrea Siraleglea Begfamtaig Date ComptedoB Date Respond bOfty Erahiatton Criteria 2.4 Sebeduk school based meetings to assess program effectiveness. 07/01/94 00/30/95 Principol 2.5 (Records of dates of meetings and participants, minutes of meetings, and issues related to program effectiveness ate maintained.) 3. To reduce or etkninate pull-out academk support programs. 07/01/94 00/30/95 3.1 CoDect appropriate data for end of achool program crahiirtlfl^ tnchidfBg pre and post standardized test scores, student grades and attendance, samplea of student work, and porwt/teacber/student recommendations. 3 J Analyze the above data to evaluate program cffectiveaem hi meeting Its partkubr programmatic goals and objectives of remediating student achievement and contrtbuUng to the overall reduction of dlspartty between Mack and white students. 03. 9 07/01/94 07/01/94 00/30/95 00/30/95 Principal and staff\nDir. of Federal Programs Associate Supt. for Currlctdum, Assistant Supts., CurrlcidiBB Supervisors, and Prindpab 3.1 (Individuat student folden that include a systtmadc collection of student work, pre and post standardized test scores, grades, and recommendations to provide irtdividual/group/school progress are maintained for continuous student and program progress.) 3.2 Academic Support Programa win be successfully operating in aD district schools as evidenced Increased student acUevemeid. Improvement on standardized test scores. Increased numbers of students moving to the neat quartile. Increased mmber of students moving above the 50th percentile.Program Seq f\n03 Program Name: Academic Support Program Program Cede: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leaden Par: 10 RerWon Date: May 1. 1993 Adams/Parfcer/Glasgow Program Goal: The goal of die Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and mathematlct learning experiences for all students b (he mainstreamed setting by supporting them with be instructional and technical  assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Plan Reference Par Nianber Objectirea Sirategice Begfaadng Date Coopletkni Date ResponsfUUty Eraluatlon Criteria p 10.15,1940 -Grade dbtrfbutlon reports (by semester) reflecting an Increase b letter grades of \"C or better b the core areas for each student. -Grade distrfbutlon reports (by semester) by class and grade brel reflecting an Increase b aKabment of letter grades of \"C\" or better b the core areas. -Improred attendance for targeted students. pis p* 3 J Identify modificattoa for the Academic Support Program for 1993*94. A. Math Phu inidated in regular math, pre-algebra, algebra 3.4 Support and extend leaning opportunities for studeida by maUng araflaUe to targeted students before-school, at Imch, afler-ochool, and periodic extended weeks computer bb tnstructlon. 03, 10 07/91/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 00/30/95 09/30/94 M/M/PS Aaaodate Supt. for Cnrricidian, Asslstast Siqits., CurrlcnliBB Superrisors and Principab Director of Federal Programs, Prindpab 3.3 (The 1993'94 school year will reflect modifications.) 3.4 (Schedules will reflect additional instructional services.) Program Seq 9\n03 Page: 11 Revision Dote: Program Name: Academic Support Program May 1. 1995 Program Code: Prfcnary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Program Goal: Adams/Parfcer/GIasgow The goal of the Academic Support Program is to provide equitable language arts and maihenutics learning experiences for all students in the assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. mainstreamed setting by supporting tftem with the msirucdonal and technical ' Plan Reference Page Nimibcr pl.2O P9 Objectives 4. Ta provide parents the knowledge and ikflb needed to promote the education of their children ot home and at school. Strategics Beginning Date Completion Date ResponslbDIty Evahntion Criteria 0/30/95 (Principal and staff. Director of Federal Programs. Curriculum Supervison) 4. Parental involvemeid wiO show an Increase In the nurobera of parents attending parent conferences and parent training sessions and visiting schoob. A. Announcement of Extended Day Program to begin 1-4-95 B. Identified students of participating schools submitted to Office of Federal Programs. C. Extenday Day proposals to Office of Federal Programs D. Extended Day Programs begin (1500 participants) 4.1 Assist parents ta obtaining the knowledge and sldlb needed to promote the education of their cUldreo at home and at school through:  Providing timely information regarding students' acMevement and behavior. Involving them In Infonnative and effective conferences concendng their child's education.  Invotvkig parcfds as partnen In their dillds educational procem. A. Provided parent/teacher support at five (5) schools\nconducted twelve (12) parent meetings 6. Parent Involvement meetings with Key Facilitaton and/or Executive Council C. Parent training sessions (9) 03, 11 11/18/94 11/18/94 12/20/94 01/04/95 97/01/94 07/11/94 09/27/94 11/18/94 12/08/94 12/20/94 90 M/30/9S 12/21/95 12/21/94 03/31/95 (Principal and staff. Director of Federal Programs. Curriculum Supervison) 4.1 (Records of parental involvement activities on Tile.)Profram Seq f: 03 Pace: 12 Program Name: Rerisiofl Date: Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Ntanber Academic Support Program Primary Leader: Estelle Matthii Secondary Leader: May 1. 1995 Adams/Parker/Glasgow assistance needed to reduce the learning disparity. Objectirea D. B. F.  f' \" \"in* b, p,x,ni .id. d imKdon.l .^hnicl Strateglea District-wide PAC Meeting Homeless Conference Mid-Winter Conference (30 parents) O. Kindergarten Parent Inservice \"Getting Your Child Ready for First Grade Readiiv* H. Family Day Ceiebradoo (250 particqianis) I. Nationat ParetN Meeting (8 parents) 03, 12 Begtamfaig Date Completloa Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 10/22/94 11/02/94 01/2S/9S 02/07/09 03/12/95 10/04/94 10/22/94 11/04/94 01/27/95 02A\u0026gt;7/09 03/12/95 10/08/94 Program Seq 9: 04 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Program Deacrfptlon: DIstrtct Goal Support: Program Coal: Plan References: FY Program Budget: YTD ExpendMorts: Reteted Fundloo Codes: LRSD FY 94\u0026gt;95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Page: 1 Rerblon Date: May 1. 1995 h \" *\" *\" School District. () The program is further designed to reduce the disparity students m avenue performances and the low represenntHn of biKk Mudents in advanced placement courses as wen as in special KOvmes and programs (1.6) -s i_m.jm.o- ki M- -J VM M ...... . -------------- --------------------pBvenwni courses as wen as m special acovines ana programs. (1.6) L of^X. .^1?'..'^\"'?\n^.'\"\" f   Mut^ltut.1 Currtolun, ntuldculturd curriculum juidea will be used in dl nthoola. Tchen will receive extensive ongoi^ sbff development i. J OiitiM  uae to ensure that faiatiuclion meets the cuHuml. academic and social needs of all children. (U.6) To sup^lemern existing mstructkrnal materials focusing on cultural diversity from a mulncultutal perspective materials will be purchased for use in all schools and programs r^.'L'!Su'ttyZ?'h?T\"i \u0026gt;\u0026gt; sic ! .teachen. Students of all social, cultural, and ethnic background, will be alfecmd Ihe greatest by activities outlined in the Multicultural Curriculum Program. ongoing staff development in the 4. Students will be provided opportunities to develop better self-esteem, ?, ?dCBB will hav, opponupitici Ip examine th. artistic, musical, acientifle. Uterwy. aocfal and political accomoliahments of many ethnic trouna. '\"Plcnwnt integrated educational progmms that will emute that all students grow academically. wKlally and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in Goal No. 6. Ensure (hat equity occur in alt phases of school activitiet and opentions. Goal No. 2. Develop and maintain a staff (hat is well-mined and motivated. Goal No. . Solicit an) aecuta rmancbl and other letouicet that ate necessaiy to hilly unpoit out achooli, incltidini out deiearetation olan ZImI Mm 1 TVm t M. BMMk B___I ___________j ^..a______i.. . ..... . . . r  iwM * vaoa ^.aMMza*! aaM.aaMUa^ VMhI piaUB. Goal No. 3. Tlie Li^ School Board, admininialion. ataff. and atudents aaill demonstrate In Iheir day lo day behavior that Ihey accept each individual as a valued contributor Io sociery and view cultural diversttv among students, staff and the community as a valued resource utxm which our cnnmunitv Mttnn ran atraw au.MWM a*., _ upon community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. To ensure educational equity in (he elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives I. 2. 3. 4.) To collaborate adth (he PCSSD and (he NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies oidv to nape 76. objectives 1. 2. 3. 4.) L66-M I S259.837.33 $137,764.05 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: $45,936.67 $29,434.99 04, 1 3rd Qtr Expend: 4tli Qtr Expend: $62,392.39 FTE 1Proiram Seq 9: 04 Profram Name: Muttkulhiral Curriculum Profram Code: 12 Profram Goal: Plan Reference Page Number LM L66 L66 L76 LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Prtaury Leader: Estelle Manhis Page: 2 Revbioii Date: May 1, 1995 To ensure educilioiul equity in the elementniy end secondeiy cumcuhim end Secoodary Leader: Marie McNeal To collabotate with die PCSSD and die NLRSD to ptomote mlticultuial activiptireasg raenmd caruemasc.u h(Aimp pdleievse ltoop menetnirte. d(oAcpupmlieenst except for page 7\u0026lt;6i,b oib^jeiic^ti7vers2 .I'.3 2., 43.,i 4.) Objecttvea Strategica Bcfiimb^ Dale CodpMmi Date RcaponsiblUty Evaluation Criteria 1. To provide teacher learning opportunities through formal course training 1.1 Contact local coBcges and universities to obtain Information on proposed course offerings rchted to ethnic atudies for the summer and faB, 1991 1.1 (LRSD will receive announcements from local colleges/univenities on proposed multicultural courses) A. Letters written, mailed to all 4 year state colleges and univenities requesting catalogue listings of muhicuitura) course offerings. B. Catalogues listing proposed courses for (he 1994-95 terms received. 1.2 Receive and advertiM course offerings to all certified staff, including opportunities for tuition refanbursonent and/or salary credit A. Course offerings advertised. 04, 2 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/11/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 (06/30/95) (06S0/95) 07/01/94 09/09/94 (06/30/95) 75* (Director of Staff Development. Subject Area Supervison, PrmctpaJs) Assoc Supt.-Educ. Programs Dean of Grad. Sch. Academic Deans (Director of Saff Development) (Supervisor of Social Studies) Assoc Supt \u0026gt; Educ Programs Office of Human Resources 1. (Multicultural strategies will be implemented in schools as assessed by administration during classroom observations and teacher conferences) 1.1 List of college offeringt 1.1 (The number of teachers who have received multkuitural training will increase.) 1.2 Copy of information provided Profrani Seq 9: 04 Pace: 3 Program Name: Multicultural Curricuhim RevbfoB Date: May I. 1995 Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Manhis Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives I. 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curricuhim development. (Applies ^idVto page obi^^V.V'a. 4.') Flan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategics Begtmdng Date CompletioB Date Responsibility Evahiatioa Criteria L 66 L66 L66 L66 2. To develop a district-wide multicultural audio/vlsual resource catalogue 2. (To maintain district-wide multicultural audio/visual resource catalogue) B. Opportunities for tuition reimbunetnent/salary credit outlined/idetitified in the LRSDi office of Human Resources and the Staff Development Department. 13 Identify participants In sianmer and fall eonraes 2.1 Review and catalogue present audio/vlsual materials rchted to multicultural cnrrlcuhan 2.2 Purchase additional audio/vlsual matcriab from the 1988-89 budget A. Activity completed/obligation met 04* 3 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 09/30/94 (06/30/95) (06/30/95) (06/30/95) (06/30/95) See 1993*94 PBD Emidoyeca (Director of Human Resources) (Subject area supervisors) Supv of Media Services (Subject area supervisors) Supv of Media Services (Subject area supervisors, principals) 13 Copy of academic course completioo on file tn Personnel Oflke (OfTice of Hunuut Resources) 2. (Multicultural resources will be used for classroom instruction) 2.1 Current catalogue listing 2.1 (Copies of updated multicultural audio/visual catalogue will be distributed) 2.1 (Multicultural materials will be checked out and used by instructional staff in the schools) 2.2 Requisition material 2.2 (Materials ordered, received, arxl catalogued for distribution/use)hte: Profram Seq f: 04 RevisloB Date: Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum May 1. 1993 Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Coal: To ensure educilioiul equity In Ilie elemenliry and secondary cunkulum and program areas. (Applies Io entire document except for page 76 obiectives 1 2 3 4 1 Tea at... nTtPCrk al.- Ut BP It _______________I.\na. a . a .... . . .. .  t-t I To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD Io promote multicultural activities and curricuhim development. (Applies only to pate 76. obiectives 1. 2. 3. 4.1 L66 L66 L66 L67 Plan Reference Page Ntanber L67 L67 Objectives Strategies Begfamfaig Date Compktioo Date ResponslbDIty EvahaKoD Criteria 2 J Ideitilfy and catalogue other resources for muhicultura) audb/visual materiab, l.c., /kR Dept of Education, LR PubHc Library, AR LOrary Commbsbn 2.4 Revise, print and distribute multicultural andio/risual resource catatogne for the LRSD A. Activity conqileted/oMigation met 2 J Place tatitbl supplemental order for muhlcultural audb/visual materiab from the 1989- 90 budget A. Activity completed/obligation met 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 (06/30/93) (06/30/93) See 1993-94 ND (0600/93) See 1993-94 PBD Supv of Medb Services Superv of Medb Services Media Specialists 2J 2.4 2.4 Completed catalogue Distrfbitiion of catalogue (Multicultural materials will be checked out by schools) 2.S Requbltfons submitted 2.3 (Materials are available for check-out/use) 3. To pbn and knplemcnt (he Instructbnal Materiab Fab (Multicultural) 3. (To supply information about multiculuiral materials for purchase to teachers, parents and the community) 3.1 Involve a team of parents, community resources, and teachen In detailed pbnning for the Fair-spccine dates, time, pbcc and format-to be held as a compooert of 198S-S9 pre-school conference 3.1 (To plan and implement the Instructional Multicultural Materials Fair for current term) 3.2 Identify national and local vendors of multicultural instructional materiab 04, 4 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 (0600/93) (0600/93) (06/30/93) (Assoc Supt for Educational Programs) (Supv of Media Services) Assoc Supt for Educatbnal Programs (Supv of Media Services) Assoc Supt for Educational Programs 3. (Multicultural materials will be used by instractionaJ staff tn all schools) 3. (Evaluate the effectiveness of die Multicultural Fair) 3.1 Iroplementation Flan 3.1 (Involved input from parents, communing and teachers) 3.2 Completion of mafllng list 3.2 (Major suppliers of multicultural materials will be invited to exhibit at the Fair)Profnm Seq f: Projram Name: ^ojram Ctxle: Program Goal: Ld7 L67 L67 L67 L67 L6S L65 Plan Reference Page Number 04 Multkuitural Curriculum 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis P.|e: 5 Revision Date: May I. 1995 To ensure educational equity in the elemenuty and secondary curriculum and Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Objectives 1 Strategics Beginning Date Completion Date RcsponslbUity Evaluation Criteria 4. To develop criteria for textbook review and adoption 3.3 EstabUsh pre-school conference dates and extend Invltatlra to vendors 3.3 (Establish date for Fair) A. Fair date established as 12/01/94 3.4 Confirm Fair partiftpawca 3.5 Acquafid prindpab and central office staff with plans and Fair rebtionshlp to desegregation efforts 3.6 Conduct media campaign for Fab to staff and parents 3.1 Host tri-dlstriel \"Instructional Matcriab Fair 3.7 (Host the Multkuitural Fair rotating the site among the three districts) A. LRSD will host the Fair for the 1994-95 term B. Fair hosted by LRSD at M.L. King School on December 1. 1994. 4.1 Revbe Board policy for textbook adoption 04, 5 07/01/94 09/30/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07-01-94 09/30/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 (0600/95) 09/30/94 06/30/95 (06/30/95) (06/30/95) (06/30/95) 09/30/94 12/01/94 (06/30/95) Executive Staff Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Supv of Media Services Assoc Supt for Deseg and Seboob Supv of Media Services, Dlr of ConununicatloRS Assoc Supt of Educational Programs working with committee (Assoc Supt for Curriculum. Subject Area Supervisors) Assoc Supt for Educational Programs 3.3 Conference scheduled 3.3 (Fair date placed on Distrkt master calendar) 3.4 3.4 3.5 3.5 Confirmation (List of partkipating vendors) Staff agenda (Staff can relate Fair to the District's desegregation efforts) 3.6 Publicity 3.6 (Fair is advertised to die pubik) 3.7 Validate Fair participation 3.7 (Materials ordered/purchased) 4. (Criteria checklist implemented by textbook committees) 4.1 Approved criteria Pige: 6 Program Seq *: 04 Revision Date: May 1, 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives I, 2. 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to pate 76. objectives I. 2. 3. 4.) L L68 Pbn Reference Page Nianber L68 L 68 L68 Objectives Strategies Begfamiiig Date CompletloB Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Activity completed/obligation met 4.2 Identify an ad hoc committee Io review criteria presently being used In LRSD and other districts for textbook adoptioBS (18 members) A. ActivtQr completed/obligation met 4 J Conduct staff development training on avoiding sex and race Mas and stereotyping hi textbooks 4.3 (Textbooks on (he approved Arkansas State Departmem of Education's textbook list are free of sex/race bias) A. Activity completed/obligation met 4.4 Sidoiit revised policy and criteria to the Board of Directors for first reading A. Activity completed/obligation met 4.5 Adept policy on textbooks A. Activky completed/obligation met 4.6 UtlUze a local consultant to train staff on \"Avoiding Sex and Race Stereotyping tai Textbooks\" A. Activity completed/obligation met 04, 6 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 See 1993-94 PBD (06/30/95) See 1993-94 PBD (06/30/95). See 1993-94 PBD (06/30/95) See 1993-94 PBD (06/30/95) See 1993-94 PBD (06/30/95) See 1993-94 PBD Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs (Arkansas State Dept, of Education) Superintendent Assoc Supt for Ed Progs LRSD Board of Directors Assoc Supt for Educational Programs (Curriculum Supervisors) 4 J Roster of committee members 4.3 Schedule of meeting and agenda 4.3 (Textbooks selected will be free of sex/race bias) 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.6 Board agenda Board agenda Monitoring (Textbooks are free of sex/race stereotypes)Program Seq 9: Program Name: Program Code: Program Goal: LW 04 Multicultural Curriculum 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Page: 7 Rerbioii Date: Mark McNeal To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives I, 2, 3. 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76. obiectives 1. 2. 3. 4.) May 1. 1995 Plan Reference Page Nwnber L69 L69 L69 Objectlvca Strategica 4.7 Select and recommend to Board for adoption of textbooks (elementary and secondary) based on criteria for adoption A. Based on criteria for adoption, elementary science textbooks were selected and approved by the Board 12/15/94. B. Secondary science textbooks will be recommended to the Board for adoption at the April Board meeting. Begfamfaig Dale CompletloB Date RcapowibilHy Evaluation Criteria 07/01/94 07/01/94 01-04-95 (06/30/95) 12-2294 50% 5. To develop and Implement a midticuHnral curriculum for pre-Undergarten through grade 6 5. (To implement the LRSD curriculum, R-d. which is multicultural) 5.1 Plan and host at least three (3) public meetings to receive suggestloBs from patrons on areas to be Included In a muJUcuhural corkuhan A. Activity completed/obligation met 5.2 Identify and retain the services of a national expert in multicultural curricultan development (lead consultant for two (2) year contract). A. Activity completed/obligation met 04, 7 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 (06/30/95) (06/30/95) See 1993-94 PBD (06/30/95) See 1993-94 PBD Assoc Supt for Educational Programs (Curriculum Specialists) (Principals, Teachen, Asst. Supts., Curriculum Supervisors) Assoc Supt for Educ Prog Assoc Supt for Desegregation Assoc Supt for Educational Programs 4.7 Board approval 4.7 (Criteria checklist was used for textbook selection) 5. (Observation of curriculum implementation during classroom visits/teacher conferences) 5. (Improvement in student performance and assessment pf attitude regarding learning) 5.1 Transcript of suggestions 5.2 Contractual commitment for the 1988-89 school year (Dr. JariKs A. Banks was used) Pige: 8 Program Seq 9: 04 Revision Date: May 1. 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Gaal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curricutum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1. 2. 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curricutum development. (Applies only so page 76, objectives 1.2, 3. 4.) L69 Plan RcfereiKe Page Nwnber Objectives Strategics SJ In cooperation wMb the lead consuhant, the Division of Edncattonal Progr win detailed curriculum devdopncnl timetine for the year, Including a checklist for task completion Begfamlng Date 07/01/94 Completion Date (06/30/95) Responsibility Lead Consultant Assoc Supt for Educational Programs EvaluaUon Criteria 5J Tfaneline/cbeddist (Timeline included in this document 5.5 - 5.17) A. Activity completed/obligation met See 1993-94 PBD L69 S.4 Develop expectations for members participating on multictdtmol curriculnra committee 07/01/94 (06/30/93) Lead Consultant Assoc Supt for Educ Progmms S.4 Expectations 5.4 (Contractual agreements with curriculum writers) A. Activity completed/obligation met See 1993-94 PBD L69 5.5 Identify currteuham committee members and contract for services: 8 - HeaRh/Sdence 5-Musk 14 - Reading/Language Arts 3- Art 4 * Social Studies X* Libraries 38 5.5 (All cote curriculum areas were involved in the developmetM of guides) 5.5 (Curriculum areas revised were: Reading. Language Arts. Social Studies. Math, and Science) A. Activity completed/obligation met B. Mathematics curricutum was revised according to state mathematics framework 04. 8 07/01/94 07/01/94 (06/30/95) See 1993-94 PBD 09/15/94 Assoc Supt for Educating Programs 5.5 Identification of committee membersProfram Seq #: 04 Pace: 9 Program Name: Multtculhiral Curriculum Reviafoa Date: May 1. 1995 Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Program Coal: Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal L69 To ensure educational equity in die elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives I, 2, 3. 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural Ktivities and curricutum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives 1, 2, 3\u0026lt; 4.) Plan Reference Page Number OttJectivca Strategica 5.6 Obtain mtdticuhnral currlctduBi imHs from modeb used In other dties A. Activity compleied/obligation met L? 5.7 Develop expectaUona for oae of local rcaourcc considtant In multicultural cuniadiBi A. Activity completed/obligation met L 70 5.8 Secure the services of six (6) local resource consultants to serve on the district wide cnrrleuhn development CMnmMee A. Activity completed/obligation met L70 5.9 Conduct Inservice session on \"Methods for Developiog Multicultural Teaching Strateglea\" to include (a) understarxUng the rationale, trends, and goab multicultural currlcuhan, (b) developing a cortceptual framework for multicultural curriculum, and (c) estabUsMng procedures for developing a multicultural currlctthn A. Activity completed/obligation met 04, 9 BegfamiBg Date Completioa Date ResponsfbOfty Evahiatfon Criteria 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 (06/30/95) Assoc Supt for Educational Programs 5.6 Copies of muHladtural materials distributed to committee members See 1993-94 PBD (06/30/95) Assoc Supt for EducathMial Programs 5.7 Lbt of expectathms See 1993-93 PBD (06/30/95) Assoc Supt for Educational Programs 5.8 Contract services of consultants See 1993-94 PBD (06/30/95) Assoc Supt for Educational Programs (Curriculum Supervison) 5.9 ParlklpaDts written evaluation 5.9 (Original inservice completed\nongoing inservice will be documented and evaluated by participants) See 1993-94 PBDFrof ram Seq f: 04 Pir: 10 Profram Name: Multicultural Curriculum Reviston Date: May 1. 1995 Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To enwre eduction^ equ^ In the elemenaiy .nd .econdity cumculum .nd pio(nni .re., (Applie, to entire doctirnent ..cent for p.ge 76, objeedves 1 2 3 4) To coll.bonie widi the PCSSD .nd the NLRSD to promote multicultural ectivlties and cuniciiliim development. (Applle, only to page 76, objectives 1. 2, 3. 4.) L70 L79 L70 L70 Pbn Reference Page Nianber Objecthca Sirategiea 5.10 Conduct task completion monitorfaig as identified fa tfaneUne A. Activity completed/obligation met 5.11 Operationalize the cvrrictdum develogaiml timeline (monthly meetings with specific dates developed fa cooperatton with committee members) A. Activity con^leted/obligation met 5.12 Review and edit the comprehensive guides in each content area at each grade level A. Activity completed/obligation met 5.13 Type and print aB guides Activity completed/obligation met B. Revised Math. Language Arts and Foreign Language curricuhim guide typed and printed 04, 10 Begfamiiig Date Completioa Date Reaponsfbffity Evaluation Criteria 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/01/94 (06/30/95) See 1993*94 PBD (06/30/95) See 1993-94 PBD (06/30/95) See 1993-94 PBD (06/30/95) See 1993-94 PBD 08/12/94 Div of Educational Programs (Assoc Supt for Educational Programs) Assoc Supt for EducationaJ Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs Assoc Supt for Educational Programs 5.10 Implementation of monitoring Instrument S.ll 5.12 5.13 5.13 Agenda of each meeting Implementation of guides Guides completed (Guides delivered to schools)Program Seq f: 04 Page: It Revlsioa Date: Program Name: Muhkulrural Curriculum May I. 1995 Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To enwre educational equity in die elementary and lecondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives 1 2 3 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, obiectives I. 2, 3. 4.) L 70 Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategics Begfauring Date Completloa Date RcspoiisiblUty Evaluation Criteria L70 L 70 L70 5.14 Conduct inservice for all elementary prindpab and teachen A. Inservice provided to all K-d teachen during Preschool Conference Cluster Meetings for revised Language Arts, Math and Reading Curriculutn 5.15 Invdve prindpab and teachers to ordering multicultural materiab from local bonding budgets: a. Make available materiab catalogues to buildtag level prindpab b. Order and acquire materiab based on curricuhan to be taught S.16 Extend inservice through scheduled district kvel regular elementary duster meetings (reading, language arts, social studies, art, and music) A. Curriculum inservice extended in all curriculum areas and programs 5.17 Host three (3) education meetings for parents of elementary children to provide an overvbw of the comprehensive multicultural curricidiBi 04. 11 07/01/94 08/15/94 07/01/94 08/22/94 08/22/94 07/01/94 08/15/94 07/01/94 (06/30/95) 08/18/94 (06/30/95) 90 90% (06/30/95) 75% (06/30/95) Assoc Supt for Educathmal Programs (Curriculum Supervison) Assoc Supt for Educational Prog Elon Teachers Prindpab Prindpab Assoc Supt for Educational Ihxigrama Division of Educational Programs 5.14 Agenda 5.14 (Curriculum implementation) 5.14 (Inservice on revised curriculum b ongoing) 5.15 Acquisition of materiab 5.15 (Instructional materials representing diverse groups will be present in all schools) 5.16 (Inservice on revised curriculum is being offered dirough minicourses and building meetings during die 1993-94 school year) 5.17 Program and roster of parlid pants 5.17 (Assessment of multicultural education during parent conferences)Program Seq *: 04 P*ge: 12 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Reriskm Date: May I. 1995 Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curricuhim and Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activpiti^esr aanmd caurerarisc. ul(uAmp pdleievse ltoop emnctmire. d(oAcpupmlieenst except f0o0rX p^a7g6e, 7o6 bnih^igtfir^ivLA\u0026lt; 2t. '3?. 43. ) 43 L72 L74 L74 Pbn Reference Page Number Objectivea Strateglea Begfamlng Date Completion Date Responslbflity Evaluation Criteria A. Activity completed/obligation met See 1993-94 PBD 6. To develop and fanplcmenl a multicultural currkuhan for grades 7*12 (To implement the revised curriculum 7*12, which is multicultunl) 6.16 Involve prindpab and teachen fai ordering muhlcuhural materlab from load baOding budgets: (a) Make available materlab catalogues to building levd prindpab (b) Order and acquire materlab based on curricuhmi lo be taij^fat 6.17 Monitor the use of cnrrfcutian giddea A. Periodic curricuhim monitoring being implemented in all content areas B. Eisenhower math and science specialists and the math/science supervisory staff monitored schools for the use of the mathematics and scieiKe curriculum guides. 04, 12 07/01/94 (07/01/90) 07/01/94 08/22/94 07/01/94 (06/30/93) (06/30/93) (06/30/93) 73% 73% (Principals. Teachen, Asst. Supts., Subject Area Supervison) Aaaoc Supt for Edueatfamal Programs Prindpab Area Supervisors 6. (Observation of curriculum implementation during classroom visits/teacher conferences) 6. (Improvement in student academic performance and assessment of attimde regarding learning) 6.16 Materials purchased 6.16 (Instructional materials representing diverse groups wilt be present in all secondary schools) 6.17 Scbedide/Doctnentation 6.17 (Observation of curricutum tmplementation during classroom visits and teacher conferences) 6.17 (Improvement in student achievement and attitude toward self and learning) Profram Seq 9: 04 Pate: 13 Profram Name: Multkultunl Curriculum RerlsfoB Dale: May 1. 1995 Profram Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Manhis Profram Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal L 75 To colbbo^u .W tfie PCSSD .i dx NLRSD , muldcolo,! .covibe, .nd eorricohm dcvelopmem. p^ram areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives 1, 2, 3 4.) Pbn Reference Pafe Number L75 L76 Objectives Slrateflcs BcflBolnf Dale CompletioD Date Responsibflity Evaluation Criteria 1. To provide staff devebpment hi the area of tnuHIcultml education 6.18 Extend inservice through scheduled district level rcfubr council meetings (reading, Eagttsh, sodal studies, science, art, and music for the secondary level) A. Curriculum inservice extended in all curriculum areas and programs 6.19 Host three (3) education mectinfs for parents secondary children to provide an ovcrvbw of the comprehensive muMcultnral currlcuhn A. Activity conq\u0026gt;leted/oblifat\u0026gt;on met 04, 13 07/01/94 08/16/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 (06/30/95) 75  (06/30/95) See 1993-94 PBD (06/30/95) Assoc Supt and Staff for Educatbnal Programs Assoc. Supt. for Educational Proframs (Content Area Supervisor, Principals) (Director of Staff Development. Subject Area Supervisors, Principals) 6.18 Agenda of meethkfs, roster of participants 6.18 Additional inservice will occur through minicourses and council meetings during 1993-94) 6.19 Program and roster of participants 1. (Multicultural strategies wilt be implemented in schools as assessed 1^ administration during classroom observations and teacher conferences) 1. (Academic achieveriKnt of students will improve as evidenced by report cards and standardized tests)Prognm Seq f: 04 p.r 14 Revision Date: May 1. 1995 Prognm Name: Multkuitural Currkuhim Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Manhis Secondary Leader: Mark McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary currkuhim and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives I. 2. 3. 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to oate 76. objectives 1. 2. 3. 4.) L7\u0026lt; Plan Reference Page Nimber Objccthca Sintegica 1.1 Jointly negotiate for consultants to provide inscrvke for the districts 1.1 (Conduct staff developmetM in the area of multkulniral education) A. Tri-Distrfct multkuitural course \"Children and Youth of African-American Literature and Musk for the Contemporary Child is currently being implemented. B. Tri-distrkt Multkuitural Curricutum convicted for first semester. C. Multkuitural activities inservkes and teaching styles provided to schools during early release, cluster, and department meetings. D. Cultural Diversity - Dr. A. Ouero Pulaski Heights EleriKntary E. Cultural Divenfty - J. A. Fair L76 2. To provide access (a and information about muMkuNiral materials to teachers, parents, conun unity Begtmifay Date 07/01/94 08/25/94 02-08-95 02-08-95 07/01/94 Completion Date \u0026lt;06/30/95) SOX 15% 03-01-95 03-01-95 (06/30/95) Reaponsibflity LRSD Assoc. Supt for Educ Programs (Director of Staff Development) 1.1 11 1.1 Eraluatlon Criteria Contnctual agreement (Roster of participants) (Multicultural strategies will be implemented in LRSD classrooms as determined by classroom observations and teacher conferences) (PCSSD . Coor for Multicultural Curt Dev Dir of Library Serv LRSD - Assoc Supt for Educ Programs. Supv of Media Serv NLRSD - Coor of Instructiorul Materials) 2. (Teachers, parents, community will have the opportunity to attend Multkuitural Materials Fair) 04, 14Program Seq #: 04 Page: IS Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum RerWon Date: May I. 1995 Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Program Goal: To ensure educational equity tn (he elementary and secondary curriculum and Secondary Leader: Mark McNeal program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives I, 2, 3. 4.) To con.bo wid, ft. PCSSD ft. NLRSD  pwmce curncolum dcelopmenr. o^ XT..?\nS L 76 Plan Reference Page Number Objectivea Strategica Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibflity Evaluation Ciiterte L76 L76 2.1 Share responsibility for Multicultural Msterlab Fair to be held armuany A. Media directors of the three districts planned fair. LRSD will host for 1994*95 school term. 07/01/94 08/25/94 (06n0/95) 12/01/94 3. To provide tatfermatioQ to staff members on the avaflabOMy of graduate course work in rauKlcaitural education B. Fair hosted by LRS District at M.L. King school. 3.1 Write tetters to Instltutlens of higher education hl the area concerning the need for such courses A. Activity completed/obligation met 04. 15 07/01/94 12/01/94 07/01/94 (06/30/95) 12/01/94 (06/30/95) See 1993*94 PBD PCSSD - Coor for MuKkulttiral Curr Dev Dlr of Library Serv LRSD - Assoc Supt for Educ Programs Supv of Media Serv NLRSD - Coor of Instroctional Materiab (Director of Staff Development, Subject Area Supervisors, Principals) PCSSD  Coor of Instructional Materiab LRSD  Assoc Supt for Educational Programs NLRSD - Coor of Instructional Materiab 2.1 Schedule of vendors 2.1 (The Multkultural Fair will be jointly planned by LRSD, NLRSD and PCSSD) 3. (Multicultural strategks will be implemented in schools as assessed by administration during classroom observations and teacher conferences) 3.1 Letters on fDe 3.1 (The number of teachers enrolled in multkultural courses will increase)Program Seq f: 04 Pace: 16 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Rerfsioo Date: May I. 1995 Program Code: 12 IMmary Leader: Estelle Matthis Program Goal: To ensure educational equity m the elementary and secondary curriculum and program To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multiculiuni Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1 2 3 4) activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, objectives I. 2. 3.'4.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategics Bcgiimfaig Date CompletioB Date Responsibility EvahiatloQ Criteria L76 L76 L76 4. To investigate the possibOlties of cooperating on strategies lo acquaint staff and communities with muHlctdtura) educadon 3.1 Promote such courses to (he staffs of each school district 3.2 (Duplication of number) A. AcdviQr completed/obligation met 4.1 Meet to discass possibilities of seminars, symposiums, or other activities to promote muHicaltural education among the three districts 4.1 (Plan, schedule, advertise and implement strategies) 04, 16 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 (06/30/95) See 1993-94 PBD (06/30/95) (06/30/95) PCSSD Coord of MuHiodtural NLRSD Coord of Instructional Materlab (LRSD Director of Staff Development. Supervisor of Social Studies) (PCSSD Coor of Multicultural LRSD Assoc Supt for Educational Programs NLRSD Coord of Instructional Materials) PCSSD Coor of Muhlculturat LRSD Assoc. Supt for Educational Programs NLRSD Coord of Instructional Materlab (Director of Communications, Director of Staff Development) 3.1 Promotional Instruments We 3.2 (Duplication of number) 3.2 (The number of teachers enrolled in multicultural courses will increase) 4. (Multicultural education strategies will be used in LRSD classrooms as determined by classroom observations and teacher conferences) 4. (Assessment of community discussion/conferences. feedback from debriefing of multicultural education) 4.1 Minutes of meeting 4.1 (Three collaborative activities will be held to inform staff and community about multicultural activities)Program Seq #: 04 Page: 17 Program Name: Multtculiural Curriculum Revtstoo Date: May 1. 1995 Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Program Coal: Secondary Leader: (Applies K. entire document CSE! for pa,e 76. objeclive. I 2 3 4 ) To collaborate wtdi the PCSSD and die NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. lAoplies only to pane 76, obiectivei I. 2. 3. 4.) Marie McNeal Plan Reference Page Nianber Objectives Strategics A. Mel. shared outline of goals for year. Wrote Tri* District grant for classroom management workshop. 2nd grant written for discipline procedures workshop. B. Staff development courses planned and listed in the 1994-95 LRSD Staff Development catalogue/calendar. C. Multicultural workshop planned and conducted during AEA Convention. D. Healing Racism workshop collaborated by the 3 districts and the city of Little Rock and Is currently being conducted. Topics: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. The Oneneu of Humanity Defining Prejudice and Racism How Racism is Perpetuated Institutionalized Racism Stereotypes and How they Affect Us L77 L77 Beginning Date 09/13/94 07/01/94 11/10/94. 07/01/94 Cmnirfetlon Date ResponsibOity Evahiatioa Criteria 10/24/94 10/7/94 11/11/94 50% 1. To enhance educational equity In bistnirtional methodology and tcacher/stodent Meraction 07/01/94 (06/30/95) (Curriculum Supervisors. Curriculum Specialists. Principals) 1. (Assessment of instruction/teacher student interaction during classroom/school observation and conference) 1. (Increase in student achievement) 1.1 Research and share effective Instructlottel strategies at regularly scheduled cotttscil and program area ihectings 07/01/94 (06/30/95) Content Area Supervisors 1.1 Docianentation within (he Division of Educational Programs 1.1 (Assessment of implementation of instructional strategies through classroom observations and teacher conferences) 04. 17Procram Seq #\n04 Page: 18 RevisloB Date: Program Name: MultkuKural Curricutum May 1, 1995 Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure cducadonil equhy in Ihe elementeiy end secondeiy curricutum end program trees. (Applies to entire document excem for psee 76 oMeclives 1 2 3 4) Ta euMe !.\u0026gt; BT'Cen ek.. kif Ben ________*__t..___e-_j.i.?.. . .  . .... * t t t / To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to tme 76. objectives I. 2. 3.4.) L77 L77 L77 Pton Reference Page Ntanber Objectives Strategics Beghinlng Date Completkm Date RcsponsiUUty Evaluation Criteria A. Effective instructional strategies researched/shared at pre-school conference, council meetings and program area meetings. B. Math manipulative were presented to compensatory education math teachers from the secondary schools. 1J Purchase science supplies for teachers to facUMate the hands-on science approach A. Science supplies were ordered for the schools, bids for a larger order will be obtained durir^ the next quarter B. Large purchase of science materials wu made and received for teachers in the Science Crusade and the refurbishing of elementary school science boxes. U Purchase math manipulative for teachers (a facilitate hands-on math tnetructloB A. Math manipulative were ordered and furnished to teachers who completed Math Crusade and R-4 Crusade training 1.4 Purchase sets of trade books for teacbers to facilitate the emphasis on literature and the wholeness of language approach 04. 18 08/15/94 07/01/94 07/01/94, 07/01/94 01-04-95 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 75  09/29/94 (06/30/95) 034)1-95 50% (06/30/95) 75% (06/30/95) Supvs of Specific Content Areas Supvs of Specific Content Areas SupTi of Spedflc Content Areas U Materials purchased 1.2 (Hands-on science activities used in District classrooms) 1.3 Mateiiab purchased 1.3 (Manipulative are used iti District math classrooms) 1.4 Materials purchased 1.4 (Whole language is used in District classtootiu)Procnm Seq /: 04 Pace: 19 Procram Name: Multicultural Curriculum Revision Dale: May I, 1995 Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Profram Goal: To ensure educaiionaJ equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum irtd Secondary Leader: Mark McNeal projnmireis. (Appliei to enlirt documenl excew for mk 76 nhi.-\u0026lt;-ii i \u0026gt; 3 4,1 To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76, obi^^rr2. 3. 4.1 L77 Plan Rererence Page Ntanber Lrt L77 Objectlvca I Strateflea 1.5 Provide tnoervicc for using materiab Identified to 1 J. 1 J, 1.4 A. Math Crusade and K-4 Crusade classes are being held for District teachers B. Seknee Crusade classes include Dlstrkt teachers 1.6 Identify needs of teachers for Improved delivery of tastruetkn using student data, principal recommendation, school improvement plaite, and teacher questlomialrea as the basb for deefaloa making. (Resource: LRSD Resource Staff Development Gidde) 1.7 Submit the Inservice needs to the Staff Development Department A. Learning styks and cultural diversity  Wakefield Self-esteem Phonics Equity Guidelines - Baseline. McDermott. Bus driven B. Inservice needs submitted and course offerings listed in 94-95 Staff Development catalogue. 04. 19 Beclnnlnc Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/01/94 07/01/94 01-04-95 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/10/94 08/16/94 06/30/95 75 50 (06/30/95) (06/30/95) 02-23-95 75% Supervison of Specific Areas (Curriculum Specialists, Principals) Princlpab, Teacbers, and CotUent Area Supervison Prindpols U DocumentatloQ of participants 1.5 (Desired instructional strategks are being implemented in Distrkt classrooms as assessed dirough classroom observations and teacher conferences) 1.6 Observation of Instruction 1.6 Dbaggregatioo of data 1.6 (Individual Improvement Plans, HP's, reflect identified needs of teachen) 1.7 Staff development documentation (Needs identified in school improvement plans)PBfes 20 Program Seq 9\n04 Reiiskm Date: May I. 1995 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76. objectives I, 2. 3.4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and (he NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to pate 76. objectives I. 2. 3.4.) L78 Plan Reference Page Nianber ObjecUrea Strateglea Begfamlng Dale Cmnplelion Dale Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.8 Schedule teachers as Identified for the appropriate biaervice 07/01/94 (06/30/95) Staff Developinent Department 1.8 Staff development docinnentatloa 1.8 (Inservice will be provided that addresses the needs of teachen as identified in the school improvement plan) A. Placement b based on teacher requests and administrative tccommeodations. (Reports sent to each school al the end of the semester.) 07M)l\\94 L 70 1.9 Monitor the teachers uae of effective faastrsKtleaal and daasroom management strategies 07/01/94 06/30/95 Supervisors of specific areas (Principals) 1.9 (Assessment of implementation of strategies through classroom observatioiu and teacher conferences) A. Teacher use of effective instructional and classroom management strategies is moniiotcd through classroom observations 08/15/94 751 L78 L7t 2. To fascorporate muHlcutlural materlab into the fantractlottal programs 07/01/94 (06/30/95) (Supervison of Specific Areas, Curricutum Specialists. Principals) 2. (Observe implementation of materials at teacher conferences and during classroom visits) 2.1 Review and assess appropriate mtdlladtural materlab 07/01/94 (06/30/95) Supervisors of specific areas (Curriculum Specialists. Principals) 2.1 (Multicultural materials used in District classrooms) A. Initial activity complettd/initial obligation met B. Periodic review of appropriate multicultural material library conducted 04, 20 07/01/94 See 1993'94 PBD 751Protram Seq *: 04 Page: 21 Program Name: Multkultural Curriculum ReTisloB Date: May 1, 1995 Program Cede: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Manhis Program Goal: Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal To ensure eduotionil equity in the elemenuiy end secondiry curriculum end profram ereii (Applies Io entire document escew for pue 76 objectives 1 2 3 4 1 To co abonle wirii the PCSSn ami the Ml BCn tn nmmnt. _________4- ..____________________ ' . ' wujw-urei i. j, collaborate with PCSSD and NLRSD to promote imilticuliural activities and curriculum development. fApplies only to page 76. objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) L78 Plan Reference Page Ntnnbcr ObJecUvea Stratcglca 2 J Identify and suggest multicultural material to be porchas^ al local sdiool level by content and grade A. Initial activity completed/initial obligation met B. Multicultuiil materials identified and suggested for purchase periodically L78 LT8 L78 3. To hnptemciit organteaUonal practlcea (hat wfll enhance educatloiml equity Begfamittg Date CompletioB Date RespoBsIbffity EvahiatloB Criterb 07/01/94 08/15/94 (06/30/95) Supervisors of specific areas (Curricutum Specialists, Principals) 2.2 (Thles/descripdon of materials forwarded to schools) See 1993-94 PBD 75* 2.3 Schedule worksbepa on ok of materiab (where appropriate) A. Initial activity completed/initia] obligation met B. Appropriate workshops scheduled periodically on use of muitJcultural materials 2.4 Monitor the nse of appropriate muhicukural materhUs A. Use of appropriate multicultural materials being monitored periodically through classroom observations and teacher conferences 04. 21 07/01/94 08/15/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 (06/30/95) See 1993-94 PBD 75* (O6SO/95) (06/30/95) Supervisors of specific areas (Curriculum Specialists, Principals) Stiperrbori of tpedflc areas (Curriculum Specialists, Principals) (Assoc. Supt., Assist. Supt., PritKipals, Teachers) 2.3 (Catalogue listings) 2.3 (Multicultural materials used in District classrooms) 2.4 (Classroom observations/ teacher conferences reflect use of multicultural materials) (3. EducationaJ programs in LRSD have equitable participation and success by all students)Progrwn Seq f: 04 Page: 22 Rerisioii Date: Program Name: Muhiculmral Cunkulum May I, 1995 Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Manhis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educilniul equity in the elemenaiy end secondity cuiriculum and ptotram areas. (Applies to entire document esci for page 76. objectives 1, 2, 3, 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote muItkultUTal activities and curricuhim development. fApplies only to pae 76, objectives I, 2. 3. 4.) L7g L7S L7S L78 L79 L79 Pbn Reference Page Number Objecttvea Strategica Beglinrfng Date Coraplethm Date Responsibility Evahiatioii Criteria 4. To ensure Increased educational equity through inservice training 3.1 Provide teachers with traUng for effective in- claas grouping 3.2 Monitor hnplementallon of strategics through dassroom visitatioos and feedback In foBow-up workshops 3 J Review piaccment criteria for enrichment/ booora and advanced piacesnent daaaes A. ActiviQr completed/obligatioD met 3.4 Provide support to prindpab in mouHorii^ the distribution of students in higher level courses to assess gender and race cqidty A. Support given to principals through periodic staff development and conferences 4.1 Refer to activities otMlincd in Items U - 1.4 above 4.1 (Purchase science supplies, math manipulative, tradebooks) 04, 22 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/18/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 (06/30/95) (06/30/95) (06S0/95) See 1993-94 PBD (06/30/95) 75  (0^30/95) (06/30/95) Supervisors of tpedfle areas Supervisors of specific areas Aasoc Supt of Educational Programs Aasoc and Asst Supts Supervisor of specific areas 3.1 (Grouping practices are equitable in LRSD classrooms) 3.2 (Assessment of classroom observation) 3.3 (Placement practices tn LRSD classrooms will increase participation of black students in GT/Honors/AP classes) 3.4 (Classroom observation of student enrollment and enrollment reports to central office will reflect equitable distribution of gender and race) 4. (Educational programs in LRSD have equitable participation and success by all students) 4.1 (Updated multicuiturat materials in schools) 4.1 (Enrollment/implemen- tation of staff development courses)Program Seq *: 04 Pace: 23 Program Name: Multicultural Curriculum Revision Date: May 1. 1993 Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Program Goal: To ensure educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal p^rim areas. (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives I. 2, 3. 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to page 76. objectives I. 2. 3. 4.) L79 Pbn Reference Page Niniber L 79 L79 L79 L79 Objectives Strategics A.- Hands-on science materials purchased. B. Math mantpulatives purchased Beghniing Date 07/01/94 07-01-94 Completion Date ResponsibUity Evaluation Criteria 75% 75% 5. To ensure equity to the selection and use of textbooks 5.1 Inventory and aaaeaa cwrcnt textbooks for muhicuttural prcaence A. Elementary science textbooks inventoried and assessed during current adoption period. 5 J Identify (he defIcIcBclea exbting tai current textbooks A. Deficiencies identified in elementary science textbooks. New textbooks selected that present a greater nwlticultural presence. B. Deficiencies identified in secondary science textbooks selected that present a greater multicultural presence. 5.3 Select and purchase resource materiab to replace or supplement areas of deficiency 5.4 Provide training for use of supptemeotal materiab 04, 23 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 01-04-95 07/01/94 07/01/94 (06/30/95) (06/30/95) 12/01/94 (06/30/95) 12/01/94 03-31-95 (06/30/95) (06/30/95) (Assoc Supt of Curr.. Subject Area Supervisors, Teachen, PritKipals) Supervisor of specifk areas (Curriculum supervisors, Teachers) (Curriculum supervison) (Media specialists) (Principals) (Curriculum supervisors) 5. (Criteria checklist drat includes multiculQiral and sex/nce bias-free factors is used to select textbooks) 5.1 (Criterb checklist for textbook selection) 5.2 (Deficiertcies are identified) 5.3 (Curriculum resource guides are used to provide updates) 5.4 (Training b provided during cluster meetings, building meetings, minicourses and/or council meetings)Program Seq #: 04 Fife: 24 Rcrbioo Date: Program Name: Muibcultural Curriculum May 1. 1995 Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Mattfits Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To enmre educational equity in the elementary and secondary curriculum and program areas. (Applies to entire document eacept for page 76 objective. 1 2 3 4.) To collaborate with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote multicultural activitie. and curriculum development. (Applies only to pate 76. objective, 1, 2, 3. 4.) CK LW L79 L79 L79 L80 Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Erahiation Criteria 6. To achieve cqidty In the knplcmentatioa of spedat activities 5.5 Monitor teacher bnplementatloa of the use of muhlctdtaral texta/matertab In the currietda A. Implementation of teachers use of multicultural lext/materials being monitored periodically 5.6 Develop a checklM for edectloo of new textbooks during the adoption cyde to facilitate the selection of a text that b free of gender, race, and ethnic stereotypes A. Multicultural criteria were incorporated into rating the Science Textbook Evaluation Checklist 6.1 Ensure that studeid partidpatlen In special eveids b muttkiAural and that the quality of partkipotlon b equitable 6.2 Develop guides for each course area that arc multicultural In content and that facilitate equity In methodology 04, 24 07/01/94 08/15/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 (06/30/95) Prindpab and Content Area Supervisors S.S Scbedule/Docunentation 5.5 (Assess implementation through classroom observation) 5.5 (Improvement in student achievement) 75 (06/30/95) 09/15/94 (06/30/95) (06/30/95) (06/30/95) Content Area Supervisors (Assoc. Supt. for Educational Programs) (Assoc. Supt.. Assist. Supt., Principals. Teachers. Content Area Supervison) Prindpab and Teachers Supervisor of specific area 5.6 Textbook checklist 5.6 (Textbook checklist implemented to ensure bias-free textbooks) 6. (Increased representation of black students in activities currently under- represented) 6.1 Partidpatlon data 6.1 (Increased representation of black students in activities currently under*rep resented) 6.2 (Implementation of revised curriculum guides)Program Seq #: Program Name: Program Code: Program Goal: LM LM LM L 80 Plan Reference Page Nianber 04 Multicultural Curriculum 12 Prtaary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: PMe: 25 Rertsfoa Date: May 1, 1995 rri\u0026gt;lun..ndpn,gme. (Applies lo endm documen. excee! for p..e 76 objectives I 2 3 4) TToo ccoollllaabboorraattee wiitthh tthhee PPCSSSSD aanwdl tthhee NNLi RBSsDn lmo npmrommno*te. multicultural activities and _c_u_r_ri_c_u_l_u_m_j d-.e vei_lo_p__m_e_n_t . .. .. ' \"J'* * * J. Objectives Strategics A. Revised mathematics curricutum contains multicultural objectives B. Science curriculum guides are being revised\nmulticultural components are included. d.3 Monitor the use of the currienhan guide A. The use of curriculum guides are monitored through observations and teacher conferences Marie McNeal (Applies only to page 76, objectives I. 2. 3. 4.1 Begfanfa^ Date 07/01/94 01-04*95 07/01/94 08/15/94 Cem|detloB Date ResponsibOity Evaluation Criteria 08/15/94 50 (06/30/95) 75% 7. To ename the maloteooncc of chaDeRgiag and relevaid coarse offerii^a 7.1 Review research and reconunended practices for each cooterg/program area A. Practices for coMent/ptogram areas are reviewed and recommended during scheduled district meetfa^s B. Natioml and state standards were provided lo science and textbook committee to assist tai selecting textbooks 7 J Assen the LRSD count cooteot to Idergtfy needs for changes A. National standards in mathematics and foe state approved math framework were matched lo foe math curriculum B. National standards and the state science framework are being used as a beginning point in revising foe science curriculum 04, 25 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/15/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 (06/30/95) (06/30/95) 75% 09/15/94 (06/30/95) 08/15/94 75% (Principals. Subject Area ^pervisora) (Assoc. Supt. for Curr., Subject Area Supervisors) (Curriculum supervisors) (Curriculum supervisors) 6.3 (Guide usage b monitored through classroom observations teacher conferences and abacus assessment) 7. (Comparison of student achievement with state/ national level) 7.1 (Documentation of research and practices reviewed) 7.2 (Documented comparison with state, national curriculum standards) Program Seq 9t 04 Pace: 26 Program Name\nMulticultural Curriculum RerMon Date: May 1. 1995 Program Co\u0026lt;k: 12 Prhnary Leader: Estelle Manhis Program Goal: Secoodary Leader: tAPPlie, 10 entire document except for p.,e 16. objectives 1 2 3 4 ) To colliborete with Ihe PCSSD end die NLRSD Io promote muincullurll ictivities ind curriculum development. (Anolies onhi id o\u0026gt;.e 76 i ss \\ i Marie McNeal ictivities ind curriculum dcvelopmeiu. (Aroliea only w dmc 76. obiectlvM I, j LM LM LM LM LM LM LM Plan Reference Page Number Objectlrca Strateglea 7 J Submit recommendation and rationale for any new courses to the Assoc Supt for Ed Prog A. Draft curriculum guides were developed for two new courses at Henderson: technical writing and tcientiric ilhistration 7.4 Develop cnrricnlum guides for approved courses 7.5 Provide Inservice for staff on hnpkmeotatlon of courses 7.5 (Conduct staff developmem on implementation of new courses) 7.6 Conduct workshops to appropriate staff on new course offerings 7.7 Monttor Implcmenlation of the courses, faclwUng equity fa alignment of students Implementation of courses monitored periodically. 7.8 Review pbcement criteria for enrlcbed/ bonon and advanced pbcement courses 7.9 Monitor enroUmenl hi courses to ensure equity In assigi :nt/portlcipatlon of 04, 26 BegfaBiiig Date Completion Date ReaponsfbiUty Evaluation Criteria 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 (06/30/95) 08/15/94 (06/30/95) (06/30/95) 75% (06/30/95) (06/30/95) 75% (0600/95) 06/30/95 (Curriculum supervisors) (Curriculum supervisors) Content Area Supervison Content Area Supervison Principab (Curriculum supervisors) Assoc Supt for Educational Prog Assoc Supt for Ed Prdg A Prindpab 7.3 (Documentation of recommendation and rationale submitted) 7.4 13 7.6 7.7 (Inqilementadofi of guides) Documentation of inservice Docunentatlon of workshop (Monitor/implementation through classroom observations and teacher conferences) 7.8 Replacemem criterb reviewed 7.8 (Participation of black students in GT/Honors/AP courses will increase) 7.9 Data on file 7.9 (Assessment of enrollment in courses cunendy under-represented by race (blacks) and sex)Profram Seq *: 04 p.r: 27 Rerisioa Date: Program Name: Multicultural Curricuium May 1. 1995 Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To ensure educaiionil equity In the elemenlniy end secondary curricuhim and projram areas. (Applies to entire document eacetn (or page 76, objectivea 1 2 3 4) To collabonte with the PCSSD and the NLRSD Io promote multiculturel acdvitiei and curriculum development. (Apollea only Io oaae 76. objectives I. 2. 3. 4.) L64 Flan Reference Page Nmber OhJectlTca Strategka Beghmliig Date Completion Date RespoBsfbOity Evahiatlen Criteria L64 17 9.0 A committee with at least one representative from each party tn the desegregation case will be established to review the curricuhim requirements and programs for the three Pulaski County school districts. The committee will recommend any curriculum or program changes necessarv to facilitate and/or enhance the movement of students among the districts in Pulaski County, 10.0 Develop and submit to the Board of Directors for adoption a definition and policv regarding multicultural education that provides a riboruk and clearly defined goals. A. Monitoring of enrollment in courses for equity in assignment/participation of students being conducted 7.10 (Monitort staffim A. Staff assignment of all grade level courses, program is roonitoted periodically 7,11 A speakers bureau win be developed to promote a better understanding of multicultural education io the schools and throughout the communitv. 9.1 Recommended curriculum changes reviewed and submitted to appropriale administrative department level for approprtete action A. Preliminary plans to organize committees are being developed. 10.1 Align state and district approved learner outcome goals with an district curriculum guides submitted for Board approval. 04. 27 07/11/94 07/01/94 08/01/94 Q7A)1/94 O7/OI/4 07\\01\\94 01-10-95 07/01/94 07/01/94 75 06S0/95 75% 06/30/95 W30W 06\\30\\95 25% 06S0/95 06/30/95 Principals, Assist. Supts. Deputy Supt Deputy Supt. Curriculum Supervisors 7.10 Assessment of staffing assignment reflects an appropriate balartce in race/gender 7.11 Patents and community will articulate a positive and knowledgeable understanding of multicultutal education. 9.1 Implementation of curriculum changes 10.1 District rmilticultural curriculum reflects learner outcome rationale and goals.ProjniTJ Seq #\n04 Pile: 28 RcvMoii Ditc: Protram Name: Multicultunl Curriculuni May 1. 1995 Program Code: 12 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Marie McNeal Program Goal: To enwre educitioiul equity in the tiemenury end eecondiry cunkulum end prognm ireij (Applies to entire document except for page 76, objectives 1, 2 3 4.) To collabonte with the PCSSD and the NLRSD to promote mullkullunl activities and curriculum development. (Applies only to uaae 76. objectives I, 2. 3. 4.1 Pbn Reference Page Nianber Objectirea Strateglea Begfamlng Date Completloii Date Responslbflity EvahuttoB Criteria 11.0 Initiate a procedure to field-test new curriculum as it is being developed, providing an opportunity to evaluate the prognm strengths and weaknesses prior to district wide usage. A. The Little Rock School District Board of Directors and the Districts Strategic Hanning Committee established the belief that accepting and utULzing cultuni and racial diversity enrich and strengthen the comrrwnity. 12-12/94 04-05-95 07/01/94 06S0/95 Ark. State Dept, of Ed., Deputy Supt.. Curriculum Supervisors 11.1 Field testing of new curricutum designed and evaluated by ASDE 11.1 (ASDE provides guidelines and structure for the development and piloting of new curriculum. A. LRSD served as state pilot for developmem and implementation of Foreign Language framework (1993-94) B. LRSD used state framework structure/guidelines to develop/pilot new curricuhim for math and language in 93-94 term C. Curriculum for Science and Social Studies currently being piloted by ASDE for implementations. Science - 95\nSocial Studies - 96 04, 28 07-01-94 75% 11.1 Implementation and revisions of field tested curriculum.Prognm Seq 05 LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: I Program Name: Special Education Revision Dste: May g, 1995 Program Code: 15 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Program Description: Secondary Leader: Dr. Patty Kohler District Goal Supfiort: taWpio Spectal education b specially designed instruction, al not cost to parents, to meet the unioue needs of snuteore wM. vs.  c j  Institutions, and in other settings\nand instiuclion in physical education. Scone and Content Spe^education services are orovided^^^rf'^'^k^^L1^\n''^ *\" \" Iwsphals and deletmincd eligible for special education service, when a disability is pre^ defined in du^bi^X OEP)-  - corresponding need for special education services. A fiiH continuum of services is provided which includes mulilole. n^^r **  ****'\"' '\"9*'\"*' peifoimance and the Osk..V..U.OA. D.V. TS.'S wxept ewth individual as a vdued contributor tn society and view culninl divereily among so-tew. \u0026gt;dents wdl demonsoale in their day to day behavior that they 21s. Century. Goal #4 - Solicit and secure firmncial^ odrer resources that S learning for all studenu. Goal H - Ensure that equity occurs in dl phases of school Kdvities and opeialions. Ftovide a safe and otdetfy clmule that is conducive A student Is services to Program Goal: The goal of the special education program is to reduce the disparate number of minority students enrolled appropriate public education to students with disabilities. 10 reflect the DiMricI reclil composition ml to be comperable to state/nationil stitistics in provision of free Plan References: Lin . 123 FY Program Budget: $56,853.51 Ist Qtr Expend: $10,223.45 3rd Qtr Expoid: YTD Etpendhwes: $37,828.72 2od Qtr Expend: $16,944.47 PTE 1 Reteled Function Codes: $10,660.80 4th Qtr Expend: 05, 1Profram Seq 9: 05 Profram Name: Special Education Profram Code: 15 Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Nianber L 113 * 114 L 114 LRSD FY 94-95_PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: hie: 2 Rcrblon Date: Dr. Patty Kohler May 8. 1995 To ensure eqtdty In rcpreaentatloa of Mack males to spedal educatton (hroufh comprebensfre staff derelopmeat. (To redncc the dtsnaratc manh^r af minarft* HtwUnia ..raiua u . a District racial eomnosltion and to be comnarable Io .l.le/o.Hon.1 nrawiSL af vanr *\"*** * ****^ \u0026lt; * District racial compositton and to be comparable to state/naUonal statbtlcs In provtsloa of PAPE to students with dlsaMHtles.) I Ofaiectlres Sratefics Beftontef Date CompletJon Date ResponsiMUty Evaluation Criteria 1. Provide inservice (hat focuses on teacher belmvior toward a dbproportion of minority students capedaBy M^k males to special education. (A minimum of 80 percent of the District's staff will utilize strategies derived from the District's staff development program that will assist black males in improving academic and social skills.) Participate In a tri-district assessment committee with a planned aienda and stated direction. 1.2 Identify teachers with Mgh referral rates of btock males to special education. A. Spectal education classrolls due B. Conferences held to provide more appropriate programming in secondary schools C. Enrollment data compiled D. Adjustments made regarding placements E. Schools asked to writt action plans F. Action plans received, reviewed 05, 2 07/01/94 07/91/94 09/16/94 09/01/94 09/16/94 10/15/94 10/20/94 10/31/94 06/30/95 96/30/95 09/16/94 09/30/94 10/15/94 12/15/94 10/20/94 12/15/94 Director, Div. of ExceptkHia] Children\nSupv/Coor. of Spec. Ed. Prindpab 1. ( List of inservice topics, personnel involved, and dates, survey results re: inservice enecdveness will reflect increased implementation of appropriate strategies, data re: learning center effectiveness will reflect increase in successful placement in less restrictive settings. 80* of the Districi's staff will utilize strategies derived from the District's staff development program that will assist Mack males in improving academic and social skills.) 1.2 (Data compiled yeariy. re: over representation wilt reflect decrease in over representation in targeted schools)Program Seq #: 05 Pir: 3 Program Name: Special Education Rerisloo Date: May 8. 1995 Program Code: 15 Primary Leaden Estelle Matthis Program Goal: T num equM\nIn nprmntilloB of Mick mild hi tpcclil cdnciUon thnugh aHniinlwinln lUir dnelninKnl Secondary Leader: Dr. PatQT Kohler  ci|iuiJ n rrprannaiioB oi DUCK maiea m apectal etfncaUon through comprebeittlre Staff derelomefrf fTa rrAir\u0026gt; th.  _u-  ,____u DWrlct ncU c\u0026lt;mi|\u0026gt;\u0026lt;nitl\u0026gt; nd lo be comporible to itole/iiotlonol tilMla M proel^ FAPE to '\u0026lt;b|ni\u0026lt;e nwnber of minority mlenl. enrolled In epedol edncitlon to reflect the Plan Reference Page Number L 114 ObJectWca Strateglea U Schedule fatscrricc. A. A Preschool inservice for all special education teachers B. Meeting le: inservice for elementary teachen C. Reading/Math Inservice D. Speech Therapists Inservice E. Inservice for Terry School F. Inservice for Henderson 0. Reading/Math Inservice Begfamlng Date 07/01/94 08/\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_760","title":"Report: ''Little Rock School District 1994-95 Third Quarter Status Report, Program Planning and Budget Document for Desegregation Programs,'' Volume II, exhibit 1","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1995-05-19"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","Education--Arkansas","Education--Evaluation","Education--Finance"],"dcterms_title":["Report: ''Little Rock School District 1994-95 Third Quarter Status Report, Program Planning and Budget Document for Desegregation Programs,'' Volume II, exhibit 1"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/760"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["budgets"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\nVOLUME II LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT 1994-95 THIRD QUARTER STATUS REPORT PROGRAM PLANNING AND BUDGET DOCUMENT FOR DESEGREGATION PROGRAMS PLANNING, RESEARCH, AND EVALUATION DEPARTMENT May 19, 1995 EXHIBIT 1 MAY 1 9 199S Office of Desegregation Monitoring School Support Cluster  Office of Dcsegregation/Student Assignment * Staff Development  Library/Media * *  * * *  * Computerized Transportation Data Processing Safety and Security Minority Teacher Recruitment Educational Equity Monitoring Commitment to Desegregation/Leadership Summer School (Interdistrict) Summer Learning Program - JTPA Facilities Guidance/Counseling Program Leadership Employment PracticesPro|ram Seq 20 Program Name: OfHce of Desegregatiofi/Studeitt Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Program Deaeriptkm: District Goal Support: Program Goal: Plan References: I FYI Program Budget: T) Expenditures: Related Fimctfon Codes: msp FY -\n} PROORAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Dr. C. Russen Mayo, Jr. The Office of Desegregation is charged with monitoring the implementation of the Desegregation Plan which Includes the determined in accordance with Artansas accreditation standards which have the MIowtna limha: SJ***^: Kindentarten Maximum Number of Studentt Per Class (Averaxe) ^0 Maximum Number of Students in Arv Class 25 Secondary Leader: TBA hr: 1 Rertsioii Date: May g. 1995 appropriate assignment of shidents to schools. The capacities of the elementary area schools ate Fim-Thiid 22 22 Fourth-Sixth 22 '21 m yvetin rcM compoiHion of IK elemennnr are. icHools .nd Hie ice tvlUiMc fof recniRnwil it Hkmc icIiooI, deMnil n ficii) (fympyyiiop of thy |iitiiitii jchoola ia eapetieJ w be wwloinhinelv Miclt, R to expected dMi ii leia 600 blict USD Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations To implement a student assignment process that Is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan L 139 $511,645.41 $355,340.43 the twmber of studerrts who enroll In Incentive and will attend Interdistrict Schools. Schools. The initial  1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: $108,505.23 $106,196.97 20, 1 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: $140,638.23 FTE 13.0 Program Seq : 20 Program Name: Program Code: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment 06 Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number L 139 LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader Dr. C. Russel Mayo Page: 2 Revision Date: Mays. 1995 To Implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Objectives Strategies Secondary Leader Beginning Date Completion Date TBA Responsibility Evaluation Criteria (1.0 To implemenl magnet school assignments) 1.1 Magnet Schools - The assignment process to (original) magnet schools wH not change under this Plan. 1.2 MonRor Student Assignment and enrollment al Magnet Schools. A. Student assignments are reviewed on a weekly basis. B. Walting Hsts are reviewed In order to fil vacancies. 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 09/30/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 75% 90% (2.0 To implement Interdistrict school assignments) 2.1 Interdistrict Schools  LRSD and PCSSD agree to establish Interdistrict schools as descrfoed In the Interdistrict Desegregation Plan. K Six Interdistrict schoote have been established. 20, 2 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 12/21/94 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 1.0 Assignments are consistent with the Desegregation Plan as evidenced by an annual review of assignment data 2.0 Assignments are consistent with the Desegregation Plan as evidenced by an annual review of assignment data Program Seq *: Program Name: Program Code: Program Goat: Plan Reference Page Number 20 Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment 06 Primary Leaden To implement a student assignment process (hat to consistent with the Obfecdves (3.0 To Implement elementary area school assignments). The total capacMv of the etementary area schools to 9.676. Page: 3 Revision Date: Mays. 1995 Dr. C. Russel Mayo approved Desegregation Plan Secondary Leaden TBA Strategies Beginning Date 07/01/94 Completion Date 06/30/95 Responsibility Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Evaluation Criteria 3.0 Assignments are consistent with the Desegregation Plan as evidenced by an annual review of assignment data 3.1 Students wil be assigned to the elementary area schools by attendance zones. A. Elementary area school students assigned. 3.2 The elementary area school attendance zones are drawn to establsh a racial balance at each school of 55 percent btadc and 45 percent white with a variance of 5 percent. The recruitment of white students to elementary area schools may increase the percentage of white students at these schools, but no school shal have a racial composition of greater that 60 percent white. 3.3 Students presently assigned to elementary area schools wfli be given the option to remain in these schools (grandfothered). A. Targeted students were notified of options. 3.4 After grandfathered students have been assigned, students In the attendance zone wit be assigned to the elementary area schools. A. Students are assigned and notified of assignments to attendance zone school. 20. 3 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 10/18/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 09/20/94 Assoc. Supt for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 3.1 Enrotonent Data 3.3 Student requests to remain in area schools are granted. 3.4 Attendance zone students are assigned based on available seats. Program Saq *: 20 Program Name: Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number L 139 L 148 Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment 06 ic.- Primary Leaden Dr. C. Russell Mayo To bnplenwnl  tudenl osslgninent process that b consbtent with ths approved Desegregation Ran Objectives Strategies 3.5 If there b no space avaRabfe at a student's zoned school or If assignment of the student to the school would put the school out of compliance with racial babnce requirements, the student vff be assigned to (he cfosest school with capadty which meets racial babnce requiremenb. A. Studenb are reassigned and notified. 3.6 The ebmentary school zones wR provide a feeder pattern tor ebmentary studenb going to junior high sdiool studenb going to high school. 3.7 Students In elementary area school zones wM be given the option to select an Incentive school.  : r- Secondary Leaden Beginning Date Completion Date r- 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06n0/95 09/20/94 06/30/95 06n0/95 Page: 4 Revision Date: Mays. 1995 TBA Responsibility Assoc. Supt for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt for Desegregation Evaluation Criteria 3.5 Students are reassigned in accordance with Deseg. Plan. 3.6 A feeder pattern Is established for the organizational levels. 3.7 Options were granted In accordance to assignment plan. (4.0 To imptement Incentive school assignmenb). The capacffv of the Incentive schoob b 2.SS6- 4.1 Each incentive school win have an attendance zone that encompasses the neighborhood around the school (primary attendance zone). 4.2 Students presently assigned to Incentive schoob wHI be given the option to remain in these schoob (grandfethered). 20. 4 07/01/94 06/30/95 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 4.0 Incentive School Assignments are made In accordance wKh the Desegregation Plan requirements. 07/01/94 07/01/94 06A)0/95 06/30/95 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 4.1 School zone mapsProgram Seq *: 20 Page: 5 Program Name: Program Code: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment 06 Primary Leaden Revfefon Dato: May 8,1995 Program Goal: Dr. C. Russel Mayo To kmptement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Secondary Leader: TBA Plan Plan Refererfce Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Dato Completion Dato Resporalbiltty Evaluation Criteria CO 194 CO 194 4.3 After grandfothered students have been Identified and assigned, students in the primary attendance zone wM be assigned to the incentive schools. A. Students were assigned as space was slowed. 4.4 AS Incentive school students wM have the option to be assigned to an elementary area school to be selected by LRSD In accordance with desegregation considerations. A. Elementary desegregation transfer applcations processed. 4.5 In order to assist in meeting the desegregation requirements, a certain number of seats for black and white students wH be reserved for each pre-kindergarten and kindergarten class. The seats reserved for white chldren shal not remain permanently vacant If unfWed, Sufficient time should be alowed for timely, vigorous, and sustained recruitment efforts before Wing these seats. A. Seats are reserved unti judge releases. B. Assignments are monitored to ensure acceptable radat balance. 4 6 The Incentive schoois wM have a maximum pupH/teacher ratio of 20 to 1, 20, 5 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 Q7fO^/9A 07/01/94 06/30/95 98% 06/30/95 90% 06/30/95 Qef3QI95 G9f2QI34 06/30/95 Assoc Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Suptfor Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 4.3 Enrolment data\nschool zone maps. 4.4 Enrolment data 4.5 Reserved seats are available by race for pre* kindergarten and kindergarten students. Program Sq *: 20 Page: 6 Program Name: Program Code: Office of Desegregalion/Shidsnt Assignment 06 Revision Date: May 8. 1995 Program Goal: Plan Referertce Page Number CO 194 Primary Leader: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with Dr. C. RusseR Mayo Secondary Leader: Objectives the approved Desegregation Plan Strategies 4.7 There mey be more than 20 students per Clessroom. however, there wdl be en side In eeeh dess end possfcle e second teacher In those classes. 4.8 Assign students with sensHtvIty to the relaUonshXi between placement stably and academic progress as wel as the need to measuie the Impact of Incentive programs or student achievement 4 9 Student assignment process must be the resuK of earefuSy coordlneted dedslon-maltlng. The Incentive school stalfs end the LRSD depeilibients responstole ter desegreqetlon. student lecnrlbnent end asskinment. end olannlno end evaluetlon must assess the short-end lono- term eeedemic end sodel Impect of env endclpeted student reassignments. 4.10 The dlstricl must be eble to demonstrate that the Investnient has paid die expected dividends fat chUdten, d not, chenaes must be mede quldttv belote chHdien tn lost elono with the settlement money. 20. 6 TBA Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06^0/95Program Saq *: 20 Page: 7 Program Name: Program Code: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment 06 Primary Leaden Revision Date\nMay 6. 1995 Program Goal: Dr. C. Russel Mayo To knplemenl  ttudant uslgnmenl process that is consistent with ttia approved Desegregation Plan Secondary Leader: TBA Plan Reference Page Number Obfecttves Strategies 4.11 When makInQ student assignments, keep In mind that there b a relationship between double funding and enroBment figures that represents the greatest return on Investment, The district b bound to keep Its pledoe to doufab fund each tocenthre school for six years or as long as the school maintains an enrolment above 60% black. District must abo keep in mind that the Incentive schoob educate only a smaB portion of the dess tost prevailed in the desegregation lawsuit Ensure that a portion of the incentive school funding fuWBs the Pbn's commitment that \"the chidren who are In radaBy-bobted settings are provided meaningful opportunities tor desegregated experbnces/adlvltbs.\" 4,12 The Dbtrld b obBgated to reserve 40 to 50% of seats In the Incentive schoob at the kindergarten level tor white students. A. Seats were reserved. B. Court order released seats - seats fWed. 20. 7 Beginning Date 07^1/94 Completion Date 06/30/95 Responsibility Evaluation Criteria PROCEDURAL 07/01/94 10/15/94 | 07/01/94 98% I 4.12 Enrollment Data Program Saq *: 20 Pag*: 8 Program Name: Program Code: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment 06 Primary Leader Revision Dato: May 8. 1995 Program Goal: Dr. C. Russell Mayo To Imptement a student assignment process that b consbtent with the approved Desegregation Secondary Leader TBA Plan Plan Retorence Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Dato Completion Dato Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4.13 With regard to reserved seating at Incenttye schoob, the court indicated that the parties representations to the Eighth CIrcul required that ajarget racbl babnce at Incenttve schoob be 50% of each race, at bast in the preidndergarten and kindergarten bveb. It stated that thb proportion b to guide the Dbtrict In the number of seats which are InWaly reserved for pre- kindergarten end kindergarten students. The court rekJctanWy* allowed seats reserved far whBe students to be rebased after a reasonabb period only If tknety, vigorous, and sustained recruitment efforts to fW the scab with white children were unsuccessful. The court stated that recruitment efforts ffxrst be thoroughly documented by the Dbtrict to the extent that the court can determine tiLst the parties are dWqentfy trvlno to recruit white studenb to the Inoenttve schoob before reteasina any reserved seab. The court encourages the parties to Imptement any additional recruitment measures that would aid desegregation of the Incentive schoob as a whote With regard to pupM-teacher ratio, the court ordered the maximum Individual cbssroom enroMment at Incenttve schoob would be as foBows: 18 studenb In tour- year old cbsses, as agreed by the parties: 20 studenb In kindergarten, 23 studenb tn grades 1 through 3\n25 studenb In grades 4 through 6. In addition, the court ordered that there be at bast one fuK time instructional aide per Incentive school cbssroom tn those schoob where any cbssroom contains more than 20 studenb. 07/01/94 06/30/95 20, 8Program Seq f: 20 Page: 9 Program Name: Program Code: Office of Desegregation/Student /Assignment 06 Revision Dato: May 8. 1995 Program Goal\nPlan Reference Page Number L 140 L 140 Primary Leader To tmptemenl a student assignment process that Is consistent wKh the Dr. C. Russel Mayo approved Desegregation Plan Secondary Leader TBA Obfectfves I Strategies (5.0 To Implement Desegregation Transfers) 5.1 Junior and senior high school students transfer to another school as long as the reassignment allows both the sending and may receiving school to comply with the desegregation requirement and a seat to available. The minknum black percentage to 25 percent below the districtwide percentage of blacks In grades 7-12. The minimum and maximum black percentages constitute the desegregation requirement (for acceptable range) for a desegregation transfer. The desegregation requirements In secondary schools to that al schools wM remain within a range of 12 1/2 percent above to 25 percent below the dtotrictwide percentage of black students at each organizationai level (I e., high school and Junior high school). 5.2 Elementary students may transfer to an- inoenttve school only If such a transfer enhances desegregation at the Incentive school. Desegregation transfers wM be granted to elementary area schools that are difflcult to desegregate. A. Requests for transfers were revlewed/approved in accordance with criteria. 5.3 A student may make two desegregation transfers at each organizational level (primary, intermediate, Junior or senior high school). The purpose of the second desegregation transfer Is to allow a student to return to his or her previous school assignment. 20, 9 Beginning Dato Completion Dato Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 09/20/94 06/30/95 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 5.1 Racial composition of student enroftnents are within acceptable ranges. 5.2 Transfers reflect an bnprovement In racial balance. 5.3 Desegregation transfer reports reflect appropriate utilization by students.Page: 10 Program Seq *: 20 Revision Date: May 8. 1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russel Mayo Secondary Leader: TBA Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that Is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number L 140 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completton Date Resportsiblllty Evaluation Criteria (6.0 To implement SbHng Transfers) A. Requests for desegregation transfers are reviewed to ensure compliance. 5.4 Desegregation transfers will be granted during a limited period once each year (Secondary Schools orlly). S.S LRSD wB provide transportation for desegregation transfer students where R Is cost effective to do so. A. Requests for transportation department (Desegregation transfer students assigned to existirtg bus routes.) 6.1 SbHng transfers do not apply to magnet schools. (NOTE\nSb8ngs are brothers/slsters, or hair\u0026gt;brothers/8isters, residing at the same address with brothers/steters. or half-brothersfeisters, who are enrolled In the LRSD.) 6.2 A student entering the LRSD after the 1991* 92 school year will not be allowed to make a sbiing preference transfer to a school outside the student's attendance zone. 6.3 /Miy student who makes a sfoHng preference transfer before the 1991*92 school year may remain at the school to which the student transferred until graduation to the next organizational level. 20, 10 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 90% 04/07/95 06/30/95 09/20/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 5.4 Desegregation transfer reports reflect appropriate use by students. 5.5 Maintain records of number of students transported using desegregation transfers. 6.1 Pubfish/dlstrbute procedures regarding sbfing transfers. 6.2 PubHsh/distrbute procedures regarding sibling transfers. 6.3 Student transfers reflect acceptance/ rejection of transfer options.Program Seq *: 20 Page\n11 Program Name\nProgram Code\nOffice of Desegregation/Student Assignment 06 Revision Date\nMay 8. 1995 Program Goal\nPlan Reference Page Number L 141 Primary Leader: Or. C. Russell Mayo To implement a student assignment process that Is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Objectives Strategies 6.4 Sbflng preference transfers wM be granted If a seal b avaRabto and the transfer wb allow both the sending and receiving schoob to comply with the desegregation requirements. 6.5 Sbiing transfer appHcants must have a sbRng currently enrolled In LRSD. SbNng transfers wM be granted only to sbHngs of grandfathered students. Secondary Leader Beginning Date 07/01/94 07/01/94 TBA Completfon Date 06/30/95 06/30/95 Responsibility Assoc. Supt for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Evaluation Crtterfa 6.4 Documentation of sibling transfers meet desegregation requirements. 6.5 SbRng transfer requirements are bi accordance with estabRshed requirements. (7 To implement Transfer of Children of Employees Assignments) 07/01/94 06/30/95 7.1 LRSD employees may enroll their children at the schools where they worfc. 7.2 Thte provision is not intended to authorize Interdistrict transfers (transfers to NLRSD or PCSSD) other than those authorized by the court- approved desegregation plan. 7.3 The transfer of the children of employees b subject to desegregation requirements and the capacity of the particutar school. 7.4 LRSD b not obligated to provide transportation. 20, 11 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt for Desegregation Human Resources Director Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 7.1 Employees' children are enroltod In schoob requested In accordance with estabibhed requirements. 7.2 All interdistrict transfers are court approved. 7.3 Student transfers are consistent with capacities and desegregation requirements. 7.4 Transportation is provided by patrons of employees. _ - \u0026lt;T 4 Ij 17)\u0026lt;JPage: 12 Program Seq *: 20 Revision Date: May S. 1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: TBA Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that Is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives I Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date ResportsIbilKy Evaluation Criteria L 141-142 (6 To Imptement the Reassignment Process) 7.5 This provision does not apply to magnet schools. 7.6 The order of preference for assigning the children of employees Is Isted below: 7.6.1 First preference: attendance zone students with sfolngs 7.6.2 Second preference: attendance zone students without st)llr\u0026gt;gs 7.6.3 Third preference: chldren of employees 7.6.4 Fourth preference: desegregation transfers 7.6.5 Filth preference: M-to-M transfers 7.6.6 Sixth preference: Act 609, Act 624, and legal transfers. /L In compRance 20. 12 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07A1/94 0710^/94 07/Q\\/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06n0/95 06n0/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 09/20/94 06/30/95 /Kssoc. Supt for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation /\\ssoc. Supt for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt for Desegregation Assoc. Supt for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation /^ssoc. Supt for Desegregation 7.6 Documentation of assignments. 8.0 The assignment process Is consistent with the desegregation requirements.Program Sag *: 20 Page: 13 Program Name: Program Code: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment 06 Primary Leader Revision Date: Mays. 1995 Program Goal: Dr. C. Russel Mayo To knptomenl  tudent isjlgnmonl process ttid Is consblent with the sppioved Desegregation Plan Secondary Leader: TBA Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies 8.1 Every effort wM be made to instil portable buildings In order to accommodate overflow situations at a particular grade level. Only If a buHding cannot be installed, the student w be reassigned to the nearest school that has a seat available in the student's feeder zone, tf the student cannot be assigned to any of the schools In the students feeder zone, the student wM be reassigned to a school in a contiguous feeder zone. The Student Assignment Office wH be responsble for al reassignments. Reassigned students wM be placed on the waiting 1st for the appropriate atteMance zone school. A. Requests for portables are reviewed, alfemate assignments are made in complance with capacity requirements and court mandates. B. Walting Rsts are compBed for area schools. 8.2 The minimum black percentage for each elementary area school Is 40 percent btacfc. Any assignment that causes a school to fal below the minimum black percentage, will not be granted. In such cases, the student wM be reassigned to the nearest school that meets the minimum black percentage requirement and has a seat svaHable. If the student cannot be assigned to any of the schools In the students feeder zone, ffie student will be assigned to a school In a contiguous feeder zone. 20. 13 Beginning Date 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 CompleUon Date 06/30/95 09/20/94 09/20/94 06/30/95 Responsibility Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Evaluation Crftorta 8.1 Portables are installed in accordance with Deseg. Plan 8.2 Rosters reflect student assignment percentages are within acceptable racial balance.F Page: 14 Program Seq *: 20 Revision Date: May 8.1995 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Program Code: 06 Primary Leader Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leaden TBA Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L 142 (9 To establish effective and efficient student assignment procedures) A. /Utemate assignments are made In compitance with desegregation requirements. 9.1 The Student Assignment Office wB: monitor new assignments: process al data entry work tor elementary schools (data entry tasks decentralized 1992'93 school year)\nprocess interdistrict M-to-M transfers and magnet assignrrtents\nreassign students because of over-crowdedness or desegregation requirements: consider appeals: conduct recruitment efforts (transferred to recruitment program): process desegregation transfer, assign al earty childhood arto Incentive school students\nand process al spectat transfers (Act 609. Act 624, etc ). A. Assignments are reviewed to ensure rectal balance. B. Appeals Committee revtews/approves/rejects assignment appeals. 9.2 New students to the District who enroll after May 17. 1969 wR not have to come to the Student Assignment Office to obtain an assignment Each school will be authorized to enroll students who Rye within the attendance zone of that school. 20. 14 07/01/94 07^1/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 09/20/94 06/30/95 06n0/95 09/20/94 75* 06/30/95 Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation 9.0 Assignment procedures are effective and consistent with the desegregation requirements. 9.1 The student assignment process will be effective In assigning students and process special transfers to assist with racial balance. A. Enrollment Data B. Roster of committee members Agendas from meetings 9.2 Each area school will have the ability to assign students within thek attendance zone.Program Seq : Program Name: Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number 20 Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment 06 Primary Leader: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the Obfectives (10 To monitor al aspects of the Desegregation Plan) Page: Revision Date: 15 Mays. 1995 Dr. C. RusseN Mayo approved Desegregation Plan Secondary Leader: TBA Strategies 9.3 The Student Assignment Handbook indudes the timeline and procedures used by the schoob and the Student Assignment Office to assign students. The Student Assignment Handbook wll be revised each year, as necessary, to reflect any changes in the procedures for assigning students. Changes wM be made as needed to indude new deadlines and to Improve the implementation of the court\u0026gt;approved student assignment plan. The handbook wM be developed by the Student Assignment Office and dbtrfouted to the schoob and the parties each year. 10.1 Review Program Budget Documents to identify potential probtoms. 10.2 Conduct site vbits as necessary. A. Site vbits conducted 10.3 Develop and implement improvement plans as needed. 20, 15 Beginning Date 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 Completion Date 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 7S% 06/30/95 Responsibility Assoc. SupL for Desegregation Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation Assoc. Supt for Desegregation, Desegregation Facilitator Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation, Desegregation Facilitator Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation, Desegregation Facilitator Evaluation Criteria 9.3 Revised Student Assignment Handbook b pubibhed and dbtributed. 10.0 Identification of implementation and effectiveness problems as evidence by the Program Budget Document 10.1 Budget Documenb are reviewed and problems are ibted. 10.2 Site visits are documented. 10.3 Improvement Plans are developed and implemented.Program Seq *: 20 Page: 16 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Revision Dato: May 8. 1995 Program Code: 06 Primary Leader Dr. C. Russel Mayo Secondary Leader: TBA Program Goal: To implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan 16 Plan Reference Page Number Obfectivee Stratogiea 10.4 Monitor Implementation of improvement plans. 10 5 LRSD wR assist the ADE In IdentifylnQ existing and proposed statutes and regulations that knpede desegregation, 10.6 LRSD, If apptyino for approval of new construction or major school expansion she! provide a desegregation Impact statement setting forth evidence that the proposed knprovements do not have a segregative effect (Submisston to ADE), 10.7 Loan proceeds from State shaB be used for desegregation purposes and wW not be utitaed or indkecthr as a vehicle for oenerating Income for LRSD through higher interest rates. 10.11 LRSD shaM make quarteriv reports to the Office of Desegregation MonKorirx], 20. 16 Beginning Dato 07/01/94 Completion Dato 07/30/94 Responsibility Assoc. Supt. for Desegregation, Desegregation Facifttator Evaluation Criteria 10.4 Scheduled observations of Improvement Plans are documented. PROCEDURAL PROCFdURAL PROCEDURAL procedural 10.11 At the end of each year a determination of the eftecBveness of the District's Implementation of the desegregation plans shall be conducted by the District subject to the Court's review, LRSD's monitors wW be provided reasonable access to records and facilities, provided that requests for access are not disruptive, unreasonable or Intrusive.Program Sag *: 20 Page: 17 Program Name: Program Code: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment 06 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Revision Date\nMay 8.1995 Program Goal: To knplemant  ahidont assignment process that Is consbtonl with the approved Desegregation Plan Secondary Leader: TBA I 6 Plan Reference Page Number Obtecttvea Strateglea Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 10.12 Where dbparlttes In programs and activties exist LRSD wW identify, analyze for cause and share with the appropriate monitoring authorities Ajecommended course of action In remediation wW then be tnpbmented, LRSD shal give spedal attention to any Imbabnce and pbcement Into spedal education, honors, tatented and gifted, advance pbcement desses, extra curricubr adtvittes, expublons and suspensions, end reward and punbhment systems. An obtecbve of thb appraisal shal be to eliminate negative stereotyping based upon race or socioeconomic status. 07/01/94 06/30/95 PROCEDURAL 10.13 Long-term goab and desegregation goab have to be Incorporated Into the study of lunlof high capadtv, 10,14 The court wanb a pbn to address lunlor high capacity, rettevioq busing burden on bbcks and recrultino white students into tuntor high schoob. 10.15 This order concerns LRSD's motion to dose Ish Incentive School on the around that the survey process approved bv the court Indicated that only 62 students wish to attend Ish, The court granted the motion. The court notes that Its approval of LRSD's motion to dose Ish does not excuse LRSD from Its obligation to recruit white students to desegregate the remaining Incentive schools. The court states that \u0026lt; w dosely watch al proposed school dosings and school capacity alterations to determine whether there b a devetoptng pattern of dosing schoob In areas brgety inhabited by black citizens white Increasing the capacity of schoob In areas brgely Inhabited bv white dtbens. 20, 17 07/01/94 LfTED 06^0/95 coivpim0 Program Seq *: 20 Page: 16 Program Name: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment Revision Dato: May 8, 1995 Program Code: 06 Primary Leader Or. C. Russell Mayo Program Ooal: To knplement a student assignment process that Is consistent with the approved Desegregation Plan Secondary Leader: TBA Plan Reference Page Number CO 165 Obfectives Strategies 10.16 Court grants In part a motion of LRSD for approval of various construction projects. The court approves construction of a cafeteria at Chicot Elementary School as long as the new construction does not Increase the schoors capadtv The construction protect at Jefferson Etementary School is not approved because of potentiat effect of the attendance zones of the new King Interdlstrict School on the Jefferson sateWte zones. The court Indicates that LRSD may petition the court for approval of the Jefferson construction after the attendance zones for King are firm and court approved. In Its renewed petition, the court states LRSD must Include the following Information: the current capadtv of Jefferson, any changes In school capadtv that wR resuK from the proposed construction: and the precise number of portable buBdinos that wR be removed and the number that wR remain at the schoot as a resuK of the proposed construction, A Construction of a cafeteria at Chicot Elementary compleled. 20, 18 Beginning Dato 07/01/94 Completion Dato 06/30/95 COMilETEil 05/94 08/22/94 Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 10.16 Final InspectionProgram Seq *: 20 Page: 19 Program Name: Program Code: Office of Desegregation/Student Assignment 06 Primary Leader Dr. C. Russell Mayo Revision Date: May 6. 1995 Program Goal: To Implement a student assignment process that is consistent with the approved Desegregation Pton Secondary Leader TBA Plan Reference Page Number CO 166 CO 166 Objectives Strategies 10.17 Prior to qrantinfl approval for the WWams Elementary School construction prolecL LRSD must provide the court wth the foBowing Information: the schoofs current capacity\nthe number of square feet that wR be added to the school by the construction\nany change In the proportional aWotment of the schoors magnet seats among the LRSD, NLRSD, and the PCSSD\nthe precise number of portable buBdlngs that wR be removed and the number that wR remain at the Sj^od as a resut of the proposed construction\nand clarify how foe present adminbtration area wR be rearrarHied, I e., e slrmle muW-purpose area or two separate areas, one tor expanded cafeteria space and one for Irtooor recreation. 10.16 Before the court wS consider approvlnq the construction project at J, /L Fair High School, the LRSD must account for the 1.270 square feet difference between the 3,450 square feel of the old space and the 2.160 of new space and specify the exact number of new classrooms that wR result from the construction. 20, 19 Begirming Date 07/01/94 Completion Date 08n0/98 OMFLETEO 07/01/94 06/30/95 Responsibility Evaluation Crtterta 10.17 Final Inspection EetBQ )uaimoju3 ssqo ^^0^ apajpo uonanitAB S661 gXen OZ or or ivynQ33oad P)9|dUK XjlAjPV V seep jaa stuapms 91 01 fi6/0C/00 ro/vo/zo iimiM S6/0C/90 M/IO/ZO oiuidwoa fi6/0e/90 re/iQ/zo uiubojd pio-jtaA-jno^ aq) u] )uauj\nojua uiui'i oi |uauan|p u* ajtnbaj nuatuannbaj oypadt ajaqm pa|tn|pa q tuofflsod )uaiaA|n6a auin-q jaqiunu laq) put JtaA jad aoud jtaei n pa)paqo n uoflatnoiao atq\u0026gt; nM\u0026gt; 'ain\u0026lt;i5^ QSdl '^Wnq tuaipojiino jO jaguinu pannoaj aq) JO uonatf^B^ i9fiM 'pac(Aaj Buiaq iQ sseoojo aqj u| s| pua ajuauiajinbaj uouaBaibaaap ou amajuop Apnjs Ajpadap qP|H \u0026lt; MX inu^od \u0026gt;qu*O * uoB\u0026gt;l^\u0026gt;5 laipoiano. pua ,auo(pa|OJd Pua aagpadao qtJlH Jr * Apms lapads.  paw OSdl OZ 01 jaaX jooqoa 6-966t a*fl JO PUjumoaq aqj joj auJB U| paprujauoo uaad a^aq nnoqa ujnpojatao aqi looiqo )a paiojua uaJpiqo aqj jo |aq*auo ua^ aiouj aujH auo ja jaaa ol Ajpadao juapujna aAoq pua |aaj ajanba ooo't Ajajawjxojdda Aq looqoa aqj JO aqa aqj ataapuj m qoiqM tooqos \u0026gt;03tM0 ja ujnpojajao a pnqauoo oj asdl tajinbaj pad I u| M Bu|AOjdda japo pnoo aqj pua uogoui asdi 1 'OC |J\u0026lt;IV pajap japJO aaa) jooqos Aiajuauiaja ^oojqa ja ujnpojajao aqj jo uoqorujsuw aqj Ajuo paAOJdda pnoo aqx Jiaj pua ujaMM 'uotjajjar ^qo ja apafotd uotprujauoo JO laAOjdda a^aat uogouj QSdl RUI 6 k 01 991 d 991 d Zniiqisuodaau ana uona|duM3 )Q Bu|uu|Bag aa|Sa)B4S saAnaahO jaqutfiH aOd aouajajad uaid vai :a)aa uomAad :aOtd uapaan Ajapuooas uaid uoflaBajeasao paAOJdda eq) mh* luajsjsuoo q laq) ssaoojd juaujuB^ssa luapma a juauiaiduj, ox oXei^ uassnd 3 XI uaptai Aiauipd 90 )u9uju6(SCV |uepr4s/uoQ8Baj6aaa to aouio OZ :|aoo uitjBoJd '.apoQ ujufiojd :auiaN tuuOoM :f bag uiuBoJdeiea )uauj\nOJU3 cj oi eiBo IUUJHOJU3 ssqa zz *P)P9 uopeniBAa S661 fl Xey^ IS U 02 ivarcaooad\" peteidiuoa A)|A(pv y \u0026gt;66 k Majaw lapei Aq peynou aieM ejB luepntt duyemqpuuB q pedtaj (4)(/v\\ CZ Ot ^OC/60 M/tO/ZO Mieiiasc X)\n(q|suodssu uonaiduioo Ou|uu|Bag j vai :)ea uo)t|A0d :6d pe)0|diu( Xi|A|pv y __________TpipuBiB miM )U8iq8uo3 ejrjgifl tazjt Map 0) p-)| Mpejo u| lUMuyojue ),uj)q ZS'O? MAoaafqo jequmN eBtd Mjuejad uqd pri Xjtpuosas UB|d uoflBfij6esa peAflJddB eqt iam iu)S|6U03 s) (sip ssaacud |umuu6|ssb luspnis  |ueuistduj| ox oXbn iiassnu -3 x] uepe-| Ajsuipd 90 )uauju6|fisv luopnis/uopeBaiBasaa fo eouo OS :|eog dJtjBoJd\np03 ujftiBojd :*uirN uJBjfioJd :f bag uiuBoJd0'9 au 69'l\u0026gt;0*8$ :|madxa JiOmr :pindi(a 1)0 piC I ir 46108'44$ sptMdxa pa\nWZI8nZ$ :p03 aofpunj 1 88'896*14$ :paadxa j)0 )ti zri6*z$e$ E 841-941 1 uo uu J3UJSIP i| JO t|i!](s *pdn _____________________________________________________^^^^^75\"pp9\"^5ipri^WOTa5|n5|rprBOTirjif|pTOqTrpuriiHqTtinnri w*on\u0026lt;y wp *4 MApaaiqo 4*on\u0026lt;y *0 tnbftfl npt dgy] *a3W iutna oi axp^iiJ faUaitJ di h60tuU6juj MiAiudotAAifr Jjtrf b|glBgHgiioSa~jff pdl jo tioddirf uf luauitAMqot arauptot ptAOKkii) u) Suppisai iit|d uopiSaiSaop atp jo uopK|iiaui9|duf| xp aiouioid in inp npiApot opiAOid ipa wauutdaq WMudo|3Aaq yus mu nioptutdo put tapiApat |ooqx jo twtqd u* u) unoM Xpnbo )tip ainsug *9 -0(4 itoQ '*P*^*\" n* Oiqujtq 0) 9Apnpuo31{ inp apuiip Xpapio put ajts t tpiAOij *( on 1109 pui uopnouddi in qiM lunsinim an inp |xn tiiqaq inuinq n aidoad hi|m inp ignt niopqu -X)i\u0026amp;iaAip |un)|n99|nui jo Suipaviuopun tnuinq put JOfAVipq vuuuoiu^ nfm Quapnn put 'jiitw 'aopuinunupt pjtog looqas M3O)| pn oiu. \n'o^ poQ 'paitApoui put pouiu)\u0026gt;|pM t) )np jjiis t uinqtiu put do|AaQ \n'o|ij (too q puls,p Wop .HMM lunuMWO Wopm pu. .mV =!. nwdun W Xopou p. Xwo(. o.. wnpn, ,p  a,, ^d awa,\u0026lt;M n. pu. \u0026lt;.!., aAidu, 0, paionn fa m, 1,^,^, \u0026lt;A,|,p ***^ P**  * *1^ \"P qSnoiip ut|d uoptSaiSastp Mp jo uoptjuauufduq aip atouioid oi paqtiiqms n* luxioJtdoQ lUMudopAta jjtis mu. *POOM *a uouv|^ :xpri ^npooMS liwsa uapvri Xjvmpj I 60 661 *01 lOMudopAaa JJ1$ I It iNawnooa laixind WviidoaJ t6-\u0026gt;6 XJ dSal LLA I 3 :sjn)(padxa nix tpSpng nnjlojj au 1 :|Bog uibjSojj iModdiig iioa ppma :uof)dHM\u0026gt;(] uibjSojj :po3 mvjSojj :Min|q onjfaij :|i Ims aiBjfojj C.- .-atauMM  iiei Z U JWX looqof p JO) nusuojKbp IP 01 pai| uoai spot loujsia y (am joj S|bo8/uoi(ui apn|3ui \nim X)ninunuo3 o) yodan pnuuy pajinbaj (.pujsiQ (ooqas) (looyas aifqnd o) Suiujiyaj nuapnis JO jaquinu ui anajauj) (BpaiBin JO oqiBDioiassKi oonBdpfMBd anqnj II II ri (suopvaiununuoo JO JoioaiiQ 'aoiJJO pwuao) jnapoaiiipadns ((6/0C/90) fufotaO O6/I0/40) 8861 DM Xipsiunnoa o| asm J* \"otRin/iio|S{A ajBpiaiMB o) awqpioo i*| (Xiinba put nioptiai aou m juauiaAOjdiui laayaj \ni XaAjns suopip)] ueiuoH JO uopBjjsnniupy) 911 1 O'l (paiuasajdai-japun Xpuauna nuuSojd q nuapnis Xiuotnui JO uopquasajdu pasvajMij) 0'1 (ppaau naj* UI u(^B)uasaidai jjBis Xiuouiiu pastajauj) 0'1 (JJBis aayjo l\u0026gt;nuao tuauidopAaQ jjbis *)uapuaiuuadns) (S6/0e/9Q) 06/IO/ZO) Xlinba poB BoonBpj aaoa aAoadoq o) a)|AjasB| MiauidoiaAap jjBp apfAoad ox *| KI 1 H)P3 oopeniBAa 9)(] DOIHfdlllOO 9)B(I llI|Qn|\u0026gt;9g n|\u0026gt;9)U)S AiPfqo (lUMuSAaqo, 3,ui\u0026gt;pr psAaulun ui iupinsu uijd uoiiiSuJMsp Mp ,o uopouauuidiui am nouuud him inp iMiiApx niwidopAsp jjto ipiAOid ox) SPOOM 'a UOUB|^ :j9pBri ^BpnoMS XipilH pu\u0026gt; nofiqu u lAoidiiq o| (DiiiidopAip jj\u0026gt;|i oppojd ox siqniw liaisa :j9pBri 60 (661 *01 :a)B(I noispau luauidopAaa jjns I :alM U iNawnaoa laoana wvTiDoad Se-t^ Xa am jaqiui{^ aSB\u0026lt;| aauaaaja)! ubu :|B4\u0026gt;0 uiulojj :9po3 uiulojj :aara|q iusjSojj '.f baS uibjIojjProgram Seq f: 21 Pige: 3 Revision Date: Program Name: Staff Development May 10. I99S Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Estelle Matdiis Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods Program Goal: To provide staff development to Improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Flan Reference Page Number L126 L126 L126 Objectivca Strategies Beglanlng Date Completion Date Responsfbflity Evaluation Criteria U Schedule and bnplement workshops and activities related to fanprovlag race rclatioiis for tbe following groups: a. Board of Directors b. District Administrators c. Certified Staff d. District Support Staff A. Healing Racism Worteshop - City of Little Rock B. Healing Racism Seminar * City of Litde Rock 1.3 1.4 Ran and Imptement an evening symposhan for tbe community on \"Commmdty Involvement in a Desegregated School Setting*' (Item conqMeted in April and August, 1988, and is not recurring) Monitor Implenicntalion of above strategics A. Human Relations (bus drivers) B. Human Relations/Classroom Tips (Instructional Aides) 21, 3 1988-89 School Year (07/01/94) 10/13/94 12/12/94 FaOIMS Fan 1988 (07/01/94) 08/11/94 08/18/94 Ongoing (06/30/93) 10/13/94 63  Fan 19M Ongoing (06/30/93) 08/11/94 08/18/94 Deseg. Asst. Center (DAC) and Central Office Staff (Staff Development Department. Principals) DAC Consultant Assoc Supt for Educational Prog (Superintendent, District Biracial Committee) 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.3 1.4 1.4 1.4 Roster of participants (Increased minority staff representation in areas needed) (Increased representation of minority students in programs currently under-represented) (Administration of Human Relations Survey will reflect improvement in race relations and equity) Roster of participants (Symposium was held in April and August. 1988) Meetings held (Attendance at public meetings) (District-wide Biracial Monitoring Report will reflect improvement in minority representation in all areas needed)Program Seq 9: 21 hce: 4 Program Name: Staff Developfnent Rerbhrn Date: May 10. 1995 Program Code: 09 Program Goal: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Plan Reference Page Nimber L 126 L 126 To provide staff develo|Kneat to Improve race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will Secondary Leader: Marion B. Woods 2. Objectirca promote the implementation of the dese|iegilion plan iesuliin( in improved academic achievement.) Provide tnaerrice on cooperative kaming strategiea tai a bcterogencoua ctauaroom C. D. B. F. 0. H. Stratcgka Improving Race Relations (Oartand) Human E\u0026gt;ivenity (Wakefield) Equity (Baseline) Equity (McDermott) Equity (Central High School) Equity (Metropolitan) 2.1 A. B C. Begfamlag Date 09/21/94 09/21/94 09/21/94 12/07/94\" 12/07/94 (07/01/94) Completion Dale RcaponsiUUty Erahtatlon Criteria 03/16/95 09/21/94 09/21/94 09/21/94 12/07/94 12/07/94 (06/30/95) (Staff Development Department, Content Area Supervisors) 2.0 2.0 Inservice teacbera and administration on cooperative leamlag based on Slavia and JohiMon and Johnson (or other appropriate cooperative learning models) Cooperative Learning Cooperative Learning Cooperative Learning 21, 4 Jidy 1991 (07/01/94) Ongoing (06/30/95) Staff Dev Dept Coment Area Siqivs 2.1 2.1 2.1 10/17/94 10/24/94 11/07/94 11/14/94 03/14/95 50X (Increased involvement in group activities in the classroom) (Improved classroom climate and social interactions amor^ all students) Training model (Increased involvement in group activities in the classroom) (Inqiroved classroom climate and social interactions among all students) Page: 5 Program Seq 9: 21 Revision Date: May 10. 1995 Program Name: Staff Development Program Code: 09 Prtaiar7 Leader: Estelle Matihis SecoDdary Leader: Marion E. Woods Program Goal: To provide staff development to fanprove race relations and equity. (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number L126 L 126 L 126 Objective* Strategic* Begtamtng Date Comptethm Date RetponsibOity Evahatlon Criteria 2 J Monitor teachers use of cooperative learning strategic* A. Ongoing process by the building Instructioruil Leader (07/01/94) 07/01/94 (06/30/95) 3.0 Provide Inservice on addHIonal strategies to hnprove Instruction In desegregated school setting (To improve instruction through the use of effective teaching strategies in the school setting) (07/01/94) (06/30/95) Principal (Staff Develt^mtent Department. Content Area Supervisors) (Staff Development, Content Area Supervisors) 2J 2.2 2.2 2.2 3.0 3.1 Provide Inservice opportunitic* on: a. Effective Schoob Mode! RT b. TeacMng/Leamlng Style* c. Teacher Eapectatlons and Student Achievement (TESA) d. Classroom Management c. (and/or other appropriate inservice opportunities) A. Effective Schools Model PET 1. PET Refresher 2. PET Refresher 21, 5 Jidy 1991 (07/01/94) 11/01/94 12/08/94 Ongoing (06/30/95) 11/01/94 12/08/94 Staff Dev Dept (Content Area Supervtson) 3.1 3.1 Classroom observation and docunentatlon (Random observation of classrooms where teachers have been trained) (Random survey of cooperative learning participants regarding effects of implementation in their classrooms) (Principal will observe cooperative learning strategies during rtmtine classroom visitations) (Increase in achievement of students of teachers in identified programs) Roster of participants Workshop evaluations (Number of participants from a cross-section of district staff involved in the identified programs)Profram Seq 9i 21 Page: 6 Program Name: Staff Development Rerbfon E\u0026gt;a(e: May 10. 1995 Program Co\u0026lt;le: 09 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthts Program Goal: To provide Kaff development to Improve race relations and equity. Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods (To pnide san development etivides dai will promoa the implemenation of the dese|te|ai\u0026gt;on plan resulting in Improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Ntanber Ofajecthea Slratcflca 3. Pull cycle of PET B. Teaching/Leaming Styles 1. Provided Learning Styles for the Ahemative School and McClellan High School 2. Learning Styles (Chicot. Southwest. Franklin. Parkview) 3. Learning Styles - Martin L. Ring. Jr. 4. Learning Styles - Mitchell C. Teacher Expectations and Studem Achievement (TESA) I. TESAI 2. TESAR D. Classroom Managemem 1. Provided for new teachers 2. Provided for new teachers 3. Provided for new teachers 4. Provided for new teachers E. (and/or other apprc^riate inservice opportunities) 1. Secondary Self-Esteem 2. At-Risk 3. At-Risk 4. Cooperative Team Learning 21. 6 Beginning Date 03/16/95 09/12/94 10/21/94 02/08/95 03/01/05 11/14/94 02/13/95 08/11/94 09/19/94 10/10/94 10/17/94 10/20/94 10/24/94 11/07/94 11/07/94 Completion Date Responsibility Evatuation Criteria 25 X 09/12/94 12/07/94 02/08/95 03/01/95 03/27/95 33 08/11/94 09/26/94 10/19/94 10/24/94 10/20/94 10/24/94 11/07/94 11/14/94 Program Seq P: 21 Page: 7 Program Name: Staff Development Reviflon Date: May 10. 1995 Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Program Goal: To provide Kaff development to Improve race rebUou and equity. Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods (To provide mfr development Kbvitie! that will promote the implcmenation of the dcsegrtf .don plan itmiting in improved academic achievemem.) Plan Reference Page Number (Mdectivea Sirateglea Begfaming Date Compktiea Date Responsibility Evaluation Criterta L 127 4.8 Provide tnserrice on \"Effective Implementation of tbe LRSD Discipline Management SyKem\" 5. 6. 7. 8. Elementaiy Self-Esteem Thinking Skills National Faculty Coopendve Learning 3.2 Send selected staff \u0026gt;0 professiona] development sessions in order to increay the number of available trainers and in return for a commitment to assist with collexiaJ Kaff development. A. B. C. 12A)S/94 12/08/94 02/27/95 03/14/95 07/01/94- 12/05/94 12/08/94 50* 50% O6SO/95 Great Expectation Training COE Training Great Expectadon Training 3.3 Provide dlatrfct-wlde PTOiiam of iiaff development A. Printed and distributed Staff Development Catalogue/CaleiKlar B. Scheduled workshops and minicourses 21. 7 08/30/94 09/01/94 08/23/94 08/23/94 12/07/94 12/07/94 07/01/94 09/01/94 08/23/94 (07/01/94) 06-30-94 11/01/94 75% (06/30/95) (Director of Pupil Personnel) 4.0 (Decrease in the number of students who receive discipiirury sanctions) 4.0 (Decrease in the disproportionate number of minority students who receive disciplinary sanctions)Program Seq f: 21 Page: 6 Program Name: Stafr Development RerisfoD Date: May 10. 1995 Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Program Goal: Secondary Leader: To provide staff development to improve race relations and equity. (To provide mfr developmeM Kiivldn dui will promote the impletnentaiion of the dexgretetion plan reniltin( in improved demic achievement.) Marion E. Woods Plan Reference Page Number LI27 Objectives Strategies Begfaming Date Completion Date ResponsIbiUly Evaluation Criteria 4.1 Coidinue to Involve couneclors, prlndpob, assistant prladpols, and teacbera far dbeipUne management ta a desegregated school settfa^ Jidy 1991 (07/01/94) Ongoing (06/30/95) Director of Pupil Services (Pupil Services Department. Principals. Counselors) 4.1 4.1 4.1 A. Schools distributed Students' Rights/Responsibilides Handbook Roster of partldpaiits (Building Level Discipline Management Plans established for all schools) (Counseling classes will include orientation to the building level plan and district-wide Rights and Responsibilities Handbook) 09/06/94 09/30/94 B. Training provided in Students' Rights/Respoiuibilities Handbook 09/06/94 09/30/94 C. Provided Positive Discipline workshop for Romine 09/12/94 09/12/94 D. Provided Discipline Management workshop for Forest Park 09/12/94 09/12/94 E. Provided Violence Prevention for Mabelvale Jr. High 10/13/94 10/13/94 F. Provided Positive Discipline for Fair High School 10/13/94 10/13/94 0. Provided Discipline workshop for Gibbs 10/13/94 10/13/94 H. Provided Discipline workshop for Carver 1. Provided Violence Prevenbon for Cloverdale Jr. J. Provided Cooperative Discipline for Rightsell K. Provided Conflict Resolution for Rockefeller L. Cooperative Discipline for Franklin M. Cooperative Discipline for Chicot 21, 8 11/02/94 11/02/94 11/02/94 12/07/94 01/25/95 03/01/95 11/02/94 11/02/94 11/02/94 12/07/94 01/25/95 03/01/95 I.I Profram Seq f\n21 Pace: 9 Profram Name: Staff Development RevMoa Date: May 10. 1995 Profram Code: 09 Primary Leaden Estelle Mattfiis Profram Goal: Secondary Leader: To provide staff development to Improve race relations and equity. (To provide suff development Klivities dut will promote die implemenudon of die desegrcgitlon plin ittultinj in improved ncedemic lehievemenl.) Marion E. Woods Plan Reference Page Nimber L127 Objecttvca SIrateflefl Beffamfaif Date Completion Date ResponsiblUty Evatuation Criteria 4 J Monitor nae of nanafcmenl system Fan 1988 (07/01/94) Ongoing (06/30/95) Principals Counsdors School Teams 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 Doctanentatlon ((^arterly Behavior Management Reports) (Building level biracial committee reports will be used to monitor and/or adjust discipline plans) (District-wide Biracial Committee) A. Schools distributed Students' Rights/Responsibilities Handbook 09/06/94 09/07/94 B. Training provided in Students* Rights/Responsibilities Handbook 09/06/94 09/07/94 C. Provided Positive Discipline woricshop for Romine 09/12/94 09/12/94 D. Provided Discipline Management workshop for Forest Park 09/12/94 09/12/94 E. Provided Violence Prevention for Mabelvale Jr. High 10/13/94 10/13/94 P. Provided Positive Discipline for Fair High School 10/13/94 10/13/94 0. Provided Discipline workshop for Gibbs 10/13/94 10/13/94 H. Provided Discipline workshop for Carver 11/02/94 11/02/94 I. Provided Violence Prevention for Cloverdale Jr. 11/02/94 11/02/M J. Provided Cooperative Discipline for Rightsell 11/02/94 11/02/94 K. Provided Conflict Resolution for Rockefeller 12/07/94 12/07/94 L. Discipline Management for Jefferson 02/08/95 02/08/95 M. Discipline with Dignity for Cloverdale Jr. High 02/08/95 02/08/95 21, 9Program Seq 9\n21 Pace: 10 Program Name: Staff Development Revision Date: May 10. 1995 Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Program Goal: To |N*ev{de staff development to fanprove race relations and equity. Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods (To provide jliff developmeol ulivities Au will pronwle Ac implementitioo of Ae desegteguion plin lesilling in improved eculemic nchievemenl.) Plan Reference Page Number L 127 L 127 Objectlvef Slrateglea Begtaming Date Completion Date ResponsiUUty Evaluation Criteria N. Discipline Management for McDermott 02/08/95 5.8 Provide PAL (Academic Support) teachers with strategies for plamiiig and Silvering more than one type of liistnictional grouping (To provide academic support teachen with strategies for plaruiing arid delivering more than one type of instructiona] grouping) 5.1 ContliNK to Investigate and research sources of strategics, modeb and actlvMies of succcssfid mall and large groi^ faistructloiial practices wtthin beterogeoouB classes A. B. C. D. E. 02/08/95 (07/01/9\u0026lt;) Pan 1988 (07/01/94) (06/30/95) Ongoing (06/30/95) Elementary Reading - Academic Support Math Academic Support Elementaiy Reading - Academic Support Elementary Reading Academic Support Principals \u0026gt; Academic Support Reading Teachere (Sec. Teatbook) F. Principals - Academic Support Reading Teachen (Sec. Textbook) 0. Secondary Reading (Language Arts) High Schools H. Secondary Reading (Language Arts) Jr. High Schools 21, 10 08/31/94 09/27/94 11/16/94 11/19/94 12/13/94 12/19/94 03/09/95 03/10/95 08/31/94 09/27/94 11/16/94 11/19/94 12/13/94 12/19/94 03/09/95 03/10/95 (Assoc. Superintendent. Academic Support Supervtson, Content Area Supervisors. Staff Development) Assoc Supt for Educational Prog (Staff Development Department. Content Area Supervison, Academic Support Supervison) 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.1 5.1 (Increase in achievement for all students in Academic Support Programs) (Decrease in achievement gap in representative population) (Decrease in number of students requiring academic support services) Identification of sources (Provide staff with information from current research monthly) Program Seq #: 21 Page: 11 Program Name: Staff Development RerMon Date: May 10. 1995 Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Program Goal: Secondary Leader: To provide staff development to Improve race relations and equity. (To provide jaff developmem ectivities diit will promott die iropleroenaiion of the desegiegition plin rcjulling in iroproved eeedemic echievement.) Marion E. Woods Plan Reference Page Nianber LI27 L 127 Objectfres Strategiea Begbmlng Date Completion Date ResponalblUty Evaluation Criteria 6.0 Provide Inservice to assist principal and facuhies with strategies for promoting studerd acMevemcid and growth 5.2 Conduct workshop to address tbe folowliig: a. grouping theory and strategics b. demonstratloa of strategics for varied Instruction A. B. C. Reading A Connection Writing for Baseline Math Manipulatives for Bale Teaching Math for Woodruff 21. 11 Fall 1988 (07/01/94) 01/25/95 02/07/95 02/07/95 (07/01/94) Fall 1988 (06/30/95) 01/25/95 02/07/95 02/07/95 (06/30/95) Supervisor of Math and EngUsb (Content Area Supervison, Staff Development Department) (Asst. Superintendent. Planning. Research and Evaluation. Staff Development, Content Area Supervison) 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 5.2 6.0 6.0 Written evaluation by participants (Increase in achievement for all students in Academic Support Programs) (Decrease in achievement gap in representative population) (Decrease in number of students requiring academic support services) (PriiKipal will observe through classroom observations and teacher conferences) (Increase in achievement for all sQidents) (Decrease in achievement gap in representative population)Isogram Seq #: 21 ftge: 12 Program Name: Staff Developfnent Revision Date: May 10. 1995 Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Program Goal: To provide itafT development to Improve race relations and equity. Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods (To provide sufT developmeM Ktividei diet will promote die implementuion of die desegrejation plan lesiiltiiig In Improved academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Ntanber L 127 Objectivea Strategies 6.1 Continue to provide tnserrice for prtndpab on methods for developing their school Improvement pfaui A. School Improvement  Carver B. School Improvement - Woodruff C. School Improvemem  Garland D. School Improvement/Improving Achievement  McClellan E. School In^rovement WakeHeld F. School Improvement at the following sites: Dodd, Fair. Southwest. Cloverdale, Fulbright, Geyer Springs, Oartand, Central, Pulaski Heights Elementary, Bale, Booker. Brady, and Gibbs 0. School Improvemem at the following sites: Central, Fair. Hall. McClellan, Parkview, Meadowcliff, and Otter Creek H. School Improvemern at the following sites: Brady. Hall. Metropolitan, Martin L. King, Jr.. Meadowcliff. Otter Creek, Badgett, Bale, Booker. Cloverdale, Fulbright, and Geyer Springs 21, 12 Begtn\u0026amp;lng Date ComplcttoB Date ResponsIbOity Evaluation Criteria Pb01988 (07/01/94) 09/21/94 09/21/94 09/21/94 12/07/94 l2m7/94 Q\\nil95 03/01/95 Ongoing (06/30/95) 09/21/94 09/21/94 09/21/94 12/07/94 \\2Kni^ Q\\r25l9S 02A)8/95 03/01/95 Div of Schoob Eval and Testing IRC Specialists (Asst. Superintendents) 6.1 6.1 6.1 Comprehensive and accurate product (Number of workshops in Integrating die Curriculum, Literature-based Instruction. Authentic Assessment and/or other relevant methodologies) (Better school inqirovement plans are submitted) I Program Seq 9. 21 Pile: 13 ReviskHi Date: Program Name: Staff Development May 10. 1995 Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Program Goal: To provide staff developmerd to hnprove race relatkms and equity. (To provide mil developmeol activitiei dul will promote die implemenndaii of die deiegieg.lion plan leauldog in improved academic achievement.) Marion E. Woods Pton Reference Page Ntanber LI27 LI27 Objectives Strategfca Begtinhig Dale CompletioQ Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 62 Conthroe to assist principab In revising school bnproveroent plans through the analysb of disaggregated data A. Staff Development ^\u0026gt;ecialists provided Test* Taking Tips and Strategies to staff members at the following schools: Badgett. Baseline. Booker. Gibbs. Fair Park, and Woodruff B. Test-Taking Tips and Strategies were provided to staff memben at the following schools: Central. McClellan. Parkview, Cloverdale Jr. High, Washir^, Forest Park, and Fair Park 6.3 Contimw to provide special school-based program and content area Inservice meetings scheduled on a regular basb with spedfle sesstons on content methodology arid Interpersonal rclatioos for program knplementation hi a desegregated setting A. Workshops and minicourses scheduled throughout die year (See Staff Development 1994-95 Catalogue/Calendar) 6.4 To provide special assistance for teachen as requested. 21, 13 July 1991 (07/01/94) Ongoing (06/30/95) Assoc and Asst Sopts 62 6.2 6.2 Completed plana (Provide written feedback and opportunities for sharing \"V^at Works\" in various building-level plans) (Plans reflect strategies that evolved from disaggregated data) 10/12/94 12An/94 03/01/95 03/01/95 1991 School Year (07/01/94) Ongoing (06/30/95) Staff Dev Dept Content Area Supervisors Principab 6.3 6.3 6.3 Workshop agendas and evaluations (A computer based compilation of individual employees/school-wide staff development activities will be available) (Student achievement will iiKiease\ndisparity gap in representative population wilt decrease) 07/01/94 06/30/95Procrim Seq f: 21 Pace: 14 Procnin Name: Staff E)evelopment RerMon Dite: May 10. 1995 Procrim Code: 09 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Procram Goal: Secondary Leader: To provide staff development to improve race retatlons and equity. (To provide .uff developmeiK Kdvitks dut will promote Dk implemenation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic .-ht_____ } Marion E. Woods Flan Reference Pace Number Objectirea Strateclea Beciimfaic Date Completloa Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L 128 L128 LUS A. Special assistance provided throughout the year and also at monthly work sessions at the IRC 08/23/94 75* 7.8 Form trl-dbtrlct committee for collaborative procedures 7.1 EataMtoh tii*dls(rtc( committee A. Tri-district committee established B. A $2,500.00 gram for Classroom Management was received to offer two classroom management training sessions C. A second 82.500.(X) gram for Classroom Management was received to offer two additional Classroom Management training sessions 7 J Meet four tfanes per year, two (bna each semester. The committee fimctlons will be to identify and hnplemcnt stoff devdownent strategies that will assist the distrlcta In fulfilling expectations of \"malntalnlna ouahty\" desegregated school districts. A. Tri-district committee meetinc B. Tri-distrkt committee meeting 21. 14 July 1.1991 (07/01/94) July 1, 1991 09/13/94 08/11/94 10/10/94 (07/01/94) 07/01/94 09/13/94 09/20/94 Ongoiiy (06/30/95) Ongoinc 09/13/94 09/26/94 10^4/94 (06S0/95) 06/30/95 09/13/94 09/20/94 (Directors of Staff Development from LRSD. PCSSD. and NLRSD) (Directers of Staff Development from LRSD, PCSSD. and NLRSD) (Directors of Staff Development from LRSD. PCSSD. and NLRSD) 7.0 7.0 7.1 7.1 7.2 Ongolttg analysis (Tri-district workshops will be held) Ongotne analysis (Tri-district committee was formed in August. 1991) (Record of riMetings and collaborative nature of areas addressed)V Program Seq #: 21 Pate: 15 Program Name: Staff Development Revisioa Date: May 10. 1995 Program Code: 09 Prfcuary Leader: Estelle Matthis Program Goal: Secondary Leader: To provide staff dcvelopmcnl to improve race relations and equity. (To provide mlT developmem ectivities that will promote the implememedoo of the desegtegition pl.n mntidng io impmved mmdemic echievemeot.) Marion E. Woods LI28 Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategiea Beglanlng Date Cmnpletion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L 12S 8.8 Provide staff development component for effective staff devdopment In desegregated school setting C. Tri-district committee meetings (NLR, LRSD, PCSSD) (10/06/94, 11/08/94. 12A)6/94. 12/21/94) 10/06/94 12/21/94 D. E. P. Tri-district Resource Guide Tri-district (Resource Guide for the three districts) Tri-district (National Staff Development Affiliate Membership) 0. Tri-district (How to utilize tbe business sector in the schools) 7.3 Plan any activities appropriate for collaboration, c.g., community meetings, etc. 21, 15 11/23/94 01/26/95 02/23/95 03/30/95 (07/01/94) 75% 01/26/95 02/23/95 03/30/95 (06/30/95) (06/30/95) (Ditecton of Staff Development from LRSD, PCSSD, and NLRSD) (Board of Directon, Superintendent Director of Staff Development) 7.3 (Documentation of number of activities among the three districts) 8.0 (Gatfier and analyze data from school district participants on the effectiveness of the staff development activities designed to address their specific needs)Program Seq 9: 21 Page: 16 Isogram Name: Staff Envelopment RcvMon Dale: May 10, 1995 Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Program Goal: To provide ilafT development to improve race relations and equity. Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods (To provide sorr developmenl .clivities dul will promole the implemeiration of the dese,reg.tion plan rerulling i impm.ed academic achievement.) Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies 8.1 Establish staff developracid component a. Staff Devriopraenl Dept Perwmnel b. Staff Development Office C. Staff Development Catatogue/Calendar 1 a. Staff Development Department established with Acting Director b. Staff Development Offkx established c. Staff Development Catalogue/Calendar printed and distributed d. Staff Development Professional Library Catalog L124 8.2 Certified staff members (administratora and teachers) shall be trained to teach and counsel Mack and educationally-advantaied students. A. A staff member hired to teach and counsel black and educationalty-advantaged students B. Multi-cultural Diversity - Pulaski Heights Elementary 21, 16 Beginning Date Completion Date ResponsiblUty Evaluation Criteria Jidy 1991 July 1991 July 1991 (07/01/94) 07/01/94 07/01/94 09/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 02/08/95 Ongoing Ongoing Oi^oing 10/07/94 09/29/94 07/13/94 11/01/94 08/22/94 06/30/95 07/13/94 02/08/95 Board of Directora/Sup( Human Resources Dir of Staff Dev 8.1 Implementation of Staff Development E\u0026gt;ept Employment of Director, four specialists and one secretary 8.1a (Implementation of Staff Development Department in July, 1991) 8.1b Office b operational 8.1b (Office was established in July. 1991 8.1c Distribution of catalogue/ calendar 8.1c (Staff Development Catalogue/Calendar distributed annually Wogram Seq i: Program Name\nProgram Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number L124 L124 LI24 21 Staff Development 09 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Ta provide ataff development to Improve race relattons and equity. (To provide !Uff development Ktiviiie, diet will promote the implemenution of the dero(reg.don plan terolting in improved academic achievement.) Objectives Strategies C. Cultural Diversity - Fair 8.3 The Little Rock School District will hire a five- member staff development team for this purpose, A. Staff Development team of four (4) people hired to provide effective Staff Development in desegregated school setting 1. 2. 3. 4. One Acting Director One Secretary Two Specialists One Incentive School Specialist 8.4 The Little Rock School District Staff Development Department will be responsible for intplementina the staff developmerK services. A. Provided Staff Development during earty release days (52 schools provided various inservices during earty release days) B. The Staff Development Director and Specialists are assigned to speciOc schools, where they work closely with the Principals and the Staff Development Committee to address and provide Staff Development needs 8.5 The staff development toals and programs currently used bv the District, such as TESA, PET and others, will be continued, but a far more creative and comprehensive staff development program suitable for the needs of all employees and vohinteen will be implemented. A. Cooperative Learning (10/17/94. 10/24/94. 11/07/94. 11/14/94) B. Secondary Self-Esteem 21, 17 Pa\u0026lt;e: 17 Revision Date: Marion E. Woods May 10. 1995 Beginning Date Completion Date RespensibOfty Evaluation Criteria 03/01/95 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 09/21/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 10/17/94 10/20/94 03/01/95 06/30/95 80% 06/30/95 75% 75% 06/30/95 11/14/94 10/20/94Program Seq 9: 21 Pace: 18 Program Name: Staff Development Revisleii Date: May IO, 1995 Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Program Goal: To proii^ Mair deTtlopmenl Io lmpro ran rtlallora and equity. Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods (To provide naif development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegiegation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Pbn Reference Page Nianbcr Objectivea Strategics Begfaming Date CompletloD Date ResponslUllty EvahiatJon Criteria Li24 LI24 C. At Risk 10/24/94 11/08/94 D. E. P. 0. H. Learning Styles PET Refresher Leadership for Change TESA 1 Elementary Self-Esteem I. Thinking Skills J. TESA n R. PET Refresher L. Thinking Skills - Rightsell M. PET Refresher N. Cooperative Learning O. Full cycle of PET 8.6 The distiicta will cooperate in designing a fresh and eatended approach to staff development. Included in the planning will be community resource persons and all district personnel tesoonsible for delivering training to staff, ar\u0026gt;d to parent, volunteer, or student committees or groups. A. Healing Racism Workshop* City of LHde Rock B. Healing Racism Seminar  Chy of Little Rock 3.1 Staff development will based upon certain basic Principles of human behavior, learning process aid change dynamics. 21, 18 10/27/94 11/01/94 11/09/94 11/14/94 12/05/94 12/08/94 02/13/95 02/28/95 03/01/95 03/09/95 03/14/95 03/16/95 10/15/94 12/12/94 07/01/94 11/22/94 12/08/94 11/09/94 02/27/95 12/05/94 12/08/94 33 02/28/95 03/01/95 03/09/95 50 25 06/30/95 10/15/94 65  06/30/95 Program Seq f: 21 Page: 19 Program Name: Staff Development RerisloB Date: May 10. 1995 Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Program Goal: To provide ataff development to taprove race relation and equity. Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods (To provide staff development activities that will promote the implementation of the desegregation plan resulting in improved academic achievement.) Ran Reference Page Nianber LI24 L124 LI 24 L134 LI25 Objectlvca Strategiea Begtediy Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 8 8 The diverse training needs of staff at all employment levels will be met. A. Provided Human Relations workritop for Bus Drivers B. Provided Human Relations workshop for Instructional Aides 8,9 The District will establish resource banks which identify the training skills or specialized knowledge of employees and vohinteers which can be shared through staff deveioptnew activities. A. Resource Bank organized by subject B. NLR Resource Personnel submitted 8,10 Computer data bases will be used lo record each emolovee's staff development history. A. Conqwter data base used to record each staff development activity for all employees each quarter B. Staff Development computer report for inservice hours registered through Staff Development office sent to building principals 8.11 Carefully planned \"trainint of trainers* events will be actively used lo expand in-house training expertise. A. Stress Management training of trainers 8.12 Interdistrict trainirut activities will be freouentiv offered for arouw of emptoyees and volunteers. A. Substitute Handbook 21, 19 07/01/94 08/11/94 08/18/94 07/01/94 11/23/94 01/26/95 07/01/94 07/01/94 03/17/95 07/01/94 03/06/95 07/01/94 02/01/95 06n0/95 08/11/94 08/18/94 0630/95 11/23/94 01/26/95 06/30/95 75% 75% 06/30/95 03/06/95 06/30/95 03/01/95Program Seq P: 21 Page: 20 Program Name: Stafr Development RerislMi Date: May 10. 1995 Program Code: 09 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Program Goal: To provide rtaff developmenl to fanprove race rehtlona and equity. Secondary Leader: Marion E. Woods (To provide mff development Ktivitie. Out will pmmoee the Implementtdnn of dw deregreg.Mn pUm resulting in irmrioved lemic eehievement.) Flan Reference Page Number Objectivca Sirategleo Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evahatlott Criteria LUS LUS 913 The District will deal decisively with the issue of racism and will involve all staff, studeno. and parents in a comprehensive prejudice reduction proaram, A. Healing Racism Workshop  Chy of Little Rock B. Healing Racism Seminar - Chy of Little Rock Li4 CtminurtMof ininirarindinffdeveloDmnu win \u0026gt;K wecllllv CTiohMlzid: uliliiition ol vohlntter tttooluti. Drewnlion of wbtlitult teuclien and idi. and ttainina for patents, A. Developed and completed the Substitute Handbook (The LRSD Substitute Handbook was written and completed - now bi the process of being printed) 10/15/94 10/15/94 12/12/94 P7/01/94 02/01/95 65  06/30/95 03/01/95 21, 20 Pro|rRi Seq *: 22 Program Nanc: Libnry/Media Program Code: 32 ftimary Leader: Program Dcscriptiofi: District Goal Support: Program Goal: Plan References: FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon Page: 1 Revision Date: May 3. 1995 child hl the Li^Roc^ht^Diancl shouW be gi.en Keen to busier fiill meisaie of the Initnictiotul rewuices. Libniy/medi, lenice, UI be designed to provide for extension end enrichrnent of basic skills and *ill ' accommodatt ytned learning styles of studems tn different instructional groups. Because students will have opportunities to work and learn in the library/inedia center under the direction of a trained teacher libranan. they will be able to approach learning in a variety of ways, dm. accommodating their individual styles and also providing for the additional -liine on task' or enrichment that many students need in older to intemsitxe (he mstenal Inhully presented. ' answwwwr The District s piM is to offer a library/media program to serve leainers with diverse needs, background and abilities through a comprehensive progtam designed to belter support District goals and student needs with regard Io leaniing styles, relevance of insinictian. support of multicultuial school curriculum, and the application of learning to real-life situations. Library/media services will be desitned to nrovirl. fof ealension an! ftirjchmem of baric fkt\n, ar|j will also accortunodale the varied leaniint styles of students hr different insouclional aroups. Studenta win have oimoitunities to work and fam In r pndpr the direction of t teapher-lihrarian. The Little Rock School Diatriefs library/media oroamm will fiilfdl its potential u an essemial comribuior to the Distrrefi successful desetreaation p fenpletneirlaltou gf the alemeniary PfORtatn a review of the secondary ptoatam will commence with special attention beina tiven hr ineelitui the inseresa arui needs ot Hie Dislticfs divetse population. learn in (he librarv/media center Vpo\" Goal Fl - Impletnem integriied educibonsl programs (hat will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievemem. Goal n - Develop and maintain a staff that te wen.|r.ined and motivated. Goal n - The Lhtle Rock School Boaid, administration, naff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society to society and view cultural divenity among students, naff and Ure community at a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for (he 21st Century. Ooil F6 - Ensure that equity occurs tai all phases of school activities ant operations. The district will provide each student with library/media services In accordance with (he essential role outlined in the districts Desegregation Plan. L 106. L 107, L 109, LIIO J $427,230.43 $226,723.48 let Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: $49,509.88 $80,466.34 3rd Qtr Expend: $96,747.26 fTE 30 4th Qtr Expend: I Related Function Codes: ] 22, 1Program Seq 9: 22 Program Name: Library/Media Program Code: 32 Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Nianber Li09 L106 LI09 LI09 LI09 LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Prknary Leader: Estelle Matthis The district will provide each student whh libiaiy/media services in accotdaiice with ihe essemiil role outlined in Objcctivea Strateglea Par: 2 Revision Date: May 3. 1995 t. Implement (he db(r1ct*s proposed elementary Hbrary/medb program new 1. (To provide equitable access to library resources including multicultural and audiovisual resources for all students.) I 1.4 Order equipment and materlab necessary Including AV soflwarc. (Determine/purchase materials needed for each elementary school.) A. AV equipment ordered for each school. core Secondary Leader: the district's Desegregation Plan Begfamlng Date Comidetloo Date (07/01/94) (07/01/94) 04/06/95 (06/30/95) (06/30/95) 04/06/95 Lucy Lyon ResponalblUty (Coordinator of Library Services. PrifKipals, Librarians) Supv of Inst Tech, Coor of Lib Services. (Librarians) Evahiatton Criteria 1. Comparison of survey results 1888*1993 win show increased use. 1. Comparison of data collected monthly will show: oStudeitt visits will faacreasc. Volume of boohs checked out win Increase. Independent research by studems win be doctanented to show use. Number of classes/groups scheduled by teachers wlB be docianented to show we. 1.4 Purchase orders (Materials supporting the curriculum will be used in each elementary school.) 1.7 Conduct Inservice and currlcidtan development for claascs for librarians, prlndpab. and teachers. Library media spedalbts wfli provide Inservice training to bufldlna level staff In the lae of nmterlab and equiproent. 1.8 Process new material including cataloging. 22, 2 07/01/94 06/30/95 Consuhaitt, Supv of Inst Tech, Coor and Advbory Committee 1.7 (Agendas and memos) (Agendas and memos on file in Dept, of Instructional Technology.) 07/01/94 06/30/95 Librarians, Medb Staff 1.8 Completion memo Program Seq 22 Page: 3 Program Name: Library/Media RerMon Date: May 3. 1995 Program Code: 32 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Program Goal: Secondary Leader: The distnct will provide eich Mudem with libniy/medii servicer in iccordance with die essential role oudined in the district's Desegiegadon Plan Lucy Lyon Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategics Begfaming Date Completion Date Responsibfllty Evahiatlon Criteria LtiO LI 10 A. Activity completed/obligation met in 1989, see 1993-94 p. 32 1.10 Schedule flbiis\\vldeos as possible. (Schedule videos correlated to LRSD curriculum as requested by teachen. Use of Idnun film is outdated.) A. Videos scheduled daily and were current on 03/31/95 1.11 Hire fiiB-tfanc librarians and (fall-time clerks for each dementary school A. Full-time Librarians and clerks staffed based on LRSD formula 1.12 Develop a maintenance propoeal which asaurea prompt and efficient repair of aB AV cqtdpment independeid of (be (fane of year. (Maintain procedures for prompt and efficiera repair of AV equipment.) A. First quarter repair record: 155 audiovisual machines, 19 computer monitors B. Second quarter repair record: 135 AV machines and 31 conqiuter monitors C. Third quarter repair record: 135 AV machines and 45 computer monitors 22. 3 (07/01/94) (06/30/95) SopT of Inst Tech (Coor Lib Serv) 1.10 Schedule (Videos correlated to curriculum will be used in each school.) 07/01/94 7/91/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 10/01/94 01/04/95 75% 06/30/95 09/30/94 06/30/95 09/30/94 12/31/94 03/31/95 Dlr of Htanan Serv, Siipr of Inst Tech, Coor Lib Serv, Prindpah SupT of Inst Tech (Coor Lib Serv) 1.11 Coidracts (Sufficient staff will be in place to meet state and North Central Standards for librarians. Library clerks will be staffed according to LRSD formula, based on enrollmerrt.) 1.12 Copy of proposal Ninety percent of equipment sent in will be repaired within a week.Profram Seq tz 22 Pare: 4 Profram Name: Library/Media ReTbfon Date: May 3. 1995 Profram Code: 32 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Profram Goal: The district will provide each student with library/media Secondary Leader: services in accordance with the essential role outlined in the districts Desegregation Pbn Lucy Lyon Pbn Reference Page Number LIIO Lt09 LI 10 Lt06 LI07 Objectivea Strategiea Begfaming Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2. (To extend and enrich the basic skills in ways that meet students varied learning styles and promote life long leamir^.) 1.13 Notify teachers ria Ubrariam of the faB scbedtde (flhiia/ridces). (Instructional videos correlated to LRSD curriculum are scheduled. Use of t6frun film is outdated.) A. Teachers ate notified weekly of currertt videos 1.14 Supply flfana/vldeoa per schedule. A. Videos supplied on weekly basis. 1.15 Develop a aevca to tea year AV equipment purchase plan based on accepted Ufe spam for equipment and equRy cmialdcratlons. The goal b to devise a plan wUch wID provide the district with consistent Hne Hem coat each year to sfanpUfy budgetary piarmfatg and prevent the necessity for brge one*tlnic expcndHnrca as b now required 1.17 Conduct Inaerrice for Hbrariana and library clerks A. Inservice for librarians held on 08/12/94, 08/16/94, 09/27/94, 12/01/94 25. Library media specialists will plan with classroom teachers for materials rteeded for classroom units. 22, 4 7/01/94 08/29/94 7/01/94 09/06/94 Sept. 5,1989 (07/01/94) 08/12/94 07/01/94 00/30/95 75* 0/30/95 75% Nov. 1,1989 (06/30/95) 75% 06/30/95 Supv of Inst Tech (Coor Lib Serv) Supv of Inst Tech (Coor Lib Serv) Supv of Imt Tech Coor of L4b Serv Librarlana Principals, Librarians Principals. Libra riaru 1.13 FDe copy (Videos correlated to the curricuhim will be used in each school.) 1.14 Weekly delivery (Videos correlated to curriculum will show 1.15 Copy of |rfan (Copy of plan on flte in Department of Instructional Technology.) Agendas (Quarterly data will reflect an increase in library use.) 2. (As a result of increased planning and instruction by LM Specialist, test scores will increase on rrm and criterion-referenced tests.) 2.1 (Improved planning with teachers will increase student tests scores.) IProfram Seq 9: 22 Pace: 5 Profram Name: Library/Media RerWon Date: May 3. 1995 Profram Code: 32 Prfanary Leader: Estelle Matthis Profram Goal: Secondary Leader: The district will provide each sludent with libniy/medii services in accordance with die essential role outlined in the districts Desegre|ition Ran Lucy Lyon LI07 L107 LI07 Plan Reference Pafc Nimber Objectirce Stratefica Beffamtnf Date Con|rfctioa Date RespomrfbQHy Evaluation Criteria A. LMS/Teachere planned for materials August through November: Elementary  10,031 and Secondary - 7,306 B. LMS/Teachers planned for materials December through February: Elementary a 7179 and Secomlary a 4100 i.t Libiiiv medb mectritai will plia with clmroom tulldliit mff fom lew one Khool -wide hwIIim motivation activity each year. A. Reading Motivation Activities for August through November: Elementary a 110 and Secondary a 32 B. Reading Motivation Activities for December through February: Elementary - 56 and Secondary - 25 2.7, Library media specialists will plan with classroom leachera for library instruction to be correlated to classroom instruction. A. LMS/Teachers plan for Instruction August through November: Elementary \" 2,634 arri Secondary a 2,010 B. LMS/Teachers plan for instruction December through February: Elementary a 2,194 and Secondary a 1.374 2.8 Library media specialists will instruct students in literary skills and reference/studv skills. A. LMS instruction of library skills August through November: Elementary a 170,514 students: Secondary  48,827 students 22. 5 08/22/94 12/01/94 07/01/94 08/22/94 12/01/95 07/DI/94 08/22/94 12/01/94 07/01/94 08/22/94 11/30/94 02/28/95 06/30/95 11/30/94 02/28/95 06/30/95 11/30/94 02/28/95 06/30/95 11/30/94 Principals, Librarians Principals. Librariaiu Principals. Librarians 2.2 (More books will be checked out in each school.) 2.3 (Improved planning with teachen will result in higher achievement for students.) 2.4 (Abacus assessment will show mastery of leference/study skills.)Projram Seq f: 22 Pace: 6 Profram Name: Libnry/Media Reriston Date: May 3, 1995 Program Code: 32 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Program Goal: The district will provide each student with libnry/medb services in accordance wiA Ae essential role outlined in Secondary Leader: Ac districts Desegregation Pbn Lucy Lyon 133 133 Plan Reference Page Ntanber Objectives Strategies Beginning Date CompletioQ Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. LMS instruction of libnry skills December Arough February\nElementary - 97,894 and Secondary - 44,992 12/01/94 02/28/95 1. The Micctlon of materiab/resources to support the curricidtan bi desegregated school districts b a muhi-dbtrict goal of the Hbrary media pmgrama 2. The faiscrvlce (raining library media staff members (o desegregated school districts b a midll-dbtrkt goal of the Ubrary medb programs. 1.1 Contlnoe hosting Muhl-Dbtrlct. Multicultural Resource Sharing Fab. In the future, the fair site trill rotate among (be (Iree districts. A. Tri-dtstrict meeting held to discuss fair B. Multicultuni Maierbls Pair hosted by LRSD 1.2 Begin hosting Multi-District Resource Sharine Fair with book and AV materials, vendon. rotating the site among the Aree districts. A. MuldcuHunl Materials Fair hosted by LRSD 2*1 Flan to host muKl-dbtrlct Inserrice meet Inga such as the one sponsored by the Pulaski County Educational Service Cooperative In April of 1988 to cxphln the new national guidelines for school library media program plaimliv. A. Multi-district inservice held. 2 J Plan to host inservice training for midti-dlstrkt Ubrary media specialists using district employees. 22, 6 AnmiaBy 08/25/94 12/01/94 07/01/94 12/01/94 Ongoing 12/01/94 07/01/94 Ongoing 08/25/94 12A)l/94 06/30/95 12/01/94 Ongoing 12/01/94 Ongoing Libnry Media Director or respoiuible person (including NRLSD) Libnry Medb Directon or responsible person (including NLRSD) Resources will be selected, purchased, and utilized by teachen and students as diey teach the curriculum of the desegregated school districts. Inservice tnining will develop skills for libnry medial specialists who work in desegregated school districts Profram Seq *\n22 Pige\n7 Profram Name: Library/Media RerMon Date: Miy 3. 1995 Profram Code: 32 Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Profram Goal: Secondary Leader: The district will provide eKh student with library/tnedn services In accoidince with die essentiil role oudined in the district's Desegregitwn Plin Lucy Lyon 134 134 134 Plan Reference Page Nianber ObJecUrea 3. Utilization of television technology tn desegregated school dlstricti to a muHi-dlstrlct goal of tbe Hbrary medto programs. 4. Recndtmeid of minority Library Media SpectaUsts hi desegregated school districts to a multi* district goal of library media programs. S. Mnhl-dlstrlct commiadcatlon for Hbrary metUa program aiknlnlstrotors to a goal for the programs. L108 7. Library media specialist will annuallT evaluate the collection for adequacy of multicultural materials and will continually evaluate new materiato to be considered for nurchaie. Sirateflet Befliiiifa^ Date Completion Date Responsibility Evatuatton Criteria 3.1 Implement utilization of cable channel 19 and/or videotapes produced at Metro lo teach basis skUb, etc. 4.1 Contact teachen trafaafag fnsthutlona/rccrult teachers for training programs hi Hbrary medto certification. S.l Copy memos rebting staff derdopmenl epportunltics to ether district admfaitotraton. 5.2 Meet faiformaOy lor sharing sessions. A. Informal tri-district sharing meeting held 08/23/94 and 09/20/94 22, 7 07/01/94 Ongoing Ongoing 07/01/94 08/23/94 07/01/94 Tobe estabUsbed Ongoing Ongoing 06/30/93 23  0600/93 Library Media Directors or responsible person Library Media Directors or responsible person (including NLRSD Library Media Directors or responsible person (including NLRSD) Students will gain practica] vocational experience in running a television studio: students will benefit from instructional units provided over cable system or recorded for later classroom use Hiring and placement of minority media specialists will occur Better communication will be achievedProg ram Seq #: 22 Page\n8 Program Name: Library /Media RerlsfoB Date: May 3. 1995 Program Code: 32 Primary Leader: Program Goal: Estelle Matthis The district will provide each student with library/media services in accordance with (he Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon essential role oudined in the district's Desegregation Plan Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Begfaming Date Completion Date ResponsibOfty Evaluation Criteria LI08 8. RecorrunendatiotB for multtcuhural materfah will be shared with aB principals and Mbrarlana amt recommended for core purt^** for afl schoob. 7/dl/M L108 9, The 1992-92 school year wfli be used to establish baseline data for determining progress. 7/tl/M WM/9S 18, Undertake a comparative study of Hbrary resources among (he Incenttve schoob as wefl as other schoob of comparabte she to brim about parity of hoMlngs through an equitable ourchastna poticv. 11. ModifT bsdkfana space to Increase Bbrarr capacittes at MHcheB and Cariand, Purte (he shelves of outdated and weB-wom matertoh. At MWeheB, books most freuuenth used by the four-year old program, Idndertarten. and first trades could be permanently placed In the Individual classrooms since those grades are aB boused to structures that are detached from the main bufldina. 87/81/94 A. Chart of library resources on file indicating holdings of incentive schools 09/01/94 \u0026gt;7/81/94 09/01/94 86/38/95 22, 8 LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Profnm Seq 9: 23 Pace: 1 RevMon Date: May 3. 1995 Profram Name: Computerized Transportation Routing System Program Code: 24 Primary Leader: Dr. C. Russell Mayo Secondary Leader: Maty Jane Cheatham Profram Description: Transportation system provides the means for students to have access to various school options and educational programs, as well as extracurricular activities. The Distrkt will continue to use its automated routing system to make efficient use of district resources in providing transportation Io those students eligible for transportation. Students shall be provided transportation in order to attend their assigned schools and its programs and activities. District Goal Support: Ensure that equity occun in all phases of school activities and operations. Profram Goal: To provide ufe. efficient, and reliable transportation for the students of the Little Rock School District. Plan References: L227 1 FY Profram Budfet: $8,000.00 111 Qtr Expend: $0.00 3rd Qtr Expend: $0.00 rre YTD Expenditures: $0.00 2nd Qtr Expend: $0.00 4th Qtr Expend: Related Ftmctlon Codes: 1 23, 1Program Seq *: 23 Program Name: Program Code: Computerized Transportation Routing System 24 I Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number L227 LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET t)OCl)MF.NT Primary Leader Dr. C. Russel Mayo To provide safe, offlcienL and reliable transportation tor the studenta of the Little Rock School District ObfecUves Strategies Page: 2 Revision Date: May 3, 1995 Secortdary Leader Mary Jane Cheatham Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.0 The Transportation Department will request additional resources to help provide transportation support for evening and extended day programs. 1.1 In 1M0-91 the District reduced Its number of rurw from three to two. 1.2 LRSD has made progress In the utilization of the ECOTRAN MAPNET SysUm...1988-69 school opening. 1.0 Determine resource requirements necessary to support programs and procure them. Provide transportation support as required. A. Resource requirements were identified. Additional buses are on order to support the mission. B. As departments make requests for support, the Transportation Department makes every effort to support toe request C. Replacement buses tor regular program have been ordered for delivery for July. 1995. D. Discussion concerning Athletic Programs to be treated as Field Trips. 1.1 Procure resources necessary to support two run system and Implement two run system. A. Routes were limited to toe number that could be supported by toe buses available for a two njn system. 1.2 Student and geographic data loaded In system, and personnel trained and proficient in computerizing routing. A. Kern completed 06/90, and is not recurring. 23, 2 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 02/95 02/95 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/B8 06/30/95 75% 75% 07/95 25% 06/30/95 06/22/94 06/90 Director of Transportation Director of Transportation Director of Transportation 1.0 Adequate service provided in support of programs. Determined by dividing number requested by number provided. 1.1 Alt buses assigned only two routes. 1.2 Students effectively and efficientty routed to fecilitate a smooth school opening 1988-69. Program Seq *: 23 Page: 3 Revision Dato: Program Name: Program Code: Computerized Transportation Routing System 24 May 3, 1995 Program Goal: Primary Leaden To provide eafe, elficlenl, end reliable transportation tor the students of the Dr. C. RusseR Mayo Little Rock School District. Secondary Leader: Mary Jane Cheatham Plan Retorertce Page Number L227 L227 Objectives Stratogles 1.3 There Is extensive work to be done In updating the geographic flies, table with the LRSD database. 14 School attendance areas and updated walk zones need to be encoded Into map flies. 1.5 (Transportation Safety Policies need to be reviewed and updated property. Changes win be Incorporated from Applicable Board Policies and Administrative Directives). Beginning Dato Completion Dato Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.3 A cooperabva effort between Transportation Department, LR City Engineers. Student Assignment, and ECOTRANS staff wM help to ensure thet software reflects accurate geographic tnformatlon. A Alt new streets were added to the map. Aa new streets ara added the map Is updated. 1.4 School attendance areas not initiated. Wale zones encoded into map for maximum bus utiRzation. A. Changes created by the closing of Stephens school were encoded Into the map. 1.5 A comprehensive review of al LRSD polcles germane to transportation must be performed and recommendations/changes reduced to writing and incorporated into applicable documents. A. A comprehensive rewriting of the Practices and Procedures for the department was completed and reviewed by the Drivers' CouncR before publication and distribution. 23, 3 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 95% 06/30/95 06/22/94 07/01/94 09/30/94 Director of Transportation. Director of Information Services Director of Transportation Director of Transportation 1.3 Significant reduction in street address errors introduced by poor/inadequate data entry. 1.4 No student required to exceed four biock/six block walk. 1.5 Published policies on student behavior/safety on LRSD buses. Published policies for drivers/driver aides lo assist In communicating the district's position on transportation safety procedures. Frequent meetings to address safety tesues and concerns. Attendance verified through sign*in sheets. Review of supervisor's monitoring report.Program Seq *: 23 Page: 4 Revision Date: Program Name: I Program Code: Computerized Transportation Routing System 24 Primary Leader May 3, 1995 Program Goal: Or. C. Russell Mayo To provide Ufa. effidont, end reliable transportation (or the students of the Little Rock School District. Secondary Leader Mary Jane Cheatham Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.6 (Assigrwnent promotion population region tables rwed to be created to ensure proper student assignment). 1.7 Alt school attendance areas will be erKoded into the geographic tables. Corresponding walk zones will be generated for schools, an transportation policies wHt be reviewed and updated. 1.8 An entire new stop networit wHt be generated to Improve efficiency and moet economically utilize District resources. 1.6 Information downloaded from mainframe on medb format compatibto with HP Vectra. A. Download compbted wfth tape from Data Processing. 1.7 Wab zones estabibhed In accordance with district policy and software criteria sebction. A. Wak zones were establshed because of the dosing of Stephens. 1.8 Transportation staff wB update and revise al routes based upon census data provided by Information Services. A. Additional census Information b included when I b avaflabb to the Transportation Department. B. Reflective end of let Quarter Reflective end of 3rd Quarter 23. 4 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 08/15/94 06/30/95 08/10/94 06/30/95 95% 50% Director of Transportation Director of Transportation 1 6 Routes generated based upon current assignment Information. 1.7 Two mile Rst published and distributed to school staff. Add transportation policies and procedures. 1.8 Written request for student data forwarded. Census incremental initiated by routing supervisor Research system error Hsting to within 5%. Completion of first day routes prior to registration. Program Seq #: 24 Program Name: Data Processing Program Code: 17 Prfaiary Leader: I Program Deacriptloa: Distrkt Goal Support: Program Goal: Plan References: FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: Related Function Codes: LRSD FY 94-93 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Dr. Robert Clowen Secondary Leader: David Beason Page: I Revision Date: Mey 4. 1995 To provide the resources (Hardware. Software. Training. Programming. Computer Operations, and Hardware and Software Suooort) .Servi will nmwwl* ________\u0026gt;_____ .1__ ,  ' Services will provide die computer tesourees necessary to collect, store, and report student information in a timely and accurate up-to-date information on students. necessary to collect, store and report information on LRSD students. Information accurate manner. School and central office-based staff, parents, and students will benefit from To implement inkgrated educational programs lo ensure that all students will To provide die prograim end dale base! liecesuiy Io collect and More all pertinenl nudem information. To provide all necessary htformation required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all LI29. L130  1712.289.22 $674,770.37 lat Qtr Expend: 2im1 Qtr Expend: $606,929.33 $29,838.53 24, 1 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: $38,002.49 FIE 4.0 IProgram Saq 24 I Program Name: Data Processing Program Cede: 17 Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number L 129/130 L 129 L 129 LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Dr. Robert dowers S\".**'  ** ** * \u0026lt;**\"* ** mtooiMKw. To provide .11 functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. * .... Obfectives 1. Data Processirtg (Information Services Department) wM provide the necessary support for afl school and central officebased funetlona. Page: 2 Revision Date: May 4. 1995 Secondary Leader: David Beason T ____  \"o'----------necessary reports required to support school and central office based To provide timely response to all requests for Informetlon. Strategies Beghwilng Dete 07/01/94 Completlen Date 06/30/95 Responaibinty Director of Information Services Evaluation Criteria 1 .A (Administration has received all required reports for the school year). 1.B (All data is accurately stored and is retrievable). Programs will be developed and implemented relative to the foltowino areas: 1.1 (Collect, Store, and Report) Dropout Statlstica (to Include the ability to generate data by race, gender, grade on a school by school as well as District-wide basis). 1.2 (Score, Collect, Store, and Report) Test Scores (to include capacity to score tests and to generate data by race, gender, grade, school, subject area, and district- wide). A. Tag students for JTPA 24. 2 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 09/15/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 75% 1.C (Quality reports are being delivered on time). 1.D (Complaints are rK\u0026gt; longer beir\u0026gt;g received about information not being available). Director of Information Services Director of Information Services 1.1 (Reports are available which accurately report dropout statistics). 1.2 (All test results are stored in the computer and are reflected In pertinent reports).I 1 i Psge: 3 Program Soq 9: 24 Revision Dato: May 4, 1995 Pro^am Name: Data Processing Program Cede: 17 Primary Loader: Or. Robert Glowers Secondary Loader: David Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect arxl store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necsssary Information required by outside Interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. I Plan Reference Page Number OHoctives Stratogios Bogirming Dato Completion Data Responsibffity Evaluation Criteria B. Wrote Stanford 8 report showing last years reading, math, arxl language scores that were less than 36.8. 08/15/94 08/15/94 L 129 C. Listed Comparison (93 vs. 94) of complete battery scores for 7rii grade students at select schools for Plarming, Research ft Evaluation study. D. Created diskette with 9th graders at select schools showing their K-4 MAT 6 Reading Comprehensive scaled scores for study. E. Provided Associate Superinterxlent with the JTPA student listing. 1.3 (Collect, Store, arxf Report) Student Achievement Data (to induda the capacity to monitor test scores, grade distribution arxl other Identified achievement data by race, garxler. grade, subject, school arxl district-wide). A. Load SAT'8 test data onto AS/400. B. Transferred student arxi basic data from Student Management System to Abacus. Test scan sheets where generated for all schools. C. Print Abacus test answer sheets, attendance ecan sheets and grade scan sheets. 24, 3 11/16/94 11/17/94 I, II 11/23/94 01/06/95 07/01/94 07/15/94 09/08/94 08/20/94 11/30/94 02/21/95 06/30/95 07/20/94 09/09/94 75% Director of information Services 1.3 (Alt available student achievement data is stored and reported as requested). Program Saq *: 24 Page: Revision Date: Program Name: Data Processing May 4. 1995 Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Robert Clowera Secondary Leader: David Beason 4 Program Goal: To provtd. prcym, .nd d.t. base. n.c....rv to cotact and .tot. .II pattin.nt ,tud.nt lnform.tlon. To provId. .II nacas.ry report, t.qulr.d to aupport achool .nd c.ntr.l offic. b..ad function.. To ptovid. .11 nece.a.rv lnlotm.tlon requited by outside lntsr..t.. To ptovlde timely r..pon.a to .11 requests for lnform.tlon. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L 130 L 130 D. Allowed Secondary Registrars to update Transcript History Data district wide. E. Loaded Chapter 1 data an added It to the School Profile Report for Federal Programs. 1.4 (Collect, Store, and Report) AtterKierrce (shal be kept in such a way as to aRow data to be gathered for any period of time, for wlthdrawais end re-enroNment, for students by grede, school, race, gender. erKi district-wide). A. Pre-select attendance entry records for all expected incoming students. B. Print Attendance scan sheets on a weekly basis to assist In gathering Atterxfance Data. C. Automated State 9 Weeks Report using Monarch \u0026amp; Excel. D. Provided PRE with a list of rarxiom students (20%) from each school for research. 1.5 (Collect, Store, and Report) DIsdpHnery Data (by offense, school, teacher, class, subject, race, gender, district-wide, rd over any period of dme). 24, 4 07/01/94 01/19/96 07/01/94 08/15/94 08/20/94 10/15/94 01/27/96 07/01/94 75% 01/26/95 06/30/95 08/16/94 75% 10/30/94 03/20/95 06/30/95 Director of Information Services Director of Information Services 1.4 (Attendance data is accurately stored arxl reported to the state with minimum manual compilation. 1.5 (Discipline data is accurately entered and reported as requiredl.Psge: Progrsm Seq *: 24 Rsvitlon Dsts: May 4, 1995 Program Nams\nData Processing Program Cods: 17 Primsry Lssdsr: Dr. Robert Glowers SecoTKlsry Leader: David Beason 5 Program Goal: To provide the programs er\u0026gt;d data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide atl necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary Information required by outside Interests. To provide timely response to all requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Obfecdves Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibflhv Evaluation Criteria L 130 A. Added to field to Discipline Database to allow tracking of final vs. recommended sanction. 6. Printed letters to an suspended students. C. Provided Student Hearing with a list of students with 3 or more OOS or LT for 1994/1995. 1.6 (Collect, Store, and Report) Student Assignment Data (by race, age, gender, dess, school, grade, level, and district- wide). A. Promoted students to next grade using the Student Assignment criterion. B. Randomized student school choices and placed on the Wahirrg List Screen. C. Ran October 1 counts report. D. Printed district-wide school profiles for schools to avahjate. E. Automated State Oct 1st Report for certified arxl non-certified staff. P. Produced diskette with Free \u0026amp; Reduced lunch data for Student Assignment. 0. Ran assignment letters for Student Assignment. 24. 5 11/30/94 12/19/94 02/08/95 07/01/94 07/15/94 07/30/94 09/30/94 09/30/94 10/01/94 11/23/94 03/15/95 12/01/94 12/19/94 02/14/95 06/30/95 07/15/94 07/30/94 09/30/94 09/30/94 10/15/94 11/30/94 03/21/95 Director of Information Services 1.6 (Student assignment data is stored and atl reporting requirements are met).Program Saq f: 24 Page: 6 Program Name: Data Processing Revision Date: May 4. 1995 Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Robert Glowers Program Goal: Secondary Leader: To provide the progrems end dete bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student Information. David Beason .uncion.. T. pcovw..n.c...y ,n.o,n,.,ton by out.id, Ran Reference Page Number Ot^eetivea Strategies Beginning Date Completion Data Responslbinty Evaluation Criteria L 130 2.Data Precasshtg Depattii\u0026gt;e\u0026lt;rt (Information Services Department Staff) wM have the capacity te respond to Distrlet needs as required by District goals and state arMl federal taws such as grade distribution and the ability to Identify spedfle studenta and cohorts of students. 2.1 H. Ran monthly download report for ODM after 12/31/94 dosing. I. Ran monthly download report for ODM after 01/31/95 dosing. J. Ran monthly download report for ODM after 02/28/95 dosing. (The Information Services Department will maintain adequate computer hardware and support to meet the needs of the district). A. Move telephone lines, computer lines, and computer equipment as requested. B. Provide user support on the operation of computer equipment. C. Provide user support for Abacus equipment. 0. Provide eccess to Student Software for performing routine data entry and reporting. 24, 6 01/26/95 01/30/95 02/17/95 03/27/95 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 02/20/95 03/31/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 75% 75% 75% 75% Director of Information Services Director of Information Services 2. (The District requirements for computer resources are being met). 2.1 (AH employees requiring access to student records have access to terminals).Program Seq 9: 24 Page: 7 Revision Date\nProgrem Name: Data Processing Mey 4. 1995 Program Code: 17 Primary Leader\nDr. Robert Ctowers Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal\nTo provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student Information. II  I\u0026lt; I . :-------.................................................... provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. To provide timely response to all requests for Information. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria E. Reinstalled the equipment at Williams Magnet as a result of the new construction that took place during the summer. P. Purchased arid installed a tape back-up unit with the appropriate software to sccomrTK\u0026gt;date the programs that are being designed for budgeting procedures between Information Services and Finar\u0026gt;cial Services. G. Purchased and installed an IBM 6408 Line Matrix Printer to accommodate the large amounts of printing required from the AS/400 users of the District. This wilt also speed up the printing process with the additional printer. This printer is located in the Operations Department of information Services. H. Purchased HP 1200C DeskJet Printer and the HP LaserJet 44 Printer located in the Office of Desegregation and Student Assignment. I. Purchased the new telephone system located in the Office of Desegregation arrd Student Assigrrment. 24, 7 09/20/94 09/14/94 09/14/94 09/22/94 07/01/94 09/21/94 09/30/94 09/30/94 09/30/94 08/25/94 1Program Saq 9: 24 Pag*: 8 Program Nama: Data Processing Ravlsion Data: May 4. 1995 Program Code: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Robert Glowers Program Qoal: necewary to collect .nd .tor. .11 pertinent .tudent informetion. To provide .11 furKtions. To provide all necessary Information required by outside interests. *  - - Secondary Leader: David Beason - _ ., . - ---------------necessary reports required to support school and central office based TO provide timely response to aK requests for information. Plan Reference Page Number Obfectivea Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria J. Purchased for the Office of Desegregation and Student Assignment in lot were three each of the following: Microprocessor, CD-ROM Drive. Disk Drive, Monitor, Keyboard, Mouse, and alt other required attachments. 09/22/94 09/22/94 K. Purchased for Information Services on PC to allow access to the AS/400 and have the capability of running software in e Windows envkorxnent. 12/16/94 12/16/94 L. Installed 3 terminals and cabling at Booker Magnet to allow access to the AS/400. 10/01/94 10/04/94 M. Installed cabling and equipment st the new Student Hearing Office to allow access to the AS/400 student system. 11/14/94 11/15/94 N. Installed 3 new Hard Drives Into 3 computers at Transportation Dept. 11/16/94 11/16/94 O. Information Services installed 2 Ian drops in Operations. 01/09/95 01/23/95 P. Installed terminal and ran cabling for the PC at Southwest Jr High. 01/09/95 02/14/95 Q. Installed PC's\none each to Support Services, PRE, and. Information Services. 01/11/95 02/01/95 R. Conrwcted PC in Pupil Personnel to the AS/400. 01/12/95 01/27/95 24, 8Program Saq *: 24 Page: 9 1 Ravlaion Data: May 4, 1995 Program Nama: Data Processing Program Coda: 17 Primary Laadar\nDr. Robert Glowers Secondary Laadar: David Beason Program Goal: To provide the program* and data base* necessary to collect and store all pertinent student Information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based fsstVavdiMaVa Ta* aveaeialaj* *11 a***aa***v.a Inleaaeeale. k... t  tj- _\u0026gt; avaaaww functions. To provide all nacassary Information required by outalde intetoots. To provide timely response to all requasta lor information. BB Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies 2.2 (The Information Services Department will develop or acquire the software required to support the needs of the district). A. Purchased and installed Word Perfect 6.1 to schools and departments as requested. B. Provide technical support for data entry in all schools using Word Perfect to enter data Into the LRSD Program Budget Document. C. Modified a series of approximately twelve (121 screens to allow schools to enter aggregated information not currently stored on the AS/400 database that was needed for the School Profile Report. D. Modified the School Profile Report to show breakdowns by race and sex of all items required by the Office of Desegregation and Monitoring. E. Provided equipment maintenance, cabling, and communication lines connecting users to the AS/400 system. F. Provide telephone service and computer access to the Truancy Offices new location. 24, 9 Beginning Date 07/01/94 07/20/94 07/01/94 08/23/94 08/23/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 Completion Data 06/30/95 08/01/94 75% 75% 75% 75% 08/23/94 Responstbflity Director of Information Services Evaluation Criteria 2.2 (Alt necessary software is installed and functioning properly to collect, store and report information in a timely and accurate manner).Program Sag *: 24 Page: 10 Program Name: Data Processing Revision Data: May 4, 1995 Program Coda: 17 Primary Leader: Dr. Robert Glowers Program Goal: Secondary Leader: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all oertirwnt t-___  ' function.. To provid. .11 n.c....rv lnform.tlon required by out.ide interee,.. To provide timely re.pon.e to Si reSXTIS2!.IXI? '***\"  David Beason Plan Referertce Page Number Objectives Strategies Beghwtirtg Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Ml G. Purchased Paradox 5.0 for Windows to assist with budgeting and financial procedures. H. Installed AS/400 Software Upgrade Version 2.3 from IBM. This will bring the system up to data in meeting the needs of the District. I. Purchased Crystal Reports Pro Version 3.0 to assist with additional programming for budgetir\u0026gt;g and financial procedures. J. Purchased Monarch for Windows version 1.0 to assist with designing additional documents used for budgeting arxl financial procedures. K. Installed Microsoft Office Pro Version 4.3 and Microsoft Visual Basic Pro Version 3.0 throughout the Information Services Department to accommodate the staff In providing Information and support to the District users in a more timely and professional manner. L. Acquired training for the Interim Director of Information Services Department for Netware 3.12 Software to be able to provide the users with the support that is requested. 24, 10 09/14/94 08/10/94 07/29/94 09/14/94 07/20/94 09/29/94 09/14/94 08/15/94 07/29/94 . 09/14/94 09/20/94 09/30/94Program Saq *: Program Nama\nProgram Coda: Program Goal: nan Reference Page Number 24 Data Processing 17 Primly Leader: Dr. Robert Clowers To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student Information functions. To provide all necessary information required by outside interests. Objectives Secondary Leader: Page: 11 Ravlaion Data: David Beason May 4, 1995 _ provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based To provide timely response to all requests for Information. Strategies M. Purchased In lot of three each wore the following software applications located in the Office of Desegregation arrd Student AssIgrHnent: Corel Pro Photo Sampler, MS*Dos 6.2, Microsoft Windows for Workgroups Version 3.11. Microsoft Office Pro Version 4.3 on CD, and all other requested software. N. Information Services loaded Baber Software to Monitor the performance of the AS/400. O. Purchased and installed memory for the HP LaserJet 4 Printer to allow the PBD an other large documents to be processed by Information Services. P. Configure PC and Printer for Dodd Elementary. Q. Loaded WordPerfect on new PC at Geyer Springs Elementary. R. Loaded WordPerfect on the PC in the Media Center at MLK Elementary. S. Loaded WordPerfect In the Computer Lab at Henderson Jr High. T. Installed Phonemaster and WordPerfect on the Attendance Secretary's PC at Henderson Jr High. 24, 11 Beginning Date Completion Date Responalbmty Evaluation Criteria 09/22/94 01/04/95 02/03/95 02/20/95 01/04/95 01/04/95 01/04/95 01/04/95 09/22/94 01/04/95 03/03/95 02/22/95 01/04/95 01/06/95 01/06/95 01/05/95Page: 12 Program Saq *: 24 Ravlaion Data: May 4, 1995 Program Nama: Data Processing Program Coda: 17 Primary Laadar: Dr. Robert Glowers Secondary Leader: David Beason Program Goal: To provide the programs and data bases necessary to collect and store all pertinent student information. To provide all necessary reports required to support school and central office based functions. To provide all necessary Information required by outside Interests. To provide timely response to alt requests for information. Plan Rafaranea Page Number Objactlvas Strataglaa Baginniftg Data Completion Date Raaponaibitity Evaluation Criteria U. Loaded WordPerfect on rtew PC In Staff Davelopmant. V. Set-up printers for all Information Services users. W. Installed extended memory in 2 LaserJet Printer located In PRE. 2.3 CompmofUad Dw A\u0026lt;xt- Gwwmwltwl data eccesa will be a reality in all Incentive schoots so that student data is easily accessible end access can ba Immediate for reports which might ba needed relative to all achool prooram aspects. 24. 12 01/10/95 03/0^/95 03/16/95 07/01/94 01/12/95 03/16/95 03/29/95 06/30/95 LRSD FY PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT 1 I I Profnun Seq 9: 25 Page: I RerWon Date: Program Name: Safety and Security May 17. 1995 Program Code: 16 Primary Leader: Fred Smith Secondary Leader: Bobby Jones Program Description: The Department of Safety and Security was established for the purpose of addressing safety and security Issues in the Little Rock School District. I District Goal Support: Program Goal: Flan References: FY Program Budget: YTD Expandituros: Related Function Codes: Activities of the department include those practices that impact the students and staff in all schools. Additionally, staff from the numerous non-school based locations receive services from this department In addition to a program director, the staff mdudes supervison that assume responsibility for pupil and personnel fety programs, building protection programs, and school based security officers. The Safety and Security Department opeiatians ate intended for the benefit of alt atudents, staff, and property in the Little Rock School District. S. Provide a ufe and orderly climate that ia conducive to learning for all students. 2. Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. The Little Rock School District will provide resources to support an orderly and safe school district climate. L 28.1 30 I 2587 \u0026gt;761,266.72 \u0026gt;690,724.82 1at Qtr Expand: 2nd Qtr Expand: \u0026gt;117,300.43 \u0026gt;241.696.90 25, 1 3rd Qtr Expand: 4th Qtr Expartd: \u0026gt;331,727.49 FTE 38.0 ]LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: 2 Program Seq f: 25 Revision Date: May 17. 1995 Program Name: Safety and Security Program Code: 16 Primary Leader: Fred Smith Secondary Leader: Bobby Jones Program Goal: The Little Rock School District will provide resources to support an orderly and safe school district climate. L28 Flan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. To provide a drug free work envirorunent for the safety of students arid employees. 1.1 Drug test all Transportation enqrioyees prior to the start of the school year. 07/01/94 06/30/95 CoordiiMtor of Pupil/PersotuKl Safety Results of initial drug test report A. Drug test administered 07/01/94 09/30/94 2. To provide a security staff for all schools and sites B. Drug test administered C. Drug test administered 1.2 Administer random drug tests to all employees two times during the school year A. Random drug test administered-Random Test I B. Random drug test administered-Random Test n C. Random drug test administered-Random Test m 1.3 Administer drug test to all drivers who experience an at-fault accident A. Test administered to driver at-fault B. Test administered to driver ai-fault C. Test administered to driver at-fault 2.1 Maintain district level staff to provide security services district-wide A. School based security staff assigned to each secondary school B. Furnish uniforms for security staff C. Furnish uniforms for security staff 25. 2 10/01/94 12/31/94 01/03795 07/01/94 07/01/94 10/09/94 01/03/95 07/01/94 As rtecessary As ttecessary As necessary 07/01/94 08/22/94 08/22/94 10/01/94 03/31/95 06/30/95 25% 25% 25% 06/30/95 09/30/94 12/31/94 03/31/95 06/30/95 09/30/94 75% 95% Coordinator of Pupil/Personnel Safety Coordifutor of Pupil/Personnel Safety Director of Safety and Security Remits of monthly random drug test report Results of end of year at-fault drug test report Copy of security assigned to schools Program Seq 9: 25 Page: 3 Program Name: Revision Date: Program Code: Program Goat: Pten Reference Page Number L28 L28 Safety and Security 16 Primary Leader: Fred Smith Secondary Leader: May 17. 1995 The Little Rock Schoot District will provide resources to support an orderly and safe school district climate. Bobby Jones Objectives Strategies Begtnnlng Date Completion Date Resportsibflity Evaluation Criteria D. Furnish uniforms for security staff 01/03/95 03/31/95 3. To provide off-duty police protection for students and staff 4. To provide supervision for safe, secure bus stops 3.1 Off-duty police will be contracted to provide supervision at schoot events A. Off-duty police contracted for 30 football games B. Off-duty police contracted for 22 volleyball games C. Off-duty police contracted for 38 football games D. Off-duty police contracted for 17 volleyball games E. Off-duty police contracted for 43 basketball games F. Off-duty police contracted for 77 basketball games O. Off-duty police contracted for 16 soccer games H. Off-duty police contracted for 2 track meets 3.2 School based security personnel assigned to provide supervision at school events A. School Based securi^ personnel assigned to school events B. School Based security personnel assigned to school events C. School Based security personnel assigned to school events 85 148 132 4.1 Two marked Security can provided to be present and monitor selected bus stops A. Both cars were used by Security to monitor bus stops 25. 3 07/01/94 08/29/94 08/29/94 10/01/94 10/01/94 10/01/94 01/03/95 01/03/95 01/03/95 08/26/94 08/22/94 10/01/94 01/03/95 07/01/94 08/22/94 06/30/95 09/30/94 09/30/94 12/31/94 12/31/94 12/31/94 03/01/95 03/01/95 03/01/95 09/30/94 09/30/94 12/31/94 03/31/95 06/30/95 09/30/94 Director of Safety and Security Director of Safety and Security Copy of payroll vouchen Copy of payroll memos on file in Business Office Schedule on file in director's office. Comparison of number of Stops monitored in 1992-93 and 1993-94Program Seq #: 25 Par: 4 RevMon Date: Program Name: May 17. 1995 Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number 130 Safety and Securi^ 16 Primary Leader: Fred Smith Secondary Leader: Bobby Jones The Little Rock School District will provide resources to support an orderly and safe school district citmatt. Objectives Strategies Begfamlng Date Cmpletlon Date ResponsibOfty Evaluation Criteria B. Both can were used by Security to monitor bus stops C. Both cars were used by Security to monitor bus stops 4.2 Security staff will monitor selected stops in the mornings aivl afternoons A. All stops selected have been monitored B. A11 stops selected have been monitored C. All stops selected have been monitored 10/01/94 12/31/94 01/03/95 07/01/94 08/22/94 10/01/94 01/03/95 03/31/95 06/30/95 09/30/94 12/31/94 03/31/95 Director of Safety and Security File memos available in director's office 5. The Office of Support Services and all of its departments will address questions of equity in all hiring and bidding pncticet 6. To conduct weapon searches m a systematic manner 5.1 Recroit from among public who do not typically apply for security positions 5.2 Maintaui staff that models equitable hiring practices 6.1 The LRSD will conduct weapons scans in school buildings and at athletic events A. Weapons scans conducted in all secondary school buildings B. Weapons scans conducted at 30 football games C. Weapons scans conducted at 22 volleyball games D. Weapons scans conducted io all secondary school buildings B. Weapons scans conducted at 38 football games F. Weapons scans conducted at 17 volleyball games G. Weapons scans conducted at 43 basketball games 25, 4 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/22/94 08/29/94 08/29/94 10/01/94 10/01/94 10/01/94 10/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 09/30/94 09/30/94 09/30/94 12/31/94 ' 12/31/94 12/31/94 12/31/94 Director of Safety and Security Director of Safety and Security Principals List of school staff by race and gender. Comparison of staff by race and gender for 1993-94 and 1994-95 List of administrative staff by race and gender Comparison of number of weapons detected in 1993-94 with 1994-95 Page: 5 Program Seq f: 25 Revision Date: Program Name\nMay 17. 1995 Program Code\nProgram Goal: Plan Reference Page Number L28 Safety and Security 16 Primary Leader: Fred Smith Secondary Leader: Bobby Jones The Little Rock School District will provide resources to support an orderly and safe school district climate. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 7. To monitor all LRSD property at tim\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_751","title":"Report: ''Little Rock School District 1994-95 Third Quarter Status Report, Program Planning and Budget Document for Non-Desegregation Programs,'' Exhibit 2","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1995-05-19"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","Education--Arkansas","Education--Evaluation","Education--Finance"],"dcterms_title":["Report: ''Little Rock School District 1994-95 Third Quarter Status Report, Program Planning and Budget Document for Non-Desegregation Programs,'' Exhibit 2"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/751"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["budgets"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\nLITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT 1994-95 THIRD QUARTER STATUS REPORT PROGRAM PLANNING AND BUDGET DOCUMENT FOR NON-DESEGREGATION PROGRAMS PLANNING, RESEARCH, AND EVALUATION DEPARTMENT May 19, 1995 EXHIBIT 2 I SEQUENCE # PAGE# Preface 1 Mission Statement 2 Goals 3 TABLE OF CONTENTS District Financial Summary 4 Definitions 5 Organization of the Report 7 Cluster Budget Documents 8 CURRICULUM CLUSTER (PINK) 201,1 - 208,26 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 4 Year Old Program/City Wide Early Childhood Education Program Kindergarten Special Education Vocational Educational Adult Education Compensatory Education Gifted and Talented Curriculum Services 201,1-6 202,1-3 203,1-7 204,1-6 205,1-4 206,1-5 207,1-3 208,1-26 REC . MAY 1 9 1995 Office of Desegregation Moniionng SEQUENCE # SCHOOL OPERATIONS CLUSTER (BUFF) 209 Elementary 210 Junior High School 211 212 High School Athletics SCHOOL SUPPORT CLUSTER (BLUE) 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 GuidatKe Services Drug Abuse Prevention Health Services VIPS Educational Media Services Board of Education Services Executive Administrative Services Support Service Management Fiscal Services Plant Services Pupil Transport Services Purchasing Services Safety \u0026amp; Security Services Planning \u0026amp; Evaluation Services Communication Services Human Resource Services Labor Relations Data Processing Services Family Life/New Futures Indebtedness Contingencies ORGANIZATIONAL CHART PAGE# 209,1 -212,7 209.1-3 210,1-3 211,1-2 212,1-7 213,1 - 233,2 213,1-12 214.1-6 215,1-12 216,1-9 217,1-3 218,1-2 219,1-4 220,1-5 221,1-3 222,1-2 223,1-4 224,1-4 225,1-3 226,1-17 227,1-8 228,1-4 229,1-5 230,1-9 231,1-4 232,1-2 233,1-2 IPREFACE The mission statement and goals of the Little Rock School District serve as guides for all decision-making. The information gained from the Third Quarter Status Report Program Plarming and Budget Document for Non-Desegregation Programs will provide direction for quality, interim decision-making as well as summative decision-making. The report enhances the districts ability to monitor and report achievements and expenditures relative to programs which are not a part of the districts Court-Approved Desegregation Plan obligations. Among other things, specific quarterly expenditure information will be provided in addition to the YTD (Year-to- Date) Expenditure information. The Third Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for Non-Desegregation Programs contains the following: (1) The Mission Statement of the Little Rock School District\n(2) The Goals of Little Rock School District\n(3) LRSD YTD (Year-to-Date) Non-Desegregation Expenses Summary\n(4) Definitions and Data Elements\n(5) Organization of the Report\n(6) Non-Desegregation Program Budget Documents, Grouped by Clusters\nand, (7) The LRSD Organizational Chart. 1LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT MISSION STATEMENT The mission of the Little Rock School District is to provide a quality, integrated educational program which encourages all children to achieve their optimum nuf AflZl tn* etiazlanto T Cs_*__a .'T*'\"' evelopment. To that end, the students in the Little Rock School District will developan appreciation'for etodrMd c^tu^ diversity, develop skills in problem solving and conflict resolution, and demonstrate mastery of the Districts curriculum. 2I LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT GOALS 1. The LRSD will implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. 2. The LRSD will develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. 3. The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. 4. The LRSD will solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan. 5. The LRSD will provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. 6. The LRSD will ensure that equity occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. 3Little Rock School District Quarterly Non-Desegregatlon Expenses Page 1 of 1 Program Se^Two. 201 202 209 210 211 212 203 204 205 206 207 213 215 208 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 232 233 231 FOUR YEAR OLD/HIPPY___________ KINDERGARTEN ELEMENTARY____________________ JUNIOR HIGH____________________ HIGH SCHOOL___________________ ATHLETICS __________________ SPECIAL EDUCATION____________ VOCATIONAL EDUCATION_______ ADULT EDUCATION______________ COMPENSATORY EDUCATION GIFTED AND TALENTED__________ GUIDANCE SERVICES____________ HEALTH SERVICES_______________ CURRICULUM SERVICES_________ EDUCATIONAL MEDIA SERVICES BOARD OF EDUCATION SERVICES EXECUTIVE ADMIN SERVICES SUPPORT SERVICE MGMT_______ FISCAL SERVICES_______________ PLANT SERVICES________________ PUPIL TRANSPORT SERVICES PURCHASING SERVICES_________ SAFETY \u0026amp; SECURITY SERVICES PLANNING \u0026amp; EVAL SERVICES COMMUNICATIONS SERVICES HUMAN RESOURCES SERVICES LABOR RELATIONS DATA PROCESSING SERVICES INDEBTEDNESS__________________ CONTINGENCIES FAMILY LIFE/NEW FUTURES TOTAL Budget 94-95 233,992.00 3,160,053.09 18,985,179.56 9,273,594.63 8,395,188.73 166,457.85 6,558,677.51 4,930,172.15 790,194.57 591,353.64 1,230,868.19 3,090,710.95 841,095.06 1,910,391.39 2,273,321.76 1,009,265.44 334,675.03 1,405,884.22 1,801,273.31 9,787,229.05 7,354,396.24 1,540,494.68 830,592.70 343,221.38 156,392.33 2,954,841.75 103,384.29 875,875.49 8,304,475.00 0.00 430,400.00 89,683,651.89 FTEs 0.00 89.00 653.14 287.20 244.20 0.00 151.50 106.20 23.00 13.80 32.80 67.60 27.10 55.00 70.50 0.00 5.00 3.00 12.00 245.63 346.80 16.00 0.00 7.00 4.00 10.00 2.00 10.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2,482.47 YTD Expense 140,721.84 1,969,637.30 13,255,452.37 6,105,555.82 5,837,679.70 183,373.22 4,006,889.28 3,359,400.53 515,905.50 467,337.24 703,983.42 1,890,812.32 458,616.02 1,339,751.24 1,531,217.58 267,751.12 287,908.61 613,743.82 1,535,093.85 7,133,101.41 4,530,543.37 1,389,021.57 670,662.78 235,899.38 116,453.35 2,771,644.45 78,242.43 672,280.12 7,581,554.77 0.00 430,400.00 1st Qutatar 374.09 372,250.21 3,111,344.22 1,391,997.19 1,334,045.62 85,811.76 642,886.96 942,972.54 122,829.00 97,832.96 143,592.75 458,418.49 89,253.85 366,222.44 386,959.34 125,694.91 148,421.91 73,043.84 644,934.47 2,019,809.40 873,991.89 762,486.70 445,064.23 71,634.05 36,393.18 480,013.09 28,288.97 179,033.47 1,419,610.48 0.00 3,464.67 16,855,678.87 Sind Querter 77,445.47 655,064.38 4,272,928.70 1,952,941.54 1,880,842.21 37,812.41 1,421,680.65 1,016,148.08 166,018.36 160,673.41 231,433.31 608,890.29 159,044.37 449,839.15 418,230.69 39,808.19 43,779.21 450,414.41 727,100.94 2,392,553.47 1,651,201.39 261,113.13 39,283.72 58,045.64 30,307.16 565,054.26 21,382.06 218,353.59 5,174,298.74 0.00 144,368.47 26,326,057.40 3rd Quarter 4lh Quarter 62,902.28 942,322.71 5,871,179.45 2,760,617.09 2,622,791.87 59,749.05 1,942,321.67 1,400,279.91 227,058.14 208,830.88 328,957.36 823,503.54 210,317.80 523,689.65 726,027.55 102,248.02 95,707.49 90,285.57 163,058.44 2,720,738.54 2,005,350.09 365,421.74 186,314.83 106,219.69 49,753.01 1,726,577.10 28,571.40 274,893.06 987,645.55 0.00 282,566.86 2739\u0026amp;i900,34 % Budget Spent 60.14% 62.33% 69.82% 65.84% 69.54% 110.16% 61.09% 68.14% 65.29% 79.03% 57.19% 61.18% 54.53% 70.13% 67.36% 26.53% 86.03% 43.66% 85.22% 72.88% 61.60% 90.17% 80.75% 68.73% 74.46% 93.80% 75.68% 76.76% 91.29% 0.00% 100.00% 70.32% 4DEFINITIONS AND DATA ELEMENTS following we definitions of terms and data elements used in the Third Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for Non- Desegregation Programs. IVogram\nA program is an established plan of operation, composed of a group or series of related activities which are carried out to serve a specific identified need. area of Program Description\nA program description includes a purpose, scope and content, and participants/beneficiaries related to the respective program. Program Goal\nA program goal is a broad guiding statement and should describe the overall aim(s), purpose(s), or ambition(s) of the specific program. Objectives\nProgram objectives present expliciUy the desired impact the program should have on a problem. They should provide detail to the goals. Strategies\nStrategies are the jobs, tasks, efforts, or actions undertaken in a program which contributes to the accomplishment of the objective. Achievements\nAchievements are efforts, tasks, evidence, performance, or actions undertaken in a program which contributes to the accomplishment of the strategy. Achievements are placed in alpha order underneath the relative strategy. Evaluation Criteria\nEvaluation criteria are statements which specify the end product of an objective or strategy, and evaluation criteria establish measurable and observable levels of performance of the product. Page: Each Program Budget Document uses one or two formatted pages. Program Sequence # (Seq.#)\nThe purpose of this sequence number is to establish a reference for placing programs in order within the planning document. Revision Date\nThis date is the actual date the program document was first documented or last changed. Program Name\nTo eliminate confusion, an established name for each program has been assigned by the district planner. 5DEFINITIONS AND DATA ELEMEhiTS Page 2 Primary Leader: The Primary Leader is the cabinet-level associate responsible for the management and operation of the respective program. Secondary Leader: The Secondary Leader is the associate who is back-up to the Primary and will function in that capacity in the absence of the Primary (i.e., the Program Manager, the Principal, and/or the Assistant Superintendent). District Goal Support: Each program directly supports at least one district goal. If more than one district goal is relative, then the appropriate district goals have been listed in descending priority order. Beginning Date: This is the actual date a particular strategy began. For consistency, all dates should be printed in the following format: MM/DD/YY, (03/31/04). Completion Date: This is the actual date a particular objective or strategy was completed. For consistency, all dates should be entered in the following format: MM/DD/YY, (04/01/94). If an activity toward a strategy has been started but not completed, a percent of completion (for example, 50%) should be entered in the Completion Date column. Responsibility: This is the name of the individual tasked with ensuring an activity has been accomplished. I 6ORGANIZATION OF THE REPORT This section provides guiding information about the text of the Third Quarter Status Report Program Planning and Budget Document for NonDesegregation Programs. \"Preface. Pagination: Pages in the text are numbered using Arabic numerals. Pages are consecutively numbered at the bottom of the page beginning with the Preface.\" The \"Table of Contents\" is on page i. Program areas are numbered according to their sequence number followed by the page number within that program (e.g., 02,5 refers to page 5 of the program with a sequence number of 02). Clusters. Programs have been sorted into broad categories called clusters. Clusters include programs or schools grouped together because of similar and related operational functions. For convenience and management of this report, similar programs have been grouped into three color-coded clusters: Curriculum, School Operations, School Support. To locate a program, determine the relative cluster of the program by using the \"Table of Contents\" and then refer to the program sequence number (Seq K) or page number for facilitating program reference in the report. Organizational Level. The School Operations Cluster employs only four programs. In addition to Athletics, the School Operations Cluster classifies the fifty schools according to three school organizational leveled programs: Elementary, Junior High, and Senior High. Organizational Chart. An organizational chart has been included to provide reference information matching designated responsible persons with desegregation and non-desegregation programs. 7CLUSTER BUDGET DOCUMENTS 8Curriculum Cluster * * * *  * * * 4 Year Old Program/City Wide Early Childhood Education Program Kindergarten Special Education Vocational Education Adult Education Compensatory Education Gifted and Talented Curriculum ServicesLRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Profram Seq 201 Page: Revision Date: May 2. 1995 I Program Nome: Four-Year-OW Program/HIPPY Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Mattfais Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Description: pw purpose of Ihe projnm is to meet the growing neerls of dissdvinngerl students end to improve the riciil btdsnce st schools that sro difficult to desegregsle by incorpomting Esrly Childhood Eduation progrtuns into the Elementiry schools. The pr^nm provides espenences for young childten which meet their needs ind stimulate lurning in all developtnennl areas - physical, social, emotional, and intellectual. Priority for Klennrtcation of oroeram tires will he eiven tn !\u0026gt; that have  vaw kimk ta,... _______ ___a__.a_______ \u0026gt;.a.^ .... idennticauon program sites be given to areas a very high concentration of low income students and in schools at are difficult to desegregate. District Goal Support: Goal 1 - Implement integrated educational programs that wdl ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. Goal  - Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and modvaled. Goal S3 - The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day Io day behavior that they accept each divenity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21 st Centuty. Goal S4 - Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan. Goal 3 - Provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. Goal 6 - Ensure that eouiiy occurs in all phases of school activities and operations. ' Program Goal: To establish and maintain developmentally appropriate Early Childhood programs for pre-school children. [ Flan References: ] FY Program Budget: $233,992.00 IM Qtr Expend: $374.09 3rd Qtr Expend: $62,902.28 FTE YTD Expenditures: $140,721.84 2nd Qtr Expend: $77,445.47 4th Qtr Expend: [ Related Function Codes: I 201, 1r Program Seq f: 201 Program Name: Four*Year-OW Program Program Code: Program Goal: [ Plan Reference Page Number LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date: May 2. 1995 Pat Price To establish and maintain developmentally appropriate Eatly Childhood projrams for pre-school children. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date CompletloD Date Responsibility Evaluation Crlteiia 1. Implement early childhood education programs that provide experiences for young chiWien which meet their needs and stimulate learning io all developmental levels. 1.1 Identify sites for program implemenutions. A. Sites for program implementation have been identified. 1.2 Assisted in recruiting teachers and aides as needed. A. Assisted in recniiting teachers and aides as needed. 201, 2 07/01/94 06/30/95 Deputy Supt., Asst. Supt., Supervisor. Principals, Teachers, Instructional Aides 1. (Annual review of assessment data beginning at the end of dte kindergarten year of each child participating in die program. EPSF Post Assessments) (Comparisons of the progress of children who did and did not participate in the program.) (Standardize achieveriKnt tests will be given to each child at the end of die third grade level. These tests will provide data indicating the success of the Early Childhood Program as an intervention strategy.) 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/0194 06/30/95 08/01/94 06/30/95 08/22/94 Deputy Supt., Asst. Supt., Supervisor, Plant Services, Principals Human Resource Dept., Principals, Asst. Supt.. Supervisor 1.1 Sites established for program implententations. 1.2 Employment of teachers and aides for new and open positions.Progrun Seq 9: Program Name: Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number 201 Four-Year-Old Program Primary Leader: Estelle Michis Secondary Leader: Pile: 3 Revision Date: May 2. 1995 Pat Price To establish and maintain developmentally appropriate Earty Childhood programs for pre-school children. Objectives Strategies Begfamfaig Date Com|detlon Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.3 Obtain nuiterials. supplies and equipment for all new programs. A. Obtained nuiterials. supplies, and equipment for all new progranu. 1.4 Provide inservice and technical assistance for principals, teachers, and instructional assistants. A. Inservices provided July 18. 1994\nAugust 16. 1994\nAugust 18. 1994\nOctober 12. 13. 15. 20. 25. 1994\nNovember 10. 15. 18. 1994\nFebruary 21 and 22. March 3. 6. 10. 16. 29. 30. 31. 1995 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/18/94 06/30/95 08/22/94 06/30/95 75% Supervisor. Purchasing Dept. Supervisor. Staff Development 2. At the end of each year in HIPPY. 80% of the children served will exhibit readiness skills for kindergarten. 1. To promote the HIPPY program (To compose and mail public service armouncements to local r^io and television stations channel 14 \u0026amp; 16 and flyen) 2. To select HIPPY aides (Interview and select aides\ninitial training of aides and staff\nto enroll families into the program) 201, 3 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 Supervisor Staff 1.3 Materials, supplies, and equipment will be in place to meet LRSD curriculum and licensing requirements. 1.4 Agendas and documentation of inservice evaluatiotu. The Early Prevention of School Failure screening instrument will be used for pre \u0026amp; post assessment for the children upon entering kindergarten to provide data that shows readiness. If students are not proficient in two or more areas, diey are identified as 'not ready*. Teacher surveys will be conducted annually to provide information relating to readiness skills. Pace: 4 Procnun Seq #: 201 Revision Date: May 2. 1995 Prograra Name: Four-Year-Old Program Procrara Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matdiis Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To establish and maintain developmentally appropriate Early Childhood programs for pre-school children. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategica Beginning Dale Com|detlon Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3. Arrange logistics with state for the initial training Comment: This is done through HIPPY State Regional Office (Initial training of aides and staff) 4. Conduct home interview and enroll families into program (To enroll families into the program) 5. To recruit families (Compose and mail corresporxlence to recruit families \u0026amp; instructional aide trainees) 6. Identify families to be served by each coordinator (To determine service of coordinators) 7. Identify families to be served by each aide (To assign families to be served by each aide) 8. To organize instructional material 9. Conduct tfiree (3) day workshop (To familiarize aides of the HIPPY implementation of LR5D) 10. Obtain material for program (Order material) 11. To orientate enrolled families to the HIPPY program (Conduct orientation meeting) 201, 4 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Supervisor/Coordina tor Staff Supervisor Coordinator Secretary Supervisor Supervisor Supervisor/Coordi- nator A standardized achievement test will be given to each child at the end of die third grade as a comparison between the HIPPY students and a control group. Assignment of families to CoordinatorsProgram Seq 9: 201 Page: 5 Rerteton Date: Program Name: Four-Year-Old Program May 2. 1995 Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To emblish and maintain developmentally appropriate Early Childhood programs for pre-school children. Plan RefereiKC Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Comirtetion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 12. Identify meeting sites of group meetings (Secure meeting sites for group meetings: mail out iwrification of meeting sites) 13. To schedule implementation of HIPPY curriculum (Schedule aides weekly home visits\nschedule area group meetings, print flyen, schedule weekly service for aides\nschedule aides Tint teaching with own child. 14. To provide parents with information that will assist them with their own children (Schedule workshop for parents A aides, mail out A print materials) 15. To evaluate aide trainees mid-point 15th week. (To evaluate each aide tramee) 16. Conduct survey of parenu-print materials (To determine program success) 17. Implement second part of HIPPY curriculum. 18. Evaluation of aides 19. Obtain a site and speaker and schedule a lecture for parents (provide parents widi information to be successful with their children) 20. Build the aides and children's self esteem (Activities) 21. Graduation of HIPPY children and aides reception (Staff will organize) 22. Evaluate aides (Schedule final evaluation of trainees in program) 201, 5 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/0r/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Q6f3Qf95 06/30/95 Coordinator Supervisor/Coordi- nator Supervisor/Coordina tor Coordinators Supervisor Supervisor/Coordina tor Coordinator Supervisor Suff Saff CoordirutorPage: 6 Program Seq 9z 201 RevMon Date: May 2. 1995 Program Name: Four-Year-OW Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Pat Price Program Goal: To establish and maintain developmentally appropriate Early Childhood programs for pre-school children. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 23. To begin implementation of HIPPY program (Staff tn place) 24. Maintain regular staff (Secretary) 25. Aides made home visit (To assist tn Raveling expense) 201, 6 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Supervisor Supervisor StaffProgram Seq *: 202 Program Name: Kindergarten Program Program Code: Primary Leader\nProgram Description: District Goal Support: Program Goal: Plan References: AT Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: Related Function Codes: LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Estelle Matthls Secondary Leader: Pat Price Page: 1 Revision Dato: May 2. 1995 In a^^ann wkh stele standards the Little Rort School District maintains a full day kindergarten program that renders an environment which provides a variety of experiences appropriate to the child s developmental stags. Servicas are provided Io these students by cortHied teachers. ph k rtta*' **9*'* educatonal prosnirTB mat wHI ensure that aR students grow academically, sodalty and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievemenL Goal #2  Develop and maintah a staff that is weft-trained and motivated. Goal #3 - The Little Rock School Board, .................................... ................................ H . 7 L.K Jr. i, :  3oal 3 - The Little Rock School Board, administration, stall, and students win demonstrate in their day Io d^ behavior that they accept each IndIvUual as a valued contributor to society and view cultural diversity among students, stall and the community as a valued resource upon which our TOmmunlly and nation can draw as m prepare lor the 21sl Century. Goal 114 - Solicit and secure llnancial and other resources that are necessary to hilly support our schools Including our desegregation plan. Goal 5 - Provide a sale and orderly climate that Is conducive to teaming for all students. Goal 6 - Ensure that equity occurs in all phases ol school activities and operations. To provide appropriate Instructional services to all kindergarten students. B I $3,160,053.09 $1,969,637.30 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: $372,250.21 $655,064.36 202, 1 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: $942,322.71 FTE 89.00Program Seq 202 Program Name: Kindergarten Program Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leaden Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date: May 2, 1995 Pat Price To provide appropriate Instructional services to an kindergarten students. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. Implement kindergarten programs In accordance with state standards and district guidelines. 07/01/94 06/30/95 Asst. Supt., Supervisors. Principate. Teachers 1. Programs wiH be in place to meet state standards and district guidelines. 1.1 Assist in recruiting certified teachers as needed. A. Assisted in recruiting certified teachers as needed. 1.2 Obtain materials, supplies, and equipment for eR new programs. A. Obtained materials, supplies, and equipment for all new programs. 1.3 Provide Inservice and technical assistance for teachers. A. Provided inservice and tedmical assistant for teachers. 1.4 Ensure proper documentation and evaluation of student progress. A. Pre-EPSF completed. 1.5 Provide inservice and technical assistance for prindpats, teachers, and instructional assistants. 202, 2 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/15/94 07/01/94 08/22/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 09/30/94 06S0/95 09/30/94 06/30/95 75% 06/30/95 09/02/94 06/30/95 Human Resource DepL. Principals, Asst. Supt, Supervisor Supervisor, Purchasing Dept. Supervisors. Staff Development, Principals Asst. Supt, Supervisor, Principals Supervisor. Staff Development 1.1 Employment of teachers for new and open positions. 1.2 Materials, supplies, and equipment will be in place to meet L.R.S.D. curriculum and state standards. 1.3 Agendasand documentation of inService evaluations. Annual reviews of data pre and post EPSF assessments. 1.5 Agendasand documentation of inservice evaluationsPage: 3 Program Seq *: 202 Revbton Date: May 2. 1995 Program Name: Kindergarten Program Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader Pat Price Program Goat: To provide appropriate instructional services to all kindergarten students. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Dato Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Inservices provided July 16, 1994\nAugust 16. 1994\nAugust 18, 1994\nOctober 6. 18. 20 1994\nNovembers, 10. IS. 1994\nDecember 1, 1994\nMarch 26. 1995 \u0026gt; Math Mini Course 07/18/94 75% 202, 3LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Profram Seq 9: 203 Page: 1 Revision Date: May 5, 1995 Profram Name: Special Education Profnun Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Patty Kohler Profram Description: District Goal Support: Profram Goal: Purpose Special education is specially designed instruction, at no cost to parents, to meet the unique needs of students with disabilities. This includes instruction conducted in the classroom, in the home, in hospitals and institutions, and in other settings\nand instruction in physical education. Scope and Content Special education services are provided in accordance with each child's Individual Education Program (lEP). A student is determined eligible for special education services when a disability is present as defined in the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) that results in an adverse effect on educational performance and the corresponding need for special education services. A full continuum of services is provided which includes multiple options for placement. Participants/beneficiaries Students served through special education services have been identified as having disabilities defined tqr the IDEA. During the 1992-93 school year, 8.13% of the district's population or 2,026 students received special education services (Dec. 1, 1992 count). Goal fl - Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. Goal f2 - Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. Goal f3 - The Little Rock school Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contributor to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our communis and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st Century. Goal f4 - Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan. Goal f5 - Provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students. Goal f6 - Ensure that equity occurs in all phases of.school activities and operations. The goal of the special education program is to provide all eligible snidents with disabilities appropriate special education and related services in each childs least restrictive environment. Plan References: ] FY Program Budget: $6,558,677.51 1ft Qtr Expend: $642,886.96 3rd Qtr Expend: $1,942,321.67 FTE 151.50 YTD Expenditures: $4,006,889.28 2nd Qtr Expend: $1,421,680.65 4411 Qtr Expend: Related Function Codes: 1210. 1220, 1230, 1240. 1290, 1292, 2142 1 203, 1Program Seq i: 203 Program Name: Special Education Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number NA LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date: Patty Kohler May 5. 1995 The (Oil of the special education program is to provide all eligible students with disabilities appropriate special education and related services in each childs least restrictive environment. BB Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Comirfetion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. Provide itinerant instruction to eligible students in accordance with each child's lEP. to be reviewed on an annual basis through federally mandated review process. 1.1 Identify and employ certified, qualified teachers to deliver services to students A. All Consulting Teachers hired 1.2 Identify equipment, material and supplies needed in order to deliver services to students A. B. C. 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 09/15/94 06/30/95 Materials needs identified Materials ordered, received Materials ordered, received for all speech therapists 1.3 Ensure completion of appropriate evaluations and documentation for each student in accordance with State and Federal Mandates A. B. C. D. Test materials ordered Monimring schedule initialed Thirty schools monitored made Remaining schools monitored and follow up visits 1.4 Provide inservice training for teachen as needed to ensure (hat students arc served appropriately A. Preschool inservice B. Inservice for new therapist 203, 2 09/01/94 11/15/94 02/95 07/01/94 09/01/94 09/15/94 09/30/94 01/04/95 07/01/94 08/16/94 08/26/94 09/15/94 12/01/94 02/95 06/30/95 09/15/94 09/30/94 12/21/94 03/15/95 06/30/95 08/16/94 08/26/94 Director. Human Resources. Supervisors Director, Teachers, Supervisors Supervisors, Examiners, Principals, Teachers Director. Supervisors 1.1 A list of certified teachers will be provided 1.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be listed. Pilot projects where new materials are used will be identified 1.3 Monitoring reports will iixlicate increased levels of compliance with applicable law and mandates 1.4 Inservice participants, dates, and topics will be providedPage: 3 Program Seq 9: 203 Revision Date: May 5. 1995 Program Name: Special Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Patty Kohler Program Goal: The goal of the special education program is to provide all eligible students with disabilities appropriate special education and related services io each child's least restrictive environment. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Begtrndiig Date Completion Date ResponslbiUty Evaluation Criteria C. Training for new staff on procedures/guidelines 09/19/94 09/30/94 D. Inservice for all speech therapists 10/20/94 10/20/94 E. Inservice for vision teachers 12A)l/94 12/02/94 F. Reading/Math Inservice 01/20/95 01/20/95 Q. Reading/Math Inservice 02/17/95 02/17/95 H. Inservice for secondary teachers on annual reviews and traittition 01/23/95 03/14/95 2. Provide Resource instruction to eligible students in accordaiKe with each childs lEP, to be reviewed on an aruMial basis through federally mandated review process 2.1 Identify and employ certified, qualified teachen to deliver services to smdents 07/01/94 06/30/95 Director, Human Resources, Supervisors 2.1 A list of certified teachers will be provided A. Resource, teachers hired 07/01/94 09/15/94 B. Additional resource teachen hired 01/04/95 01/30/95 2.2 Identify equipment, material and supplies needed in order to deliver services to students 07/01/94 06/30/95 Director, Teachen, Supervison 2.2 Equipment, nuterials and supplies will be listed. Pilot projects where new materials are used will be identified' A. Material needs identified 09/01/94 09/30/94 B. Materials ordered for high school teachers 2.3 Ensure completion of appropriate evaluations aitd documentation for each snideiK in accordance with State and Federal Mandates A. Test materials ordered B. Monitoring schedule initiated 11/01/94 07/01/94 09/01/94 09/01/94 12/01/94 06/30/95 09/15/94 09/15/94 C. Thirty schools monitored 203, 3 09/30/94 12/21/94 Supervisors, Examiners, Principals, Teachers 2.3 Monitoring reports will indicate increased levels of compliance with applicable law and mandatesPage: 4 Program Seq f: 203 RevisloD Date: May 5. 1995 Program Name: Special Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Patty Kohler Program Goal: The go\u0026gt;l of die specitl educilion program is to provide all eligible students with disabilities appropriate special education and related services in each childs least restrictive environment. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria D. Remaining schools monitored and follow up visits made 2.4 Provide inservice training for teachers as needed to ensure that students are served appropriately A. B. C. D. E. F. O. H. 01/04/95 07/01/94 03/15/95 06/30/95 Director. Supervisors 2.4 Inservice participants, dates, and topics will be provided Preschool inservice Inservice for Watson Inservice for Central Inservice in reading/math Inservice for Terry Inservice for Henderson Inservice in reading/math Inservice for Hall I. Inservice for McDermott J. Inservice for Mabelvale Junior K. L. M. N. 08/16/94 08/19/94 10/14/94 10/15/94 11/01/94 11/02/94 11/18/94 11/14/94 12/05/94 12/07/94 08/16/94 09/08/94 10/14/94 10/15/94 11/01/94 11/02/94 11/18/94 11/14/94 12/05/94 12/07/94 Inservice on reading/nuth Reading/Math Inservice ReadingZMath Inservice Inservice for secondary teachers on annual reviews and transition 12/16/94 01/20/95 02117/95 01/23/95 12/16/94 01/20/95 02/17/95 03/14/95 3. Provide special class instruction to eligible students in accordance witfi each child's lEP, to be reviewed on an annual basis through federally mandated review process 3.1 Identify and employ certified, qualified teachen to deliver services to students A. Special class teachers hired 203, 4 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 09/15/94 Director, Human Resources. Supervisors 3.1 A list of certified teachers will be provided5 Program Seq f: 203 Revision Date: May 5. 1995 Program Name: Special Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Patty Kohler Program Goal: The goal of tfie special education program is Io provide all eligible students with disabilities appropriate special education and related services in each child's least restrictive environment. Flan Reference Page Number Objecttv ea Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date ResponsiblUty Evaluation Criteria 3.2 Identify equipment, material and supplies needed in order to deliver services to students A. Material needs identified B. Materials ordered as needed 3.3 Ensure completion of appropriate evaluations and documentation for each student in accordance with State and Federal Mandates A. B. C. D. 07/01/94 09/01/94 09/30/94 07/01/94 Test materials ordered Monimring schedule initiated Thirty schools monitered rrude Remaining schools monitored and follow up visits 3.4 Provide inservice training for teachers as needed to ensure that students are served appropriately A. B. C. D. 09/01/94 09/15/94 01/04/95 07/01/94 Preschool inservice Training for Baseline staff Training for Romine staff Inservice in reading/iruth E. Inservice for Henderson F. Ittservice in reading/math G. Inservice for Mabelvale Junior H. Inservice in reading/madi 203 , 5 08/16/94 08/19/94 08/29/94 10/15/94 11/02/94 11/18/94 12/07/94 12/16/94 06/30/95 09/30/94 03/31/95 06/30/95 09/15/94 09/30/94 03/15/95 06/30/95 08/16/94 10/20/94 12/21/94 10/15/94 11/02/94 11/18/94 12/07/94 12/16/94 Director. Teachers. Supervisors Supervisors, Examiners, Principals, Teachen Director, Supervisors 3.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be listed. Pitot projects where new materials are used will be identified 3.3 Monitoring reports will indicate increased levels of compliance with applicable law and mandates 3.4 Inservice participants, dates, and topics will be providedPage: 6 Program Seq f: 203 Revtsioii Date: May 5. 1995 Program Name: Special Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Patty Kohler Program Goal: The goil of the spec ill education program is to provide all eligible students with disabilities appropriate special education and related services in each child's least restrictive environment. Plan Reference Page Number Objecttvea Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. Reading/Madi Inservice 01/20/95 01/20/95 J. Reading/Math Inservice K. Inservice for secondary teachers on annual reviews and transition 02/17/95 01/23/95 02/17/95 03/14/95 4. Provide bomebound and hospital instruction to eligible students in accordance with each child's lEP, to be reviewed on an annual basis through federally mandated review process 5. Provide eaterMled year services to eligible students in accordance with State and Federal Maixlates 4.1 Identify and employ certified, qualified teachers to deliver services to students A. Homebound teachers employed 4.2 Identify equipment, material and supplies needed in order to deliver services ti\u0026gt; students A. Material needs identiried 4.3 Ensure completion of appropriate evaluations arxl documentation for each student in accotdaiKe with Slate and Federal Mandates A. Test materials ordered B. Monitoring schedule initiated C. Remaining schools monitored and follow up visits made 4.4 Provide inservice training for teachers as needed ID ensure that students are served appropriately A. Preschool mservice 5.1 Identify and employ certified, qualified teachers to deliver services to students 203, 6 07/01/94 08/16/94 07/01/94 09/01/94 07/01/94 09/01/94 01/04/95 07/01/94 08/16/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 09/15/94 06/30/95 09/30/94 06/30/95 09/30/94 03/15/95 06/30/95 08/16/94 06/30/95 Director. Human Resources. Supervison Director. Teachers. Supervisors Supervisors, Examiners, Principals. Teachers Director, Supervisors Director, Human Resources, Supervisors 4.1 A list of certified teachers will be provided 4.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be listed. Pilot projects where new materials are used will be identified 4.3 Monitoring reports will indicate increased levels of compliance with applicable law and mandates 4.4 Inservice participants, dates, and topics will be provided 5.1 A list of certified teachers will be provided Program Seq 203 Page: 7 Program Name: Special Education Revision Date: May 5. 1995 Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Program Goal: Secondary Leader: Patty Kohler n to.1 of fte qci.l education pwjram  to provide dl eligible students with disabUities appropriate special education and related setvlces in each child's least rostrictive environroent. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strate^es Beginning Date Completion Date ResponslbiUty Evaluation Criteria 5.2 Identify equipment, material and supplies needed in order m deliver services Io students 5.3 Ensure completion of appropriate evaluations and documentation for each student in accordance with State and Federal Mandates 5.4 Provide inservice training for teachers as needed to ensure that students are served appropriately 203, 7 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Director. Teachen. Supervison Supervison. Examinen, Principals, Teachen Directon. Supervison 5.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be listed. Pilot projects where new materials are used will be idendried 5.3 Monitoring reports will indicate iiKreased levels of compliance with applicable law and mandates 5.4 Inservice participants, dates, and topics will be providedr LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Profrain Seq f: 204 Page: 1 Revision Date: May 2. 1995 Program Name: Vocational Education Program Code: Primary Leader\nEstelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Carol Green Program Description: Vocational education is designed to provide a program of learning experiences to develop skilled and adaptable workers who are prepared to pursue additional learning opportunities that will result in more productivity. Vocational education also develops abilities, attinides. and appreciations that contribute to a satisfying life enhancing family, civic, and personal responsibilities. Education is vocational when it provides instruction in the \"why and \"how to students, rather than instruction about things. Il is concerned with the development of the individual student in five areas: (1) personal skills and attihides. (2) communication, (3) employability skills, (4) broad and specific occupational skills and knowledge, and (5) a foundation for career planning and lifelong learning. The content of the vocational curriculum includes any and every source which will add specifically to the students proficiency in a chosen occupation. Such a course of study may include related physics, English (applied communications), applied math, applied biology and chemistry, or other subject matter or information needed to make the learner a more efficient worker. Course offerings in vocational education are available in all secondary schools and include the following programs: (1) Business and Marketing, (2) Home Economics, and (3) Trade and Industrial Technology. On the junior high level, vocational courses include: Career Orienution. Keyboarding, Computer Technology and Exploring Industrial Technology Education I and II. Specialized courses are offered at Metropolitan Area Vocational Center. Vocational education instruction is offered to all students who need, desire and can profit from H. All youth, regardless of nee, gender. ecotKimic or social backgroutMl. or handicapping conditions are included within the scope of vocational education. District Goat Support: (1) Impletneni integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities tn achievement. (2) Develop and maintain a staff that is well trained and motivated. (3) The Little Rock School Board administration staff and students will demonstrate in their day to day behavior that they accept each individual as a valued contribution to society and view cultural divenhy among students, staff and the comnunity as a valued resource upon which our community and narion can draw as we prepare for the 21st century. (4) Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, including our desegregation plan (5) Ensure that equity occun in all phases of school activities and operation. Program Goal: To provide the opportunity for all shidents to develop workplace skills, problem solving abilities and interpersonal skills necessary for success in an everchanging society and technological workplace. Flan References: FY Program Budget: $4,930,172.15 1st Qtr Expend: $942,972.54 3rd Qtr Expend: $1,400,279.91 FTE 106.20 YTD Expenditures: 4,930.172.15 2ad Qtr Expend: $1,016,148.08 4(h Qtr Expend: I 1 [ Related Function Codes: 1321, 1331, 1332, 1333, 1341, 1351, 1352, 1353. 1354. 1362, 1371, 1392. 1360. 1362, 2410 1 204, 1LRSD FY 94-95 PRCX3RAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Page: Program Seq 204 Revision Date: Program Name: Vocationai Education Miy 2. 1995 Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Carol Green 2 Program Goal\nTo provide die opportunity for \u0026gt;11 stndenu to develop workplace skills, problem solving abilities and inteipersonal skills necessary for success in an evetcbanging society and technological workplace. Plan Reference Page Number Objective* Strateglea Beginning Date Comfrietion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. Provide quality irutrucdon to all students enrolled in vocatiorul courses. 1.1 Identify and employed certified teachers to deliver quality learning experiences and skilled training to students. 07/01/94 06/30/95 Directi\u0026gt;r, Assistant Director. Principals, Human Resources Director and Teacher Recruiter 1.1 A list of certified teachers or applicants will be provided. A. Identified teachers interviewed for potential job openings in vocadorul education. 07/01/94 09/30/94 1.2 Identify equipment, materials and supplies needed. 07/01/94 06/30/95 Director. Assistant Director, Teachers 1.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be listed and prioritized A. Task Force meeting plaruied to review Task Force recotrunendadons prior to rewrite. 09/25/94 25% 1.3 Provide inservice training for teachers as needed to deliver quality instruction to students. 07/01/94 Director. Assistant Director. Staff Development Director 1.3 A lisdng of inservice dates, topics, and participants will be provided. A. Pre school inservice planned and held August 10 and August 17. B. Meeting with vocatiorul coordirutors to discuss program changes. C. Six vocational teachers received Applied Math Training along with district truth teachers. D. Five vocadorul teachers attended Workplace Readiness Training (Hall, Parkview, and Central). E. Career Orientation Teachers inservice training on Tech Prep requirements and declaration forms. 204, 2 11/19/94 VJI\\9t9A Vir22l9^ 11/19/94Page: Program Seq #: 204 Revision Date: May 2. 1995 Program Name: Vocational Education Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Carol Green 3 Program Goal: To provide (he opportunity for all students to develop workplace skills, problem solving abilities and interpersonal skills necessary for success in an evercbanging society and technological workplace. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategics Beginning Date Com|rfetion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria F. Vocational coordinator's inservice held on the School - To - Worit law. G. 10 teachers (5 vocational and 5 academic) attended advanced training for 'Reading To Learn* as a part of the Tech Prep 2-I-2 articulation agreement with Pulaski Technical College. H. 7 vocational teachers and the vocational director attended the American Vocational Association rational conference in Dallu, Texas. I. Vocational Director provided inservice training at Mann Magnet Junior high school for vocational staff. J. Vocational Director, Assistant Principal and three teachers from J.A. Fair high school atteraJed the Arkansas High Schools That Work Conference in Hot Springs, Arkansas. K. Vocational Director provided inservice training for the Vocational staff at Parkview Magnet high school. L. Five E.I.T.E. instructors attended the 3rd Annual E.I.T.E. Conference at the University of Central Arkansas in Conway. Arkansas. 1.4 Provide an opportunity for teachers to keep abreast of changing technological needs and training in the workplace. 11/04/94 12/01/94 12/09/94 01/25/95 02/02/95 02/08/95 02/16/95 07/01/94 11/04/94 12/02/94 12/13/94 01/25/95 02/03/95 02/08/95 02/17/95 06/30/95 Director, Assistant Director 1.4 A list of professional meetings and conferences teachers have attended will be provided. A. Three additional teachen (1-Parkview, 1-Central, 1-Fair) sent to Authorized Training Associate for WordPerfect Corporation in preparation for implementing the Desktop Publishing course. 08/02/94 08/12/94 204, 3Program Seq f: 204 Page: 4 Program Name: Vocational Education RevisloD Date: May 2. 1995 Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Program Goal: Secondary Leader: Carol Green To provide ft. oppodooin^ for .11 ,o.den ft develop woripLce .kill,, problem volv.ng .bilide, mttrpern.l skill, for wcees, in .n evercb^ging society .nd Uchnologid workplace. Plan Reference Page Ntanber ObJectiTCs 2. Review, update, or revise course offerings to reflect the needs and trends of die 21st century. 3. Maintain all equipment used in skilled mining labs. Strateglca 2.1 A vocational task force will be organized to address issues of the course offerings. A. Three vocational programs recommended for elimination due to consistent low enrollment figures. B. Vocational director correlated efforts with Parkview Magnet principal to develop a business case to add Commercial Art to the curriculum for the 95-96 school year. C. Commercial Art Course approved by the Little Rock School District Board of Directors for 1995-96 school year. 3.1 Identify equipment in need of repair or replacement tn the vocational skilled training labs. A. Equipment repaired, cleaned and maintained in preparation for opening of schools. B. Purchase equipment to replace destroyed, stolen, or irreparable equipiTKnt in E.I.T.E. Lab at Forest Heights. C. Requests for new equipment, supplies, and materials submitted by teachers. D. Equipment purchased for Keyboarding course at Dunbar Magnet junior high. E. Equipment, supplies and materials purchased for all vocationat programs in LRSD. F. Computers purchased for Desktop Publishing classes at Parkview, Fair and Central high schools. 204, 4 Begfmdng Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/01/94 07/01/94 11/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/10/94 08/01/94 10/01/94 10/01/94 03/23/95 06/30/95 100% 95% ^123195 06/30/95 08/22/94 09/30/94 40% 11/20/94 90% 80% Director. Assistant Director Director. Assistant Director. Principals, vocational teachers. 2.1 Recommendations made by the task force will be identified and completed. 3.1 All skilled lab equipment will be identified for needed repair and maintenance.Page: 5 Program Seq f: Program Name: Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number 204 Revision Date: Vocational Education Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Carol Green May 2. 1995 To provide die opportunity for all nudenu Io develop workplace skills, problem solving abilities and inletpetsotial skUls necessary for success in an eveichanging society and technological workplace. Objectives Strategies Beginning Dale Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4. Awareness activities to promote vocational education will be made available to all students. 0. Computere purchased for keyboarding classes at Pulaski Heights. Herulerson, Cloverdale and Mabelvale Junior high schools\nand for accounting class at Hall high school. H. Corrqniterized Sewing Machines and Sergers purchased for all junior and senior high home economics programs along with cabinets for the equipment. 4.1 Recruitment activities through advertisement, flyen, videos, and student presentation will be made available to all students. A. Vocational teachers asked to supply names of former students for 'Success Stories* recruitment video. B. Ad tn Arkansas Democrat/Oazette to publicize classes at Metropolitan Vo-Tech. C. Revised recruitment video produced and distributed to the recruitment team and special needs coordinator for recruitment presentations. D. Metropolitan Task Force organized to develop strategic public relations campaign. 4.2 Tech Prep committee awareness campaign to inform parents about Tech Prep and it's benefits. A. Vocational Director explained/discussed Tech Prep to new LRSD principals. 204. 5 01/10/95 01/15/95 07/01/94 09/15/94 08/30/94 10/01/94 12/09/94 07/01/94 08/09/94 02/28/95 80% 06/30/95 09/30/94 09/30/94 12/01/94 25% 06/30/95 08/11/94 Vocational teachers. Director, Task Force, and Advisory Committees. Director, Assistant Director. Tech Prep Coordinator 4.1 a) Surveys will be conducted to determine how students became aware of vocational education (b) Monitoring of student enrollment will determine die success of the awareness sessions. 4.2 List of ail awareness sessions and Public Relations Activities will be compiled. Prograin Seq f: 204 Page: 6 Revision Date\nProgram Name: Vocational Education May 2. 1995 Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Program Goal: Secondary Leader: Carol Green To provide the oppo^nity for .11 srodents Io develop workplace akilU. problem wlvta. abilitie. .rd interperrorul .kills necessary for success in an everchanging society and technological workplace. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategics Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Vocational Director explained Tech Prep as h relates to Applied Biology/Cbemistry at Science Teachers Pre-school Inservice. 08/17/94 09/30/94 C. Vocational Director and Janice Hanlon. Tech Prep liaison from ttie Arkansas Department of Education, vocational/technkal division, met with all secondary counselors and principals to review Tech Prep efforts and progress made thus far in the Little Rock secondary schools. 10/05/94 12/07/94 D. Vocational Director and Tech Prep liaison from the ADSE/vocational division presented Tech Prep informational session to parents at Forest Heights junior high school PTSA Open House 03/07/95 03/07/95 204, 6LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Seq 9z 205 Page: 1 Reviska Date\nProgram Name: Adult Education May 2. 1995 Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Paulette H. Martin Prograra DescrlptioD: Adult Eduiralion is ^cially designed instruction at no cost to students to upgrade their educational level and or Io help diem obtain a high school equivalency (GED) diploma. This includes instroclion at the Adult Education Center and its ralellite program in businesses, industnes. vanous community and state agencies and churches. Scope and content Adult Education services are provided in accordance with each studenfs needs nfl a'  *'**'\" Khool by the superintendent or his/her designee or is eighteen years  am r\"tctpnts/henericMnes Students served in Adult Education ate identiried as having withdrawn or dropped out of public school. During the 1992-93 school year, 3078 students received Adult Education services. District Goal Support: Goal l - Implement inl^ral^ educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially, and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achmvemenl. Gold 2 - Develop and mamum a staff that I. well-trained and modvaled. Goal #3 - The Little Rock School Board, administration, staff and students will demonstrate in their day Io day behavior dun they acce^ each indlvxiual^^as a valued contnbulor Io untrnty and vw cultural diversity among students, staff and the community u a valued resource upon whkh our community and nation can draw as we prepare for the 21st Cenmry. Goal 4  Solicn and secure fimncial and other resources that are necessary to full support our schools. Goal d 3 - Provide a safe and orderly climate that is conducive to learning for all students Goal t 6 - Ensure that equity occun in all phases of school activities and operations. as we prepare for the Program Goal: The goal of the Adult Education Program ia to upgrade the bask literacy skills of adults, to assist adults in obtaining their high school equivalency (GED) diploma, and Io provide computer literacy training. [ Plan References: I FY Program Budget: $790,194.57 1st Qtr Expend: $122,829.00 3rd Qtr Expend: $227,058.14 FTE 23.8 YTD Expenditures: $515,905.50 2nd Qtr Expend: $166,018.36 4th Qtr Expend: Related Function Codcs:1438 1410. 1420, 1445. 1490 3 205, 1Program Seq *: Program Name: Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number NA 205 Adult Education LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis The goal of the Adult Education program is to upgrade the basic literacy skills of adult and/or to assist adults In Objectives 1. Develop and maintain a staff that is well-trained and motivated. 2. Inform the CommunRy of the services offered by the AduR Education Program 3. Solicit funding to fully support the AduR Education Center Strategies 1.1 Identrfy and employ qualified teachers to deliver services to students A. All teachers hired 1.2 Identify equipment, materials, and supplies needed in order to deliver services to students A. Materials and supplies disseminated 1.3 Provide Inservice training for teachers as needed to ensure that students are served appropriately A. Preschool Inservice B. Central Arkansas Adult Education Inservice 2.1 Promote the AduR Education Program A. RecruRer distributes posters/brochures to grocery stores, barber/beauty shops, medical cRnics, public heaRh unRs, churches B. Tapes made and running on local TV and radio stations C. Businesses and Industries Contacted 3.1 SubmR Proposals and secure financial resources for operation of the AduR Education Program 205, 2 Page: 2 Revision Date: May 2, 1995 Secondary Leader: Paulette H. Martin obtaining their high school equivalency (GED) diploma. Beginning Date 07/01/94 08/01/94 07/01/94 08/15/94 07/01/94 08/15/94 09/29/94 07/01/94 08/01/94 08/15/94 08/01/94 07/01/94 Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 06/30/95 08/15/94 06/30/95 08/19/94 06/30/95 08/16/94 09/30/94 06/30/95 50% .50% 50% 06/30/95 Director. Human Resources\nDirector. AduR Education Director, Ass't Director, Teachers, examiners Director Director, Ass t Director. RecruRer, teacher Director 1.1 A list of certified teachers wHI be provided 1.2 Equipment, materials and supplies will be listed 1.3 Inservice participants, dates and topics wifi be provided 2.1 Copies of tapes, brochures, and posters will be provided as well as a schedule of places visRed by the recruRer. 3.1 Copies of proposal will be providedProgram Seq *: Program Name: Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number 205 Adult Education Primary Leader Estelle Matthis The goal of the Adult Education program is to upgrade the basic literacy skills of adult and/or to assist Objectives Strategies A. Family Literacy (Special Project) B. Workplace C. DAE D. Correctional/lnstitutionalized Page: 3 Revision Date: May 2, 1995 Secondary Leader: Paulette H. Martin aduits In obtaining their high school equivalency (GEO) d^loma. Beginning Dato 08/03/94 09/06/94 01/09/95 03/15/95 Completion Date 08/10/94 09/16/94 01/11/95 03/28/95 Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4. Provide (Adult Basic Education and General AduN Education) to agencies which have a minimum of ten (10) students when requested AduR Education satellite classes. 4.1 Set up Adult Education satellite classes upon request A. AGC Math Class B. Community Punishment Center C. Raytheon Jet D. Oaks Residential Center E. Union Rescue Mission F. Lion's World Services for the Blind Q. Metropolitan Vo-Tech H. Instructional Resource Center (IRC) I. Pulaski County Jail J. Our House II K. Pinnacle House L. Forensic UnR, State Hospitai M. Unit 4. State Hospital N. United Cerebral Palsy Skill Center O. Watershed II 205, 3 07/01/94 09/01/94 08/22/94 07/25/94 08/25/94 09/06/94 08/22/94 08/22/94 08/23/94 06/22/94 08/22/94 08/23/94 09/29/94 08/22/94 08/22/94 08/22/94 06/30/95 10/13/94 75% 10/06/94 75% 75% 75% 75% 02/09/95 75% 11/03/94 75% 75% 75% 75% Director 4.1 Lbt of satellite classes will be providedProgram Seq *: 205 Page: 4 Revision Date: Program Name: AduN Education May 2, 1995 Program Code: Primary Leader Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader Paulette H. Martin Program Goal: The goal of the Adult Education program Is to upgrade the basic literacy skills of adult and/or to assist adults In obtaining thek high school equivalency (GED) diploma. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria P. Crystal HM Baptist Church Q. Tombertin Church of Christ R. McCieNan Community School S. Salvation Army T. Family Literacy U. Parris Towers V. Windsor Door 09/12/94 09/08/94 10/04/94 11/14/94 10/13/94 10/26/94 01/17/95 75% 75% 03\\16\\95 75% 75% 75% 03/09/95 5. Evaluate the cost Effectiveness of using local Community Resources, such as the Parent Learning Center, as a means for providing education opportunities for parents. 5.1 Compare the cost of setting up an AduR Education Center and the cost of using local Community Resources of provide education services to parents. A. Admintotrative costs B. Instructional costs C. Maintenance and Operation (rent, utilities, custodial services etc.,) D. Other support services (equipment, computer software, offioe supplies/postage, telephone and graduation expenses, etc.) 205, 4 12A)9/93 12/09/93 12/09/93 12A39/93 12/09/93 02/28/94 02/28/94 02/28/94 02/28/94 02/28/94 Director 5.1 Copy of the cost comparison win be available for review. LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT f Profram Seq f: 206 Page: 1 Revision Date: Program Name: May 2. 1995 Program Code: Program Description: District Goal Support: Program Goal: Plan References: FY Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: Related Function Codes: Compensatory Education Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Adams/GIasgow/Parker Compensatory Education funded programs are designed to improve the quality of LRSD't academic programs. Activities include supplemental instruction for students, resource materials, inservice education for teachers and support for parental involvement. (1) Implemenl integrated education*] progratm drat will ensure drat all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on bask and academic enrichment while closing disparities in achievement. (2) Develnn arwl maintain a ctafF that ia uMll.tninwl atwl mn*auam*l Develop and staff Is well-trained and motivated. Disparity reduction - to provide equitable language arts and mathematics learning for all students in the mainstream setting. $591,353.64 $591,353.64 1560, 1570, 1595 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: $97,832.95 $160,673.41 206, 1 3rd Qtr Expend: 4(h Qtr Expend: $208,830.88 FTE 13.80 1Program Seq f: Prograra Name: Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number 206 Compensatory Education LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader: To assist low achieving students to make accelerated progress and catch up. Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Reriston Date: May 2. 1995 Adams/Glasgow/Parker Objectives 1. To use an integrated shared reading/writing approach of instruction to promote student independence as readers, writen. and learners, (fourteen schools. K-3) 2. To inqirove students abilities to analyze, explain, and summarize materials from books and tapes utilizing the reading styles approach, (two schools) Strategies Beginning Date 07/01/94 Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 06/30/95 PritKipals and Teachers 1. Student profiles on LRSD Language Arts Curriculum will be used to assess student achievement. 1.1 Purchase and distribute materials arrd supplies to schools. 1.2 Provide additional time for instruction using the Shared Reading/Writing Approach through thematic units utilizing these materials. 1.3 Provide whole group instruction for all K-1 students and additional small group and individual instruction as needed. 1.4 Provide second and third grade smdents with instruction using die Shared Reading/Writing Approach. 1.5 Provide participating teachen and administrators with a minimum of nine houn staff development. 1.6 Provide summer scholarships to train the trainers. 206, 2 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Director of Reading and IRC Reading Specialists Principals. First Grade Teachers, and Reading Specialists Principals and Classroom Teachers Principals. Classroom Teachers, and Reading Specialists Director of Reading and Rigby Consultants Director of Reading and Rigby Consultants 1.1 Documentation of purchase orders. 1.2 The number of developed thematic units will comprise the evaluation. 1.3 Record of classroom observation and schedules. 1.4 Schedules and list of students. 1.5 List of participants with evaluations. 1.6 List of trainers. 2. The evaluation criteria includes the recognition of the sound of letters in isolation and in words, and in how to blend sounds together.Program Seq f: Program Name: Program Code: Program Goal: 206 Compensatory Education Primary Leader: To assist low achieving students to make accelerated progress and catch up. Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Page: 3 Rerisfon Date: May 2. 1995 Adams/Glasgow/Parker Plan Reference Page Number Objectivea Strategies 2.1 Diagrmse students reading styles in four areas\ntactic, visual, kinesthetic, auditory. 2.2 Structure students work around identirted teadir^ styles. 2.3 Actively involve smdents in learning activities. 2.4 Send home appropriate books and corresponding tape recordings for the reading styles of targeted students. Beginning Date Completion Dale Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 07/01/94 06/30/95 Principals and Classroom Teachen 2.1 The number of Reading Styles Inventories completed. 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 06/03/95 06/30/95 Principals and Classroom Teachen Principals and Classroom Teachen Principals and Classroom Teachen 2.2 Students Individual Learning Plan. 2.3 Students Individual Learning Plan. 2.4 The number of purchases and record of usage. 3. To improve students vocabulary arxl comprehension skills through phonics related reading, (one school) 4. To promote communications between home and school. 3.1 Use the Direct Instruction Program in phonics to teach students. 3.2 Provide target students with presentation books, story books, homework, and materials. 4.1 Inform parents regarding insiructiotial approaches. 4.2 Conduct conferences with parents on student progress. 206, 3 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 O6/3Q/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 06/30/95 Principals and Classroom Teachen Principals artd Classroom Teachen Principals and Teachen Principals and Teachen 3. The criteria consists of\na) reference data in reading\nb) amount of peer tutoriitg\nc) number of discipline problems\nd) parental communication\ne) number of identified reading styles. 3.1 Activities contained in the daily lesson plan will comprise the evaluation. 3.2 Record of books students read aruiually. 4. Record of take-home materials. 4.1 Documentation of communications. 4.2 Documentation of conferences. Program Seq 9: 206 Page: 4 Program Name: Compensatory Education Revision Date: May 2, 1995 Program Code: Program Goal: Primary Leader: To assist low achieving students to make accelerated progress and catch up. Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Adams/GIasgow/Parlter Plan Reference Page Number Objecttrea Strateglea Begfaming Date CompletloB Date ResponslbiUty Evaluation Criteria 4.3 Provide take-home books and materials for parents. 07/01/94 06/30/95 Principals and Teachers 4.3 Record of send-home materials. 5. To reduce education deficit in reading of target students in grades nine through twelve by reinforcing the regular education program with Language Ans Plus. 6. To prevent school failure and dropout with additional assistance from tutors in reading and mathematics. 07/01/94 06/30/95 Language Arts Supervisor 5.1 Reduce language arts/math plus class size and add an enrichment class to the schedule. A. Student class schedules refined. B. Math Plus classes  regular. Pre-AIgebra, Algebra at 7 junior high schools and 3 senior high schools 5.2 Provide tutorial and remedial learning experience in die enrichment class. A. Classroom instruction. 5.3 Employ a variety of instructional strategies which permit teachers to clarify, enhance or remediate in the academic setting. A. Inservice \u0026gt;Pre*School Secondary English and Language Arts Plus *Pre'School Secondary Math Plus 206, 4 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/16/94 08/16/94 06/30/95 09/30/94 08/22/94 06/30/95 K% 06/30/95 06/30/95 09/01/94 09/01/94 Principal Principal/ Classroom Teacher Principals and Language Arts Teachers 5. Criteria consists of Pre and Post Norm Referenced data in Reading/Language Arts for participating students. 5.1 Class size at each school site and schedules will comprise the evaluation. 5.2 The number of students, tutor and schedule of session will comprise the evaluation. 5.3 Daily lesson plans will comprise the evaluation.Program Seq Program Name: Program Code: Program Goal: 206 Compensatory Education Primary Leader: To assist low achieving students to make accelerated progress and catch up. Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Pace: 5 Revision Date: May 2. 1995 Adams/GIasgow/Parker Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Record Keeping - Secondary Academic Support -Math Plus/Language Arts Plus -New textbook inservice B. Technical Assistance to classroom teachers (124) 6.1 The Little Rock School District will purchase the following tutoring services from the ComerStone Project: A) Ten certified tutors who has special training in working witti remedial students\nB) Tutors will work with students through one-on-one situation or in groups not to exceed four students\nC) Students will receive one hour of instruction in reading and one hour in mathenutics\nD) Review individual student performance with parents\nE) ComerStone Projects Parent Action Committee will provide a forum for communication among parents, tutors and staff\nF) Parent education seminan will be offered for parents awareness\nG) The service will be Monday through Thursday for nine months or 180 days. A. Technical assistance to program facilitator-on site (3). 206, 5 Beginning Date Com|rietion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 09/01/94 09/27/94 10/01/94 10/01/94 07/01/94 10/01/94 09/01/94 12/21/94 12/21/94 03/31/95 85 % 10/21/95 Director of Federal Programs 6.1 Students' progress will be monitored by receiving school report, quarterly grade reports, contact with school counselors. aiKl progress with tutoring materials. r LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Program Sag *: 207 Page: 1 Revision Date: May 2, 1995 Program Name: Gifted Programs Program Code: Primary Leader Estelle Matthis Program Description: Secondary Leader Mable Donaldson grades K-2. Resource rooms and Indirect services Disbict Goal Support: The Standards provide the (ramework (or establishing equitable criteria (or the Identification Wanted and Talented Approval Standards. tacHltators) who have completed or who are pursuing graduate X Jdu^n \" \u0026lt; (PeCafete and Goal ff1 - Implement Integrated educational programs that win disparities In achievement. Goal # 2 - Develop and maintain thek day to day behavior that they accept each Individual ensura that students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis I M i*aAR-trats*j4  .s^.a.-.u __i .ai * * ....... ... ... M u. . ------*' viiswuwiiaHj MIUI oiiipriasc a staff that Is wen-trained and moBvaled. Goal # 3 - The Little Rock School Board ^mmunffy and nation can draw we prepara te\nthe-?,st\"c:na\"l7r^^^^^^^ desegregation plan. Goal  5 - Provide a sate and orderly dlmate that is conductive on basic skills and academic enrichment while closing administration, staff, and students will demonstrate In staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our resources that are necessary to fully support our schools, Includino our si * It Cna,... IK.t _______...  Program Goal\nTo provide appropriate Instructional services Io at IdentHled students. tA la.mtAA 1^, L 7. -O necessary ro luwy suppon our schools. Including our to loaming tar an students. Goal 6  Ensure that equity occurs In an phases of school acthrlties and operations. [ Plan RefererKes: 1 FY Program Budget: $1,230,868.19 tat Qtr Expend: $143,592.75 YTD ExperKfltures: $703,983.42 2nd Qtr Expend: $231,433.31 3rd Qtr Expend\n$328,957.36 FTE 32.80 4th Qtr Expertd: c Related FurKtlon Codes:  207. 1Program Seq f\nProgram Name: Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number 207 Gifted Programs LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leaden To provide appropriate instructional services to aR identified gifted students. Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Page: 2 Revision Date: Mable Donaldson May 2. 1995 Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1. Provide resource room and indirect instructional services to identified students according to district and state curriculum guidelines 1.1 Identify certified teacher(s) (specialists) to provide needed services at each school. A. Specialist positions filled at aR schools. 1.2 Aid schools in providing materials, supplies, external laboratory experiences and participation in local, state and national activities. A. Invoices and requests received from schools. 1.3 Ensure proper documentation and evaluation of student records (placement) according to district and state guidelines. A. Monitoring of school records scheduled. 1.4 Provide inservice training for teachers (specialists) to ensure that students are receMng appropriate instructional services. A. Pre-school inservices held for facilitators and specialists. 207, 2 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/16/94 07/01/94 08/16/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 01/04/95 06/30/95 85% 06/30/95 75% 06/30/95 08/16/94 G/T Supervisor, Coordinator, Teachers Supervisor. Coordinator, Human Resources Dept. Supervisor, Coordinator, Principals Supervisor, Coordinator, Principals, Specialists Supervisor, Coordinator, Staff Development, Curriculum Supervisors List of certified teachers serving each school. Invoices, copies of requests and memberships and/or participation in various activities. Copies of monitoring report and school visitation logs Agendas, participation roster, inservice evaluattonsProgram Seq *: 207 Page: 3 Program Name: Gifted Programs Revision Dato: May 2, 199S Program Code: Program Goal: Primary Leader To provide appropriate hstruclional services to aH Identified gifted students. Estelle Matthis Secondary Leaden Mable Donaldson Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Dato Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Monthly G/T Council meetings held for G/T focilitators. 09/27/94 75% C. Trl-District Curriculum Inservice held for G/T specialists. 09/16/94 09/16/94 D. E. Junior Great Books Workshop held. Polaroid Workshop held. 10/03/94 10/04/94 F. Quiz Bowl workshop G. held. Using Literature in the Social Studies Inservica H. Story Pyramids  Mini Session - IRC Open House I. G/T Curriculum Inservice J. Portfolio Assessment II Workshop 207, 3 10/25/94 10/27/94 11/03/94 12A)1/94 12/15/94 01/26/95 10/25/94 10/27/94 11/03/94 12/01/94 12/15/94 01/26/95 IProgram Seq *: 208 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Program Description: District Goal Support: Program Goal: [ Plan Reforertces: i Ft Program Budget: YTD Expenditures: Related Function Codes: LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Estelle Matthis Secorxlary Leader Page: 1 Revision Date: Lucy Lyon. Dennis Glasgow May 2, 1995 m * curriculum design and delivery K-12 that Is consistent with state guidelines and national recommendations This division te,rh n^ T lignrnl wr^n. taught, and tested curriculum as determined by student assessment. Finally, efforts are made Io ensure that Instructional delivery b based on sound SlSSXf m * '\u0026lt;'1 \"search. To accompKsh these ends, thb divblon strives Io identify, develop, and provide educational resources, staff development, and technical Bssisianco lO nio scnoois. Goal #1 - Implement integrated educational programs that will ensure that all students grow academically, socially and emotionally with emphasis on basic skills and academic enrichment while ciosino n\u0026lt;4 Tk. I UL. ____i ................................  t.. I n . ---------------- ---------------cniwwwnaiij miui oiiipimsis uii uasiu SHiirs BHO aCBOemiC 0000001001 wnilO CtOSiOQ ?n J?. m nd motivated C3oal #3 - Tlw Little Rock School Board, administration, staff, and students will demonstrate In thek day to d^ behavior that they accept each Individual as a valued contributor to society and view cultural diversity among students, staff and the community as a valued resource upon which our immunity and nation can draw as we prepare far the 21st Century. Goal 4 - Solicit and secure financial and other resources that are necessary to fully support our schools including our desegregation plan. Goal *5 - Provide a safe and orderly climate that Is conducive Io learning for all students. Goal 8 - Ensure that equity occurs In all phases of school acuities and operations. The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate knproved curriculum design and delivery as weR as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. I SI.910.391.39 $1,339,751.24 1st Qtr Expend: 2nd Qtr Expend: 1190, 1193, 2211. 2212, 2490, 3600. 4900, 2219 $366,222.44 $449,839.15 208, 1 3rd Qtr Expend: 4th Qtr Expend: $523,689.65 FTE 58 ]Program Seq *: 206 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Refererrce Page Number LRSD FY 94-95 PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT Primary Leader Estelle Matthis The purpose of curriculum services b to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design Objectives 1. Develop a coordinated and articulated curriculum that is comprehensive and demonstrates congruence between what is written, taught and tested. Page: 2 Revision Date: May 2. 1995 Strategies Secondary Leader Lucy Lyon. Dennis Glasgow and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Beginnlrrg Date 07/01/94 Completion Date 06/30/95 Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 1.1 Development of curriculum guides through the assistance of district-wide committees 07/0t/94 06/30/95 A. Mathematics curriculum guide was revised by a district committee to reflect the State Mathematics Framework. 07/01/94 08/15/94 B. Revised language arts curriculum was completed, edited, and printed. 07/01/94 08/01/94 C. Revised foreign language curriculum was completed, edited, and printed. 07/01/94 08/01/94 D. Science curriculum committees have been working to revise the science curriculum guides. 01/04/95 75% 1.2 Provide inservice training for teachers to assist in effective delivery of the curriculum 07/01/94 06/30/95 A. AB teachers K-12 were given training In the use of the revised mathematics curriculum guide. 07/01/94 09/01/94 208, 2 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Prindpals Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators. Certified Teachers, Principals Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Principals 1.0 Revised curriculum is in place that responds to the recommendations of the curriculum audit. Comprehensive review process is In place. 1.1 Curriculum guides are in place and are aligned with District objectives 1.2 Documentation of inservice activities are available 1.2 Test scores will demonstrate improvementProgram Seq *: 208 Page: 3 Program Name: Curriculum Services Revision Date: May 2, 1995 Program Code: Primary Leader EsteNe Matthis Program Goal: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow The pu-po of curriculun, to plan, dkoct. and coordinate Improved curdeulum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-ti Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Eisenhower staff development specialists in science provided training for individual teachers and groups of teachers at greatest need schools regarding strategies and techniques for delivery of the science curriculum. 07/01/94 75% C. Elementary Chapter 1 mathematics specialists participated in an inservice on the Chapter 1 Program. 07/01/94 09/01/94 D. Secondary Compensatory Education mathematics teacher participated in an inservice on teaching strategies and documentation required for Comp. Ed. 07/01/94 09/29/94 E. Preschool Inservice was held for all special education staff. 08/16/94 08/16/94 F. Preschool inservice was held for Iforary media specialists. 08/12/94 08/16/94 G. Inservice was provided In Social Studies, teaching strategies to ail secondary social studies teachers at preschool conference during monthly council meetings. 08/16/94 73% H. Inservice training was provided for Kindergarten and E.C.E. teachers and instructional aides. 08/15/94 75% I. Harcourt Brace inservice was provided for elementary principals In order that they may assist teachers with the new basal series. 08/03/94 08/03/94 J. Elementary language arts curriculum training was provided during preschool inservice week. 08/15/94 08/16/94 K. Secondary English/Reading/Leaming Foundations new teacher training was provided. 08/16/94 08/16/94 208, 3 I Program Seq *: 208 Page: 4 Program Name: Curriculum Services Revision Date: May 2. 1995 Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design Secondary Leaden Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow and delivery as wen as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K12. Plan Refererrce Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria L. Elementary reading teacher inservice providing information for new basal was held. 08/31/94 08/31/94 M. Elementary language arts/reading training was provided. 09/19/94 09/20/94 N. Pre-school inservice provided to GZT specialist and fadfitators. 08/16/94 08/16/94 O. TrLDistrlcI Inservice held tor G/T specialists - North Little Rock west campus. 09/16/94 09/16/94 P. Inservice was provided to al elementary special education resource teachers. 10/18/94 12/16/94 Q. Technical assistance provided in Social Studies to individuat staff members at Chicot. Mitchel. Franklin, Romine, Dunbar, and Bale. 10/10/94 11/03/94 R. Three early release Inservices held In math and science for elementary and secondary schools. 10/01/94 75% S. A cluster of first grade teachers participated in a mathematics inservice conducted by the Chapter 1 Math Traveling Specialists. 12A)6/94 12/06/94 T. Elementary Science Textbook committee attended textbook caravan sponsored by science textbook publishers. 10/27/94 10/27/94 U. Junior Great Books training provided to all interested teachers. 10/03/94 10/04/94 V. Polaroid Workshop held for all Interested elementary and junior high teachers. 10/25/94 10/25/94 W. School wide Quiz Bowl Workshop held for schools interested in this activity. 10/27/94 10/27/94 208. 4 IProgram Seq *\n208 Page: S Revision Date: Program Name: Currlcuhjm Services May 2, 1995 Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader Program Goal: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordinalion K-12. Plan RefererKe Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria X. Mini-inservice session at IRC on \"Using Literature in the Social Studies\". 11/03/94 11/03/94 Y. Integrating Science and Literacy K-S SoMng Problems in Science and Technology Seminar  UALR. 10/13/94 10/13/94 Z. Math and Science inservice for Secondary G/T Facltitatora. 11/29/94 11/29/94 AA. Q/T Portfolio and Curriculum Development Inservice. 12/15/94 12/15/94 AB Chapter 1 Math Specialist attended an Inservice on effective teaching methods. 02/09/95 02/09/95 AC. First grade ctusters of teachers attended two inservice sessions on effective teaching strategies in mathematics for first grade students. 01/04/95 03/31/95 AO. Secondary science textbooks committee members attended inservice sessions on books being considered for adoptions. 01/31/95 02/21/95 AE. Reading/math inservice for special education teachers\nElementary  January 20 and February 17\nSecondary - January 23 and March 14 01/20/95 03/14/95 AF. Portfolio II and Science Center Inservice for G/T Specialists. 01/26/95 01/26/95 AG. Writing Across the Curriculum Workshop  Southwest Junior High 01/25/95 01/25/95 1.3 Provide technical assistance as needed for individual school sites and/or individual teachers 07/01/94 06/30/95 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Staff Development 1.3 Weekly visitation logs reflect visits for technical assistance 1.3 Test scores win demonstrate improvement 208, 5Program Seq *: 208 Page: 6 Program Name: Cunicutum Services Revision Date: May 2, 1995 Program Code: Primary Leaden Program Goal: Estelle Matthis The purpose of curriculum services Is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum Secondary Leaden Lucy Lyon. Dennis Glasgow design and delivery as weH as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Obfectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Technical assistance was provided as needed or requested In aR curricular areas by curriculum directors and supervtoors. 07/01/94 75% q B. Elsenhower staff development specialists In math and science provided technical assistance requested to schools. as 07/01/94 75% C. Chapter 1 mathematics specialists provided technical assistance related to the Chapter 1 Program to assigned schools. D. Visits were made to every school by special education staff to provide assistance. 07/01/94 06/22/94 75% 09/30/94 E. Great Expectation training was held for staffs of RightseN and Mitchell Incentive Schools. 08/30/94 09/01/94 F. O. EPSF Workshop was held. Phonics Workshop was held. 08/16/94 08/16/94 H. Technicat assistance was provided in Social Studies to aR new social studies teachers and new/reassigned principals. I. Technical auistance was provided for IndMdual school sites and/or individual teachers. J. Language Arts Plus technical assistance was provided for Henderson Jr. High and Hall High. K. English teacher technical assistance was provided for Hafl High. L. Spanish teacher technical assistance was provided for Franklin Incentive School. 208. 6 08/21/94 08/04/94 07/01/94 06/30/94 09/14/94 09/14/94 08/21/94 90% 75% 09/13/94 09/14/94 09/14/94Program Seq *: 208 Page\n7 Program Name: Curriculum Services Revision Date: May 2.1995 Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Program Goal: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow The purpose of curriculum services Is Io plan, direct, and coordinate Improved curriculum design and delivery as wen as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria M. Approximately thirty-one (31) individual schools and/or teachers were provided assistance through visitations, conferences, or technical assistance by the Reading Department specialists including special demonstrations. 08/17/94 09/30/94 N. Technical assistance was provided to new librarians. 08/12/94 75% O. Technical assistance was provided by computer specialists and technicians in using Abacus Instructional Management System and in using the Computer Labs. 08/15/94 75% P. Technical assistance provided by G/T supervisor and coordinator as needed. 08/15/94 75% Q. Earty Childhood Education on-stte visits\n86 08/08/94 75% R. Instructional Technology/Media and Computer Central on-site visits: 2.026 08/08/94 75% S. Math/Sdenoe on\u0026gt;site visits: 307 08/08/94 75% T. Reading on\u0026gt;site visits\n417 08/08/94 75% U. Staff Development Specialists provided test-taking tips and strategies to teachers at the following schools: Badgett. Fair Parle, Baseline, Gbbs, Booker, and Woodruff 10/12/94 12/07/94 V. Special Education folders were monitored In 33 schools. 09/15/94 12/21/94 W. immersion Program workshop was held at Franklin. 11/07/94 11/07/94 X. English/Foreign Language Department provided technical assistance to visiting Russian teachers and their mentors. 12/08/94 75% 208, 7 Program Seq *: 208 Page: 8 Program Name: Curriculum Services Revision Date: May 2, 1995 Program Code: Primary Leader Estelle Matthis Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services Is to plan, direct, and coordinate Improved curriculum Secondary Leader Lucy Lyon. Dennis Glasgow design and delivery as wen as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria Y. EngKsh/Foreign Language Department provided technical assistance to Central High Schoofs International Studies Program. Z. English teacher technical asstetance was provid^ at Mabelvale Jr. and Henderson Jr. AA. English on-site visits\n32 AB. Monthly CouncH Meetings: English - 1(W17/94, 11/21/94, 02/20/95\nForeign Language  10/20/94, 11/17/94, 01/19/95. 02/16/95 AC. Science teacher technical assistance was provided at Pulaski Heights Junior High and McClellan High. AD. Monthly Council Meeting: Sdenoe 02/28/95 Math 02/13/95 AE. AH special education folders monitored and fbliow-up visits made on January 4 and March 15. AF. Staff Development Specialists provided testtaking tips and strategies Io teachers at the following schools: January 25 - RightseH, Wakefield, Western Hilts. Woodruff, McClellan\nFebruary 8 - Central, McClellan, Parkview, Cloverdale, Forest Park. Washington, Fair Park, Woodruff AG. Monthly G/T Council Meetings held AH. The Social Studies and Gifted Departments provided staff development in using the curriculum the teach SAT-8 critical thinking skills. 208. 8 12/22/94 12/22/94 12/12/94 08/08/94 10/17/94 01/04/95 02/13/95 01/04/95 01/25/95 07/01/95 02/07/95 12/16/94 75% 75% 03/31 /95 75% 03/15/95 02/08/95 75% 02A)8/9SProgram Seq f: Program Name: Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Refererfce Page Number 206 Curricutum Services Primary Leader Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Page: 9 Revision Date: May 2, 1995 Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate Improved curriculum design and delivery as wen as Io ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Dato Responsibility Evaluation Criterfa 1 1.4 Assbt schoob in the sebction of appropriate materiab and resources for delivering the curriculum effectively to students A. Schoob requesting repbcement suppibs for scbnce kits were fumbhed the suppibs by the Scbnce Office. 6. Equipment and suppibs were ordered for K-4, Math Crusade, and Sctence Crusade participanb. C. Vbits were made by special ed staff to every school to provide assbtance. D. Assistance was provided to elementary and secondary teachers and principals in the types of supplemental social studies materiab to purchase. E. Materiab and resources were ordered and In place for Kindergarten and E.C.E. F. A committee was selected and convened to choose materiab and resources for junior high school reading program. G. Materiab and resources were identified for Franklin Spanbh program. H. Essential materials ere issued to teachers, principals and support staff where requested. I. Materiab were purchased for ail high school special education programs. J. New materiab, suppibs, equipmenb, and resources were ordered for Chicot Pre-K and Kindergarten teachers. 208. 9 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/22/94 06/04/94 07/01/94 09/01/94 09/01/94 06/15/94 11/01/94 10/17/94 06/30/95 75% 75% 09/30/94 75% 09/30/94 10/14/94 10/03/94 06/16/94 12/15/94 10/19/94 Curriculum Directors, Supervbors and Coordinators, Staff Development 1.4 Materiab and resources are in place 1.4 Requbitions for materials are on fib Program Seq : 208 Page: 10 Program Name: Curriculum Services Revision Date: May 2. 1995 Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Program Goal: Secondary Leaden Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow Th. punpos. curhcuhim wort- b Io plan, dd. .nd coordb.l. b,provl cuMcpIum design .nd d.liv.,y ., w. to .n.um curdcpl., .rticubtion .nd coordination K-IJ. Plan Reference Page Number Ot^ctlves Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria K. English Department provided special materials to Chicot Elementary. 10/17/94 11/18/94 2.0 Identify and secure resources, both material and human, to support the program of studies offered by the District L. Elementary and secondary science textbooks recommended to the board for approval. M. Materials purchased for all speech therapist. 1.5 Analyze standardized test results together with Abacus and/or other appropriate data to revise and/or modify curriculum as needed A. Results of standardized tests vere used to identify target schoote for service by the Eisenhower science specialists. B. Mathematics curriculum revision used test data and anecdotal data from teachers to suggest modifications to the curriculum. C. Planning retreat was conducted for reading spedalists to identify and target weak skitts areas. 208,10 09/15/94 02/01/95 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/24/94 07/01/94 75% 02/01/95 06/30/95 09/01/94 08/15/94 06/25/94 06/30/95 Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators, Principals, Teachers Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators, Director of Procurement, Principais 1.5 School improvement plans reflect emphasis on identified areas of need 2.0 The courses In the program of studies have resources available for full implementationProgram Seq *: 208 Page: 11 Program Name: CuiTicutum Services Revision Date: May 2, 1995 Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelte Matthis Program Goal: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow The purpose of curriculum services Is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as wen as to ensure curricular articulalion and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.1 Identify and order equipment and supplies needed by schools to implement their instructional program A. All subject area supervisors and coordinators ordered equipment and supplies as needed by schools. B. Replacement science supplies were provided to schools that made a request. C. K-4 and Math Crusade equipment and supplies were ordered for Crusade particfoants. D. Equipment and supplies were identified and ordered for schools to implement their Kindergarten and E.C.E. progress. E. Materials identified and ordered for G/T program. F. Multicultural materials from multicultural fair Identified and ordered by secondary social studies teachers. G. K-4. Math, and Science Crusade materials were ordered for second semester crusade participants. H. Materials ordered for speech therapists. 208, 11 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/01/94 12/01/94 01/04/95 02/01/95 06/30/95 90% 75% 09/30/94 09/30/94 75% 12/22/94 03/31/95 02/01/95 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Teachers, Principals, Director of Procurement 2.1 Reqursitions/purchase orders reflect the equipment and supplies ordered by/for the schools to implement their instructional programProgram Seq *: Program Name: Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number 208 Curricuium Services Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Page: 12 Revision Date: May 2. 1995 Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow The purpose o( curriculum services Is Io plan, direct, and coordinate Improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordinalion K-12. Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 2.2 Provide direct services to schools through the deployment of curriculum and technical specialists to help implement the schools' insfructional program A. Eisenhower staff development specialists in math and sdenoe served target schools. B. Supervisory staff made on-site visits for tochnicat assistance to schools. C. Technical assistance provided to schools upon request by G/T supervisor and coordinator. 2.3 Maintain a Nbrary of audio-visual materials, staff development materials, and other specialized materials for loan to schools A. Math office loaned materials to schools on request. B. Science office loaned microscopes and other supplies to elementary schools on request. C. Videotapes were circulated from the Instructional Materials Center as requested by schools. D. Professional Ltorary Catalog was issued to alt employees. 208, 12 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 8/15/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/12/94 06/30/95 75% 75% 75% 06/30/95 75% 75% 75% 08/12/94 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Curriculum and Technical Specialists, Principals Director of Staff Development. Coordinator of Library Services, Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators 2.2 Weekly visitation logs document the direct services to schools provided by curriculum and technical specialists 2.3 An audio-visual catalog and staff development library catalog wiH document the materials available for loan to schools\ncheck-out logs will document the loan of other specialized materials to the schoolsPage: 13 Program Seq *: 208 Revision Date: May 2.1995 Program Name: Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Dato Responsibility Evaluation Criteria E. Materials checked out to schools upon request from G/T office library. F. The professional Staff Development Media Center offers video tapes, books, films, etc. and b available to alt LRSD employees. O. Early Childhood Education department loaned material and equipment to schools upon request. 2.4 Intervbw prospective candidates for teaching positions as well as other certified and noncertified positions to assure the best qualified applicants are setected for employment A. Candidates were interviewed and a math secretary was employed. B. Curriculum staff members interviewed prospective teacher candidates in the respective subject areas. C. Family Life Education teacher position was filled with an experienced and qualified indMdual. D. Candidates were interviewed for secretary to the Sodal Studies Department. Candidate was recommended and approved. E. Prospective G/T specialist interviewed and hired to fill vacancies. F. Family Life Education teacher candidates were interviewed and an additional teacher was employed. 208, 13 08/15/94 07/01/94 01/09/95 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/24/94 07/25/94 10/01/94 75% 75% 75% 06/30/95 09/01/94 75% 09/01/94 08/29/94 01/23/95 11/01/94 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators. Director of Human Resources, Principab 2.4 Appointment books and feedback information will record the applicants who were interviewed by the curriculum supervisors Program Seq *: Program Name: Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number 206 Curriculum Services Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis The purpose o( curriculum services Is to plan, direct, and coordinate Improved curriculum design and delivery Objectives Strategies G. Two new special education teachers interviewed and hired. 2.5 Print District documents for dissemination to teachers, principals, students, and/or parents A. Parent Hon)e Study Guides were revised, printed and disseminated to the schools. B. Revised mathematics curriculum guides were printed and distributed to teachers. C. Elementary fibrary media resource guide was printed and disseminated to elementary librarians. D. Curriculum and resource guides provided for newly assigned teachers and specialist. 2.6 Prepare instructional activities and materials for teachers and explain/demonstrate their use A. Eisenhower math and science specialists prepared activities for demonstrations lessons and team teaching experiences at target schools. 208, 14 Page: 14 Revision Date: May 2, 1995 Secondary Leaden Lucy Lyon. Dennis Glasgow as wen as to ensure curricular articuiation and coordination K-12. Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 01/04/95 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 01/15/95 06/30/95 09/30/94 09/01/94 08/12/94 09/12/94 06/30/95 75% Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators, Administrative Assistant to the Manager of Support Services. Printer at printshop Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, and Specialists at IRC 2.5 Teachers and principals have copies of appRcabte curriculum guides\nsign-off lists document the distribution of parent home study guides to parents\nstudent/parent records document that students and parents received \"Rights and Responsibilities Handbook\" 2.6 Monthly IRC Thursday Night Workshops are held to share instructional activities and materials with teachers\ncopies of other activities and materials prepared for teachers are on file at the IRCProgram Seq f: 208 Page: 15 Program Name: Curriculum Services Revision Date: May 2, 1995 Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon. Dennis Glasgow as well as to ensure curricutar articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Ol^ecttves Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 3.0 Provide technical assistance to principals, teachers, and other personnel to facilitate the effective implementation of District programs B. Bimonthly IRC inservice Open Houses\" were planned and information was mailed to the schools. \"Open Houses\" have been held on a bimonthly basis. C. Instructional materials for Kindergarten and E.C.E. teachers were prepared and demonstrated during bimonthly work sessions at the IRC. D. G/T program area provided mini-sessions on Story Pyramids and Diorama to all IRC Open House visitors. 3.1 Assist the schools through the service of roving computer technicians to keep computer labs and equipment up and running A. Computer Technicians served every computer lab to ensure equipment was up and running. 3.2 Assist teachers with self-Identified or principal-identified needs to improve the teaching/leaming process through content specific training as weH as training in using various instructional strategies A. Supervisory staff made on-site vbKs for technical assistance to schools. 208. 15 07/01/94 06/15/94 12/Df/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/15/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 75% 75% 12/01/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 75% 06/30/95 75% Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators Coordinator of Technology, Computer Technicians, Principats Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators, Director of Staff Development, Principals 3.0 District programs in the area of curriculum operate smoothly, without undue breakdown of equipment, lack of training of personnel, or lack of mformatlon by district personnel 3.1 Computer labs provide good service and have little \"down\" time 3.2 Weekly visitation logs and visitation reports document technical assistance provided to teadiers Program Seq *: Program Name: Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number 208 Curriculum Services Primary Leader: The purpose o( curriculum services Is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved Obfectlvea Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Page: 16 Revision Date: curriculum design and delivery as wen as to ensure curricular artteulation Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date May 2. 1995 Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow and coordination K-12. Responsibility Evaluation Criteria B. Assistance provided by coordinator, peer specialist and supervisor. C. Staff Development provided the following training\nCloverdale Elementary  Improve Reading: Forest Park - Discipline Management\nChicot - Reading Styles\nBaseline, Central. Cloverdale Jr., Metr^oKtan - Reading Styles\nBaseRne, Badgett. Booker. Fair Park. Gfcbs, Jefferson - Test Taking Tips D. Staff Development provided the following training: School Improvement - Bale, Booker, Brady, Fuforight, Gibbs, HaN, Metropolitan E. Staff Development provided the following training\nSchool Improvement - Brady, Cloverdale Fulbright, Fair Park 3.3 Help schools Identify staff development needs and plan insenrice to address those needs A. \"Rights of Passage\" inservice scheduled and pbnned for Franklin Incentive School. B. Portfolio planning assistance was provided for King Magnet. C. Staff Development specialists are assigned to specific schools where they work closely with the principai and the school's staff development committee to address inservice needs. D. \"Rights of Passage\" inservice conducted. 208. 16 07/01/94 09/21/94 01/25/95 02/07/95 07/01/94 07/01/94 09/13/94 08A)1/94 10/12/94 75% 10/12/94 01/25/95 02/07/95 06/30/95 09/30/94 09/13/94 75% 10/12/94  Director of Staff Development, Princ^als, Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators 3.3 The Staff Development Catalog contains training that meets the needs identified in the schools' School Improvement PlanProgram Seq *: 208 Program Name: Curriculum Services Page: 17 Revision Dato: May 2, 1995 Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Program Goal: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow The purpose or curriculum services Is to plan, direct, end coordinate Improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulalion and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Dato Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria E. Portfolio planning assistance was provided for Romine and BaseRne. 10/04/94 12/07/94 P. Integrated science inservice presented to science teachers at Mann Magnet School. 01/25/95 01/25/95 G. Secondary schools provided special education inservice in clusters. 01/23/95 03/14/95 3.4 Monitor program implementation through classroom visitations 07/01/94 06/30/95 Curriculum Directors, Supervisor and Coordinators 3.4 Weekly visitation togs document program monitoring A. On-site visits were made to schools by supervisory staff to monitor classrooms for program irnplementation. 07/01/94 75% B. Monitoring of G/7 program ongoing by supervisor and coordinator. 07/01/94 75% 3.5 Provide infomiation to appropriate school personnel concerning academic events, training opportunities, funding sources, content-related questions, and special programs to enhance the instructional program 07/01/94 06/30/95 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators 3.5 Memos, council agendas, and other written correspondence containing pertinent information is on file in each curriculum area A. Supervisory staff provided information to teachers and other staff through council meetings and mail-outs about special events and opportunities. 07/01/94 75% B. Information on academic events opportunities, etc. provided to schools by G/T supervision and coordinator 08/11/94 75% 208, 17 Program Seq *: 208 Page: 18 Program Name: Curriculum Services Revision Date\nMay 2. 1995 Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articuiation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 4. Provide staff development experiences for the effective implementation of the curriculum 3.6 Assist schools with special needs students to address the identified needs to improve the teaming process A Chapter 1 and Compensatory Education mathematics programs were set up and implemented to serve identified students with deficits in mathematics. B. Social Studies assessment was conducted for students at Gibbs, Booker, and Dunbar to assist schools with appropriate placement Carver student added. C. Assistance was provided for special needs students In Kindergarten and E.C.E. programs to assist the learning process. D. G/T supervisor and coordinator provide assistance to schools in providing needed services to identified gifted students. E. Special education supervisors made ongoing visits to all programs. 4.1 Provide Inservice training through district-wide minicourses, training courses as well as schoolbased workshops to maximize the delivery of the curricuium 208. 18 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/22/94 08/22/94 07/25/94 08/16/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 75% 03/01/95 75% 75% 75% 06/30/95 06/30/95 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Principals Curricuium Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Staff Development Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Staff Development 3.6 Programs to address special needs students are in place 4.0 Inservice programs offered are In response to Identified needs district-wide as well as local school sites 4.1 Catalogue reflects inservice opportunities 4.1 Computer generated record reflects alt inservice topics, dates, participants 4.1 Evaluations are on fileProgram Seq *: Program Name\nProgram Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number 208 Curricuium Services Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis The purpose of curriculum services Is Io plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design Objectives Strategies Page: Revision Date: 19 May 2. 1995 Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon. Dennis Glasgow and derivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria A. Mini-courses were planned and included In the staff development catalog. B. School-based inservice programs with emphasis on content and methodology were presented. 07/01/94 07/01/94 75% 75% C. Three school-based Inservices provided by Early Childhood Education. 08/08/94 75% D. Twelve school-based inservices provided by Math/Sclence. 08/08/94 75% E. Five school staffs were inserviced by special education supervisors. 09/30/94 12/16/94 F. The revised Language Arts and Math curricuium was implemented In August for all LRSD employees 08/15/94 08/16/94 G. Staff development in social studies provided to secondary teachers, G/T teachers, and Franklin teachers. 07/01/94 75% 4.2 Maintain professional materials and supplies that can be accessed by local school sites for identified needs and/or professional development 07/01/94 06/30/95 Curricutum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Staff Development Specialists 4.2 Record of available materials is on file as well as documentation of materials that have been checked out for local schools A All curricular areas maintain professional materials and supplies that can be accessed by local school sites. 07/01/94 75% B. Professional materials incorporated into G/T office library. Materials available for check-out. 07/01/94 75% 208, 19 Program Sag *: 208 Page: 20 Revision Date: Program Name: May 2, 1995 Curriculum Services Program Code: Primary Leaden Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Program Goal: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow The purpose of curriculum services Is Io plan, direct, and coordinate Improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulallon and coordination K-12 Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies 4.3 Provide technical assistance to individual schools/leachers through demonstration lessons, team-teaching as weR as Indlvldual/group planning at the local school A. Eisenhower Staff Development Specialists in science and math conducted demonstration lessons, team teaching, and smaR group inservice sessions at the local school level. B. Staff Development provided technical assistance for the following schools: Mabelvale Elementary on 11*14-94, Mitchell on 12*01-94, Rockefeller on 11-30-94. Garland on 11-16-94, and Washington on 11-18-94. C. Social Studies Department provided technicat assistance to schools with Inservice lesson demonstrations, curricufum planning, and SAT*8 test preparation. 4.4 Provide opportunities for teachers to work at the IRC to design and create thek own activities A. Bknonthly IRC inservice \"Open Houses\" were planned and a schedule of the \"Open Houses was provided to the schools. \"Open Houses\" are held on a bimonthly basis. 208, 20 Beginning Date 07/01/94 07/01/94 11/14/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 Completion Dato 06/30/95 75% 75% 90% 06/30/95 75% Responsibility Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators. Staff Development Specialists Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators, Staff Development Evaluation Criteria 4.3 Copies of weekly visitation logs as well as staff development plans are available 4.4 List of available dales and participants is availableProgram Seq *: 208 Page: 21 Program Name: Curriculum Services Revision Date: May 2. 1995 Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number Primary Leader: Estelte Matthis Secondary Leader Lucy Lyon. Dennis Glasgow Th. pun,0M of comculum b to plan, dired. and coordinate improved ourricohrm design and denary as well as to ensure currteular articulation and coordinatton K-IZ. Objectives Strategies 4.5 Provide specialists and technicians to assist local schoob bi the implementation of the Abacus Instructional Management Program A. New Teacher Abacxis training Beginnlrvg Date 07/01/94 10/26/94 Completion Date 06/30/95 12A\u0026gt;6/94 Responsibility Staff Development, Computer Central Evaluation Criteria 4.5 Weekly vbitatlon logs document direct services to the $choob 4.5 Increased use of the Abacus system 5.0 Develop and evaluate programs to meet needs estabibhed by the dbtrict In the curriculum area 5.1 Plan programs for magnet, Interdistrict, incentive, and other schools established by the District to Incorporate selected themes A. Assistance was provided staff at Henderson Health Sciences Magnet School to develop two new courses: Technical Writing and Scientific Illustration. B. \"Rights of Passage\" Inservice scheduled and planned for Franklin Incentive School. 208. 21 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 09/06/94 06/30/95 06/30/95 08/15/94 09/30/94 Curriculum Directors, Supervbors and Coordinators, Director of Planning Research and Evaluation Curriculum Directors, Supervbors and Coordinators. Assbtant Superintendents, Principab, Associate Superintendent for Desegregation 5.0 Programs are developed to meet needs estabibhed by the Dbtrict\nthe program budgeting process and \"Fast-track\" evaluations are used to evaluate new and exbting programs 5.1 Schools with special themes have programs in place that inftjse the theme throughout the curriculumProgram Seq *: Program Name: Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number 208 Curriculum Services Primary Leaden Estelle Matthis Secondary Leaden Page: 22 Revision Date: May 2, 1995 Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow The pun,o.. Of cuoloutum n,lcs Is to plan, dkect, and coordinat. mproved cuntculom design and dellvety as e as to ensure ounfcuta, artlcuhttlon and coonfinatlon K.12. Ot^ectlves Strategies Beginnirrg Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5.2 Develop District-wide programs to meet the special needs of identified populations of students A. Academic Support Program students were identified for mathematics support and the program has begun. B. ESL program was discussed during principals' meeting. C. ESL tutors were hired for 1994-95 school year to serve 117 students In 35 schools. D. ESL tutor inservice was held. E. ESL conference was held. F. Programming for identified gifted students available at all schools. Q. ESL tutors held monthly meetings. 5.3 Assess foe effectiveness of District programs in the curriculum area 208, 22 07/01/94 07/01/94 08/11/94 08/22/94 08/23/94 09/26/94 07/01/94 08/22/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 75% 08/11/94 08/22/94 08/23/94 09/28/94 75% 75% 06/30/95 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators. Principals. Director of Federal Programs Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators. Director of Planning Research and Evaluation 5.2 Student populations with special needs identified by foe District in foe curriculum area have programs in place to address foeir needs 5.3 Utilization of manpower and resources in the curriculum area will reflect foe use of program assessment resultsProgram Seq *: Program Name: Program Code: Program Goal: Plan Reference Page Number 208 Curriculum Services Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis The purpose ot curriculum services Is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design Objectives Strategies Page: Revision Date: 23 May 2. 1995 Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow and delivery as weB as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Beginnirrg Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 5.4 Seek funding for District programs that qualify for grants from external funding sources A. A $2500.00 grant for classroom management was received to offer two classroom management training sessions. B. External funding In the amount of $233,992.00 was sought and received for E.C.E. programs. C. Second grant In the amount of $2,500.00 approved for classroom management. 0. An additional training grant for Early Childhood Education teachers, aides, and administrators In the amount of $3,058.76 was acquired. E. Grant for $40,000.00 was sought and received for ESL Newcomer Centers. 5.5 Plan programs of study for students that meet local, state, and national standards A. Math and Language Arts Curricula were revised according to national and state standards. B. Program of study for Kindergarten and E.C.E. programs met local, state, and national standards. 208, 23 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 11/28/94 02/23/95 01/06/95 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 06/30/95 09/01/94 09/16/94 11/26/94 02/28/95 03/06/95 06^0/95 08/15/94 09/30/94 Director of Federal Programs, Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Assistant Superintendents, Principals 5.4 Grant applications are on file in the Office of Federal Programs 5.5 Curriculum and program of studies reflect state curriculum frameworks, and program of studies meets local and state requirements and reflects national recommendations and trends Program Sag : 208 Page: 24 Program Name\nCurriculum Services Revision Date: May 2. 1995 Program Code: Primary Leaden Estelle Matthis Program Goal: The purpose of curriculum services Is Io plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsiblilty Evaluation Crtterta C. Elementary science textbook selected using criteria that reflect the national standards. 10/01/94 12/01/94 D. Science curriculum being revised using stat and national standards. 01/04/95 75% 5.6 Identify or develop alterative means of assessing student achievement of curricular objectives 07/01/94 06/30/95 Curricuium Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators. Assistant Superintendents. Principals A. Portfolio assessment inservices vere presented. 5.6 Criterion referenced test items will be cieaned-up/revised in Abacus test item bank for use by pilot schoob\nkindergarten and etementary report cards wHI be revbed\nportfolio assessment workshops will be held for groups of teachers 09/21/94 09/21/94 B. Portfolio assessment plan for seventh grade was outlined. 09/01/94 09/30/94 C. Portfolio inservice held for G/T Specialists. 12/15/94 12/15/94 D. Use of portfolios in third and fourth grade G/T classes 08/22/94 75% E. Portfolio Inservice Level II held for G/T Specialists. 01/26/95 01/26/95 F. Minicourse on portfolio assessment for elementary schools. 03/15/95 03/15/95 6.0 Develop and expand a cooperative relationship between home and school that will encourage positive home learning 07/01/94 06/30/95 Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators. Principals, Teachers 6.0 Home and school cooperation and parental involvement will increase as reported on survey of parents and VIPs records 208, 24Program Seq : 208 Page: 25 Revhton Date: Program Name: Curricutum Services May 2,1995 Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Secondary Leader: Program Goal: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow The purpose of curriculum services Is to plan, direct, and coordinate improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular aniculation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies 6.1 Develop and print parent home study guides for distribution that can be used throughout the year to reinforce positive learning A. Parent Home Study Guides were reprinted and distributed to parents at the school site level. B. Additional Parent Home Study Guides are provided on request for new parents to the district. 6.2 Prepare information for dissemination to pubHc regarding curriculum and parent home study guides A. Schoote used parent home study video to orient parents to the guides. 6.3 Provide inservice training for local school personnel and identified parents in the appropriate use of the study guide A. Schools presented parent home study guide inservice for new parents. 6.4 Participate in recruitment activities for parents and students, particularly for newly developed programs 208, 25 Beginning Date 07/01/94 07/01/94 10/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 07/01/94 Completion Date 06/30/95 09/01/94 75% 06/30/95 09/01/94 06/30/95 09/01/94 06/30/95 Responsibility Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators, Staff Development, Principals, Teachers, Parents Curriculum Directors, Supervisors and Coordinators Evaluation Criteria 6.1 Guides are available 6.2 Results of surveys from parents reflect their use 6.3 Record of inservices and attendees is available 6.4 Record of activities 6.4 Increase in number of students recruited for new programsProgram Seq *: 206 Page\n26 Program Name: Curriculum Services Revision Date: May 2. 1995 Program Code: Primary Leader: Estelle Matthis Program Goal: Secondary Leader: Lucy Lyon, Dennis Glasgow The purpose o( curriculum services Is to plan, direct, anti coordinate Improved curriculum design and delivery as well as to ensure curricular articulation and coordination K-12. Plan Reference Page Number Objectives Strategies Beginning Date Completion Date Responsibility Evaluation Criteria 6.5 Share information with parents about trends in the area of curriculum and about features of LRSD instructional programs 07/01/94 06/30/95 Curriculum Directors. Supervisors and Coordinators. Principals, PTA Councfl 6.5 Agendas or records of infor\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "},{"id":"bcri_bcri-ohpc_90","title":"Daisy Jeffries","collection_id":"bcri_bcri-ohpc","collection_title":"Birmingham Civil Rights Institute Oral History Project Collection","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, Alabama, Jefferson County, Birmingham, 33.52066, -86.80249"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1995-05-12"],"dcterms_description":["Daisy Jeffries discusses avoiding jail despite being very active in the Movement, including coordinating sit-in demonstrations."],"dc_format":["video/mp4"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":null,"dcterms_publisher":null,"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-NC/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":null,"dcterms_subject":["Civil rights movements--Alabama--Birmingham","NAACP"],"dcterms_title":["Daisy Jeffries"],"dcterms_type":["MovingImage"],"dcterms_provenance":["Birmingham Civil Rights Institute (Birmingham, Ala.)"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://bcriohp.org/items/show/90"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["oral histories (literary works)"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":null},{"id":"bcri_bcri-ohpc_89","title":"Rev. Calvin Woods","collection_id":"bcri_bcri-ohpc","collection_title":"Birmingham Civil Rights Institute Oral History Project Collection","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, Alabama, Jefferson County, Birmingham, 33.52066, -86.80249"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1995-05-12"],"dcterms_description":["Reverend Calvin Woods discusses his and his daughters' Movement involvement and subsequent arrests. Rev. Woods organized boycotts, served as a guard and worked on the negotiating team. His church was monitored by Bull Connor."],"dc_format":["video/mp4"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":null,"dcterms_publisher":null,"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-NC/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":null,"dcterms_subject":["Civil rights movements--Alabama--Birmingham","Alabama Christian Movement for Human Rights"],"dcterms_title":["Rev. Calvin Woods"],"dcterms_type":["MovingImage"],"dcterms_provenance":["Birmingham Civil Rights Institute (Birmingham, Ala.)"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://bcriohp.org/items/show/89"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["oral histories (literary works)"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":null},{"id":"bcri_bcri-ohpc_72","title":"Rev. Frank Dukes","collection_id":"bcri_bcri-ohpc","collection_title":"Birmingham Civil Rights Institute Oral History Project Collection","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, Alabama, Jefferson County, Birmingham, 33.52066, -86.80249"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1995-05-11"],"dcterms_description":["Rev. Frank Dukes discusses being a major organizer in the Movement, from facilitating the Selective Buying Campaign to being arrested in the Easter march of 1963."],"dc_format":["video/mp4"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":null,"dcterms_publisher":null,"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-NC/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":null,"dcterms_subject":["Civil rights movements--Alabama--Birmingham","Miles College","Selective Buying Campaign"],"dcterms_title":["Rev. Frank Dukes"],"dcterms_type":["MovingImage"],"dcterms_provenance":["Birmingham Civil Rights Institute (Birmingham, Ala.)"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://bcriohp.org/items/show/72"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["oral histories (literary works)"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":["Connor, Eugene, 1897-1973"],"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":null},{"id":"bcri_bcri-ohpc_102","title":"Floretta Tyson","collection_id":"bcri_bcri-ohpc","collection_title":"Birmingham Civil Rights Institute Oral History Project Collection","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, Alabama, Jefferson County, Birmingham, 33.52066, -86.80249"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1995-05-05"],"dcterms_description":["Floretta Tyson discusses spending nine days in jail as a teenager after being arrested for demonstrating. She was expelled from school and briefly moved to Ohio as a result."],"dc_format":["video/mp4"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":null,"dcterms_publisher":null,"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-NC/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":null,"dcterms_subject":["Civil rights movements--Alabama--Birmingham","16th Street Baptist Church Bombing, Birmingham, Ala., 1963"],"dcterms_title":["Floretta Tyson"],"dcterms_type":["MovingImage"],"dcterms_provenance":["Birmingham Civil Rights Institute (Birmingham, Ala.)"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://bcriohp.org/items/show/102"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["oral histories (literary works)"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":null},{"id":"bcri_bcri-ohpc_84","title":"Johnnie L. Smith","collection_id":"bcri_bcri-ohpc","collection_title":"Birmingham Civil Rights Institute Oral History Project Collection","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, Alabama, Jefferson County, Birmingham, 33.52066, -86.80249"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1995-05-04"],"dcterms_description":["Johnnie L. Smith discusses his extensive mining career before getting involved in the Movement. He became an advisor to the ACMHR, including meeting with Bull Connor."],"dc_format":["video/mp4"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":null,"dcterms_publisher":null,"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-NC/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":null,"dcterms_subject":["Civil rights movements--Alabama--Birmingham","Alabama Christian Movement for Human Rights","Bull Conner--Public Safety Commissioner--Birmingham (Ala.)","United States Steel Company"],"dcterms_title":["Johnnie L. Smith"],"dcterms_type":["MovingImage"],"dcterms_provenance":["Birmingham Civil Rights Institute (Birmingham, Ala.)"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://bcriohp.org/items/show/84"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["oral histories (literary works)"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":["Connor, Eugene, 1897-1973"],"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":null},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_1642","title":"Court filings concerning Office of Desegregation Monitoring 1994-95 Incentive School Monitoring Report, Little Rock School District third quarter status report, and ODM 'Monitoring Report 1994-95 Four-Year-Old Program in the LRSD","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":["United States. District Court (Arkansas: Eastern District)"],"dc_date":["1995-05"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System"],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","Office of Desegregation Monitoring (Little Rock, Ark.)","Arkansas. Department of Education","Education--Arkansas","Education--Evaluation","Education--Finance","Educational law and legislation","Educational planning","School management and organization","School improvement programs","Student assistance programs","Education, Primary"],"dcterms_title":["Court filings concerning Office of Desegregation Monitoring 1994-95 Incentive School Monitoring Report, Little Rock School District third quarter status report, and ODM 'Monitoring Report 1994-95 Four-Year-Old Program in the LRSD"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/1642"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":["Available for use in research, teaching, and private study. Any other use requires permission from the Butler Center."],"dcterms_medium":["judicial records"],"dcterms_extent":["37 pages"],"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"District Court, order; Court of Appeals, order denying motion for stay; District Court, two orders; District Court, notice of filing, Office of Desegregation Monitoring report, ''1994-95 Incentive School Monitoring Report''; District Court, notice of filing, Little Rock School District (LRSD) third quarter status report; District Court, notice of filing, Office of Desegregation Monitoring, ''Monitoring Report: 1994-95 Four-Year-Old Program in the Little Rock School District (LRSD)''; District Court, notice of filing, Arkansas Department of Education (ADE) project management tool; District Court, notice of filing, Little Rock School District (LRSD) project management tool  The transcript for this item was created using Optical Character Recognition (OCR) and may contain some errors.  IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FILED~ U.S. DISTRICT COUAT EASTERN DISTRICT AR~~$}.$ ' 1995 EASTERN DISTRICT OF ARKANSAS JAMEo/ W.J,1cCUHMACK, CLERK WESTERN DIVISION By: , . -~hJ '; .', ,;- ,iJ LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT v. NO, LR-C-82-866 PULASKI COUNTY SPECIAL SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 1, ET AL. MRS. LORENE JOSHUA, ET AL. KATHERINE W. KNIGHT, ET AL. 0 R D E R  '  ' oe.:--ruRI( . PLAINTIFF DEFENDANTS INTERVENOR$ INTERVENORS Through an earlier Order, the Court has scheduled hearings ta begin at 9:00 a.m. on June 8 and 9, 1995. The purpose of these hearings is to review the progress of the Little Rack School District (LRSD) in relation to its 1995-96 budget, and to determine the extent to which the district has fulfilled certain orders of the Court. By 5:00 p.m. on Friday, May 26, 1995 the district must submit to the Court, the Office of Desegregation Monitoring, and the parties all documents, budget material, business cases, and any other information which the district expects to introduce as subject matter far the hearing. As at the last budget hearings, these submissions must include at least: the district's tentative budget, as defined in the LRSD Program Planning and Budgeting Manual of Augu~t 1994; and any new or revised business cases for programmatic or position additions, deletions, or modifications that are reflected in the budget. The district must also identify any major adjustments it has made in the budget since suPmi~ting its 1995-96 proposed budget document to the ('ourt last month, including projected revenue increases, I\" ojccted revenue reductions, projected expenses, and proposed deficit reduction measures. Each new or revised deficit reductic111 strategy must be accompanied by a rationale for the assumptions underlying it, as well as the steps and tiroelines the distri1L will follow in implementing the strategy. Additionally, the district is required to 1,rcGcnt evidence to demonstrate how it has met all the requirement ,, specif i ed in the Court's October 24, 1994 order, which addressed 111 ,,ny aspects of the LRSD's budgeting process. SO ORDERED this 1st day of May 1995. -2- EDWARD L . WRIGHT I 1903-1977) ROBERT S. LINDSEY ( 1913-19911 RONALD A. MAY ISAAC A. SCOTT. JR. JAMES M. MOODY JOHN G. LILE GORDON S. RATHER. JR. TERRY L. MATHEWS DAVID M. POWELL ROGER A. GLASGOW C. DOUGLAS BUFORD, JR. PATRICK J . GOSS ALSTON JENNINGS. JR. JOHN R. TISDALE KATHLYN GRAVES M. SAMUEL JONES Ill JOHN WILLIAM SPIVEY 111 LEE J, MULDROW WENDELL L . GRIFFEN N. M. NORTON. JR. EDGAR J. TYLER CHARLES C. PRICE CHARLES T. COLEMAN JAMES J. GLOVER EDWIN L . LOWTHER. JR. BEVERLY BASSETT SCHAFFER CHARLES L. SCHLUMBERGER SAMMYE L . TAYLOR WALTER E. MAY ANNA HtRAI GIBSON Dr. Donald Stewart WRIGHT, LINDSEY 8: JENNINGS ATTORNEYS AT LAW 200 WEST CAPITOL AVENUE SUITE 2200 LITTLE ROCK. ARKANSAS 72201-3699 (501) 371-0808 FAX 1501 I 376-9442 OF COUNSEL ALSTON JENNINGS GEORGE E. LUSK. JR. May 4, 1995 Pulaski County Special School District P. o. Box 8601 Little Rock, Arkansas 72216 GREGORY T JONES 1-4. KEITH MORRISON BETTINA E. BROWNSTEIN WALTER MCSPADDEN ROGER D. ROWE NANCY BELLHOUSE MAY JOHN D. DAVIS JUDY SIMMONS HENRY KIMBERLY WOOD TUCKER MARK L. PRYOR RAY F. COX, JR. HARRY S. HURST. JR. TROY A. PRICE PATRICIA SIEVERS LEWALLEN JAMES M. MOODY. JR. KATHRYN A. PRYOR J. MARK DAVIS CLAIRE SHOWS HANCOCK KEVIN W. KENNEDY MARK A. ROGERS JERRY J. SALLINGS M. TOCO WOOD R. GREGORY ACLIN FRED M. PERKINS Ill WILLIAM STUART JACKSON MICHAEL 0 . BARNES STEPHEN R. LANCASTER FRED ANDREW WOOD JUDY M. ROBINSON BETSY MEACHAM AINSLEY H. LANG Re: LRSD v. State of Arkansas, Eighth Circuit Appeal Dear Don: Enclosed for your records is a copy of the Court of Appeals' order denying the State's motion for a stay. By copy of this letter to Ann Brown, I am likewise sending her a copy for her files. MSJ/jhs .Enclosure / \\ cc: Ann Brown (w/encl.)- Cordially yours, WRIGHT, LINDSEY \u0026 JENNINGS 1-, '--- -~ M. S muel Jones, III MAY 5 1995 Office of Desegregation Moniioring UNITED ST ATES COURT OF APPEALS FOR THE EIGHTH CIRCUIT U.S. COURT \u0026 CUSTOM HOUSE MICHAEL E. GANS Clerk of Court Mr . Timothy Gauger ATfORNEY GENERAL'S OFFICE 200 Tower Building 323 Center Street Little Rock, AR 72201-2610 1114 MARKET STREET ST. LOUIS, MISSOURI 63101 April 28, 1995 TELEPHONE (314) 539-3600 Re: 95-1481EALR Little Rock School District vs. State of AR (Special Panel Referral - MAY1995) Dear counsel : Enclosed is a copy of an order entered today in the above case at the direction of the court. lmt Enclos~re) cc: chard Wilson Roachell . Samuel Jones III John w. walker William Henry Trice III Samuel Arnold Perroni Christopher John Heller Jim McCormack ~.:L; . ,M..,.,~ T. Michael E. Gans Clerk of court District Court/Agency Case Number(s): 82-CV-866 District Court/Agency Case Number(s): 82-CV-866 ' United States Court of Appeals FOR THE EIGHTII CIRCUIT MAY J 1995 omce cf Des~c;regauon Mo::i on119 No. 95-1481EA, 95-1482EA No. 95-1481EA * * * * * * Little Rock School District; * * Plaintiff-Appellee, * * Anne Mitchell; Bob Moore; Pat * Gee; Pat Rayburn; Mary J. Gage; * * Intervenors-Appellees, * * North Little Rock Classroom * Teachers Association; Pulaski * Association of Classroom * Teachers; Little Rock Classroom* Teachers Association; * Intervenors, * * * Alexa Armstrong; Karlos * Armstrong; Ed Bullington; * Khayyam Davis; Janice Dent; * John Harrison; Alvin Hudson; * Tatia Hudson; Milton Jackson; *  Lorene Joshua; Leslie Joshua; * Stacy Joshua; Wayne Joshua; * Katherine Knight; Sara * Matthews; Becky McKinney; * Derrick Miles; Janice Miles; * John M. Miles; NAACP; Joyce * Person; Brian Taylor; Hilton * Taylor; Parsha Taylor; Robert * Willingham; Tonya Willingham; * v. * Intervenors-Appellees, * * On Appeal from the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Arkansas. Pulaski county Special School * District, #1; North Little Rock* School District; Leo~ Barnes; * Sheryl Dunn; Mac Faulkner; * Richard A. Giddings; Marianne * Gosser; Don Hindman; Shirley * Lowery; Bob Lyon; George A. * Mccrary; Bob Moore; Steve * Morley; Buddy Raines; David * Sain; Bob Stender; Dale Ward; * John Ward; Judy Wear; * Grainger Williams; * * Defendants-Appellees, * * The Arkansas State Board of * Education; State of Arkansas; * * Defendants-Appellants, * Office of Desegregation Monitor, Claimant. * * * * * * * * No. 95-1482EA * * * * Little Rock School District; * * Plaintiff-Appellant, * * Anne Mitchell; Bob Moore; Pat * Gee; Pat Rayburn; Mary J. Gage; * * Intervenors-Appellants, * * North Little Rock Classroom * Teachers Association; Pulaski * Association of Classroom * Teachers; Little Rock Classroom* Teachers Association; * Intervenors, Alexa Armstrong; Karlos Armstrong; Ed Bullington; * * * * * -2- Khayyam Davis; Janice Dent; * John Harrison; Alvin Hudson; * Tatia Hudson; Milton Jackson; * Lorene Joshua; Leslie Joshua; * Stacy Joshua; Wayne joshua; * * Intervenors-Appellants, * * Katherine Knight; Sara * Matthews; Becky McKinney; * Derrick Miles; Janice Miles; * John M. Miles; NAACP; Joyce * Person; Brian Taylor; Hilton * Taylor; Parsha Taylor; Robert * Willingham; Tonya Willingham; * Intervenors, v. * * * * * * Pulaski County Special School * District, #1; * * Defendant-Appel lee, * * North Little Rock School * District; Leon Barnes; * Sheryl Dunn; Mac Faulkner; * Richard A. Giddings; Marianne * Gosser; Don Hindman; Shirley * Lowery; Bob Lyon; George A. * Mccrary; Bob Moore; Steve * Morley; Buddy Raines; David * Sain; Bob Stender; Dale Ward; * John Ward; Judy Wear; * Grainger Williams; * * Defendants, * * The Arkansas State Board of * Education; State of Arkansas; * * Defendants-Appellees, * Office of Desegregation Monitor, Claimant. * * * * * -3- Filed: April 28, 1995 Before RICHARD s. ARNOLD, Chief Judge, HEANEY, Senior Circuit Judge, and WOLLMAN, Circuit Judge. ORDER The motion of appellants State of Arkansas and Arkansas Department of Education for stay of the order of the District Court is denied. Appellants are instructed to make the payment required by the District Court's order forthwith. We agree with the reasons given by the District Court for denying the stay. It is so ordered. A true copy. Attest: CLERK, U. S. COURT OF APPEALS, EIGHTH CIRCUIT. -4- IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT EASTERN DISTRICT OF ARKANSAS WESTERN DIVISION LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT v. NO. LR-C-82-866 PULASKI COUNTY SPECIAL SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 1, ET AL. MRS. LORENE JOSHUA, ET AL. KATHERINE W. KNIGHT, ET AL. 0 R D E R FILED U.S. DISTRICT COURT EASTERN DISTRICT ARKANSAS MAY 1 2 1995 JAMES Wj ~~AMACK, Cl.ERK By: \\ ,dl/v~\\J.JL DEP CWU( PLAINTIFF DEFENDANTS INT ERVEN ORS INT ERVEN ORS Before the Court is the renewed motion of the Pulaski County Special School District (\"PCSSD\") for permission to replace portable buildings with permanent school construction at certain PCSSD junior high schools. The Court has reviewed the updated information provided by the PCSSD and finds that the motion should be granted. IT IS THEREFORE ORDERED that the motion of the PCSSD for permission to replace certain portable buildings (docket entry# 2390) is granted . ~ DATED this j_2:.._ day of May 1995. 11-US DOCUMENT ENTERED ON DOCKET SHE!:T IN COYP~flT~E 58 ANDn::?(a} A'\\CP ON J,- 1 BY 1 -=- 2410 FILED U.S. DISTRICT COURT EASTERN DISTRICT ARKANSAS IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT MAY 1 2 1995 EASTERN DISTRICT OF ARKANSAS JAMES W McC~RMACK CLERK WESTERN DIVISION By \\j : ' ~  , C? \\,l/1 \",,\\ L '\"'--DEP ClERI\u003c LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT v. NO. LR-C-82-866 PULASKI COUNTY SPECIAL SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 1, ET AL. MRS. LORENE JOSHUA, ET AL. KATHERINE W. KNIGHT, ET AL. 0 R D E R PLAINTIFF DEFENDANTS INTERVENORS INT ERVEN ORS Before the Court is the Joshua Intervenors' motion for a hearing to consider their motions to hold the Little Rock School District in contempt of court and for injunctive and other relief. See docket entries# 2361 \u0026 # 2405. The motion (docket entry # 2403) is granted. The Court hereby schedules a hearing on July 6, 1995, at 9:30 a.m., to consider the motions. The parties are directed to exchange the names of all witnesses no later than June 2, 1995. All discovery shall be completed by June 23, 1995. The parties may conduct discovery beyond this date if all parties are in agreement to do so; however, the Court will not be available to resolve any disputes which arise during the course of this extended discovery. Counsel shall mark and exchange all exhibits prior to the hearing, stipulating to as many as possible. The exhibits are to be listed on the attached sheet. Note stipulations and objections on the exhibit list. If there is an objection to an exhibit, - attach a statement setting out the basis for both the offer and the 2 4 1 1 - objection. The list is to be delivered/mailed to Sandy Carpenter no later than June 30, 1995. SO ORDERED this /;;}_~ay of May 1995. ,..,,v 10 , , new . Jj O I I CA .. IU I\\ lltnittb ~atts ilintrirt \u003c!rourt _____________Ea _s'---'-te~r~n'-'---- DISTRICT OF ---=A=-r.:.:.k=-an:.:.s=.:a=-s=----------- - v. -EXHIBIT _ LISJ CASE NUMBER: PRESIDING JUDGE PLAINTIFF'S ATTORNEY OEFENOANT'S ATTORNEY TRIAL. DATE(S) COURT REPORTER COVRTROOM DEPUTY PL.F. DEF. CATE ~- Rec'd DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBITS NO. NO. OFFERED . . - . - .  1nc1ue1e  notation as 10 tne locat ion of any exhibit not nelel wltn IIM cue Ill or not available t,euuM~. Melissa R. Guldin Associate Monitor Horace R. Smith Associate Monitor 1994-95 INCENTIVE SCHOOLS MONITORING REPORT May 17, 1995 Office of Desegregation Monitoring United States District Court Little Rock, Arkansas Ann S. Brown Federal Monitor MAY 1 7 199S JAMES W. McCORMACK, CLERK By: -------- OEP Cl.ERK Margie L. Powell Associate Monitor Polly Ra,mer Office Manager HERSC\u003eH.L H . FRIOAY 11922 1 994 1 ROBERT V L ICHT . PA . - LLIAM H SUTTON . P . A . MES 'N MOORE RON M . :ISEMAN , JR .. P . A . JOE 0 . 3ELL . PA. JOHN C. ECHOI.S.? A , JAMES ,I, . auTTRY , ? A . FREDERICKS . URSERY , ? . A . M. T . L ARZELERE . PA . OSCAR E. OAV I S, JR .. P. A . JAMES C. CLARK , J R., ? A . THOMAS P \\. EGGETT . P . A . JOHN OEWEY WATSON, P . A . PAUL 3 . SENHAM Ill . P . A . LARRY W aURKS, PA . A . WYCX.L 1FF NISBET . JR . PA . JAMES EDWARD H ARRIS , PA . J . PHILLIP MAL COM . P . A . JAMES M . SI MPSON . PA. MEREDITH P CATLE T T , PA , J AMES M . SAXTON , P A . J. SHEPHERD RUSSEL L I ll , P. A. DONALD H i:IACON . ? .A WILLIAM iHOMAS aAXTER , P .A WALTER A . PAU L SON II.PA . BARRY !: . C OP LI N .P A . RICHARD 0 . TAY L O R. P A . J OSEPH a. ''UR S T . J R , PA . EL I ZABETH ROBBEN MURRA Y.PA, CHRISiOP~ER MEL L ER. ? . A . LAURA HENSLE Y SMI T H . P. A . ROBERTS . SHAFER . P A . WILL IAM M . GRIFFIN Ill , PA . THOMAS N . ROSE . PA. MICHAEL S. \\400RE , ? . A . DIANE S. MA CX. EY, o .A WALTER M . EBEL 111, P A . FRIDAY. ELDREDGE \u0026 CLARK A PARTNERSHIP OF INDIVIDUALS ANO PROFESSIONAL ASSOCIATIONS ATTORNEYS AT LAW 2000 FIRST COMMERC IAV8UILOING 400 WEST CAPITOL LITTLE ROCK. ARKANSAS 72201-3493 TELEPHONE 501 -376-2011 FAX NO . 501 - 376 - 2147 May 19, 1995 Office ct Hand-Delivered Mr. John W. Mrs. Ann Brown ICEVIN A. CRASS , P . A . WILLIAM A . WADDELL . J R , P A CLYOE \"TA8'\" TURNER , P A . CALVIN J . HALL. l' . A SCOTT J . LANCASTER . P A . JERRY L. MALONE. P A . M . GAYLE CORLEY. l' . A. ROBERT a. BEACH , J R .. PA . J. LE BROWN. l' . A . JAMES C . BAKER. JR .. PA . H . CHARLES GSCHWEND. JR .. i' .lo HARRY A. LIGHT . P. A . SCOTT H. TUCltER . P. A . JOHN CLAYTON RANOOLPH . P .:. GUY ALTON WADE. P. A . PRICE C . GARDNER . P . A . J . MICHAEL ?ICICENS TONIA I' . JONES DAVID O. WILSON JEFFREY H. MOORE ANO REW T . TURNER DAVIO M . CiRAF CARLA G . SPAINHOUR JOHN C . FENDLEY . JR . ALLISON GRAVES JOHANN C. ROOSEVEL T R. CHRISTOPHER LAWSON GREGORY D . TAYLOR TONY L. WILCOX FRAN C . HICKMAN 8ETiY J . !\u003eEMORY COUHSl!L WILLIAM J. SMITH WILL IAM A . El.OREOGC. J R. , ? A S . S. 0::LAAIC WILLIAM L . TERRY , ? A . WILLIAM L. PATTON . J R. , P ;. WIUTUt ~ OIIUCT 140 . 1501) 370- 1553 Walker John Walker , P.A. 1723 Broadway Little Rock, AR He.?:'itage West Building, Suite 520 201 East Markham Street 72206 Little Rock, AR 72201 Mr. Sam Jones Mr. Richard Roachell Wright, Lindsey \u0026 Jennings 2200 Worc~en Bank Building 200 West Capitol First Federal Plaza, Suite 504 401 Wesc Capitol Avenue Little Rock, AR 72201 Mr. Steve Jones Jack, Lyon \u0026 Jones, P.A. 3400 Capitol Towers Little Rock, AR 72201 Capicol \u0026 Broadway Streets Little Rock, AR 72201 Re: Third Quarter Status Report Gentlemen and Mrs. Brown: Enc~osed please find the LRSD's Third Quarter Status for the 1994-95 school year filed pursuant to the Order Court. Thank you for your attention to this matter. ~nc~~y, p ~ z ~ L_~ Jerry L. Maloned::.=-~ LRSD Attorney diana'PC,S-Sd\\swus .l tr Report of the Gentlemen and Mrs. Brown May 19 , 1995 Page 2 JLM/ dtw Enclosure cc (w/ enc ) : diana\\4)CSSd\\sllW1.IU' Dr. Henry P. Williams Mrs. Estelle Matthis ::'.AS'i'S~'l' DIS~:ZICT Or. -~KANSAS '.'1ESTE~'l' DIVISION :::..::;::'TLE ROCK SCECCL ;:::sT:z:cT vs. ?ULASKI COUNTY S?EC:X.. SCHOOL ~:STRICT NO. :, ::'.T ~=- ~~ ~ ~~~~ \"':'--~ !f='~ . .. \"1 .. -  - u ---  ~ 1~IA; / 9 !995 ?I.A.:NTI?:' '.JEFENDANTS :)TTERVENORS :\u003c.A.THERINE KNIGnT, ET AL ~~TE~VENORS LRSD's 1994-95 THIRD QUARTER STATUS REPORT . \"LRSD\" or - \"Disr.rict\") , for its Stac:us Reporr. :or the t:hi:?:\"d quarr.er of the 1994-95 school year, st.ates: 1. Attached herer.o as Exhibit 1 (Volumes I and r:) is a true and accurac:e copy of t:he District's Third Quarr.er Star.us Reporr. of Desegregation Programs generated through the courr.-:nandated program planning and budger.ing process. 2. Attached hereto as Exhibit 2 is a true and accurate copy of the Disr.ricr.' s Thi:?:\"d Cuarr.e:?:\" Status Report: ~f :-on-desegregar.ion Programs generaced c~rough the court-mandaced program planning and budgeting process. WHEREFORE, the :::..~ttle Rock School Jisr.r~ct: submits its Desegregation and Non-desegregacion Star.us Reporcs fer the third d11111\\pCS.I.Ql.saw\u0026.Jrd -1- daata\\pcud\\staU.lrd sc:-.oc:.. :_;ear ?~IDAY, ~~JREDGE \u0026 c:....~2-~ Att:orneys at: Law 2000 Fi:-st: Commers~~~ 3uiliing 400 West: Capicol 'i:....:..ccle Rock, _;;.rkansas 1501) 376-2011 \"'2201-3493 .c..':'~ORNEYS ?OR ?I.A:::,-:::? ~ITT~E ~oc~ SC~OOL JIS~RIC~ ----. __,,,-;-'1'1 --~~-c.;--:--:~~-\\-- --~- ----=- -- . -=--===---- ---------- _____ _...., ._ .,.-~==...;=~=-_,1.;,....:/;_-:...'~:....--__ ___-_ __ _:;===--~ ,/ _, ..-, er:-y ;;_.;.-.. . \\.J f. aJ- .one / ~ar :. J. ~o. 3509S -2- CERTIFICATE OF SERVICE :crry _. Y!alone, do :1ereoy cerc.:...:, -::-.at: a copy of the .:orego:..~g LRSD's ~~ird Quar-::er S:acus Recor-: =~r -=~e :994-~= school year i:as :::een hand-del:..vered on May Jf', :995, ..:.oon c::e f:::llowing: dw,a\\p:::ud\\SWUI.Jrd Y!r. John W. Walker -70H.L\"\\T ~'1 . ,-IALKER, ? . _:;_. Atcor~eys at: ~aw : 723 3roadway ~icc~e Rock, ~R 72206 Y!r. Samuel M . ..=-ones, :::::: NRIGn7, ~I)IDSEY \u0026 JENNINGS ~ttcr~eys at: ~aw 2200 Worchen Bank 3u:..~c:..:i.g 200 West: Capit:ol ~ictle Rock, AR 72201 Mr. Stephen W. Jones JACK, LYON \u0026 JONES, P.A. Att:orneys at: Law 3400 Capit:ol Towers Capitol \u0026 Broadway Streets Little Rock, AR 72201 Mr. Richard W. Roachell ROACHELL \u0026 STREETT Attorneys at: Law Firsc Federal Plaza, Suite 504 401 West Capitol Avenue Little Rock, AR 72201 Y!rs . .lVln Brown Attor:i.ey at: Law Jericage West Building, Suice 520 201 Ease Markham Street: Sittle Rock, AR 72201 ~--::::::;:::::=::;:::::::::::::,__..______ '/ C ~~--- -__/,/'J, ~ - . ;---,n. / / . -~-----=::::::. s ..:-erry L. Malor.e -3 - Melissa R. Guldin Associate Monitor MONITORING REPORT: FILED U.S. OISTRICT COURT EASTERN DISTRICT ARKANSAS 1994-95 FOUR-YEAR-OLD PROGRJ\\M6.MES W. McCORMACK, CLERK IN THE LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DIST~'\"\"-t-------oEP Cl.fRK May 26, 1995 Office of Desegregation Monitoring United States District Court Little Rock, Arkansas Ann S. Brown Monitor I Polly Ramer Office Manager Atkansas DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION M 31 IA.STATE CAPITOL MALL LITTLE ROCK, ARKANSAS 72201-1071  (501) 682-4475 ay , ~~::, GENE WILHOIT, Director, General Education Division John W. Walker, Esq. John W. Walker, P.A. 1723 Broadway Little Rock, AR 72206-1220 M. Samuel Jones III, Esq. Wright, Lindsey \u0026 Jennings 2200 Worthen Bank Building Suite 200 Little Rock, AR 72201-3699 Richard W. Roachell, Esq. Roachell \u0026 Streett First Federal Plaza 401 West Capitol A venue Suite 504 Little Rock, AR 72201 Dear Counsel of Record: Christopher J. Heller, Esq. Friday, Eldredge, \u0026 Clark First Commercial Building 400 West Capitol Avenue Suite 2000 Little Rock, AR 72201-3407 Ann Brown, Monitor Office of Desegregation Monitoring 201 E. Markham, Suite 510 Heritage West Building Little Rock, AR 72201 Stephen W. Jones, Esq. Jack, Lyon \u0026 Jones, P.A. TCBYTower 425 West Capitol Avenue Suite 3400 Little Rock, AR 72201 Please find enclosed a copy of the Arkansas Department of Education's Project Management Tool for the month of May. If you need any additional information, please let me know. Sincerely, i~ Elizabeth Boyter Enclosure cc: EB/say Alice Holcomb Sara Fairbanks Suzanne Griscom Tony Minicozzi Mark Hudson Kem Treat HERSCHEL H . FRIDAY ! 1922 -1 994) ROBERT V . LIGHT , P .A . WILLIAM H . SUTTON , P . A . JAMES W . MOORE - NM . EISEMAN , JR., P . A . . BELL . P .A . C . ECHOLS . P. A . J SA . BUTTRY , P . A . FREDERICKS . URSERY , P.A . H , T . LARZELERE , P.A . OSCAR E. DAVIS , JR . , P .A . JAMES C. CLARK , JR ., P. A . THOMAS P. LEGGETT , P . A . JOHN DEWEY WATSON. P. A . PAUL B. BENHAM Ill , P . A . LARRY W . BURKS , P .A . A . WYCKLIFF NISBET , JR ., P .A . JAMES EDWARD HARRIS , P .A . J . PHILLIP MALCOM , P. A . JAMES M . SIMPSON , P. A . MEREDITH P. CATLETT . P. A . JAMES M . SAXTON , P .A . J. SHEPHERD RUSSELL Ill , P .A . DONALD H . BACON , P. A . WILLIAM THOMAS BAXTER , P . A . WALTER A . PAULSON 11 , P. A . BARRY E. COPLIN , P. A . RICHARD 0. TAYLOR , P .A . JOSEPH 8 . HURST , JR .. P. A. ELIZABETH ROBBEN MURRAY , P. A . CHRISTOPHER HELLER . P. A . LAURA HENSLE Y SMITH, P . A . ROBERTS . SHAFER , P . A . WILLIAM M . GRIFFIN 111 , P. A . THOMAS N . ROSE . P .A . MICHAELS . MOORE . P .A . DIANE S . MACKEY . P .A . WALTER M . EBEL Ill , P .A. FRIDAY, ELDREDGE \u0026 .CLARK A PARTNERSHIP OF INDIVIDUALS AND PROFESSIONAL ASSOCIATIONS ATTORNEYS AT LAW 2000 FIRST COMMERCIAL BUILDING 400 WEST CAPITOL LITTLE ROCK, ARKANSAS 72201 - 3493 TELEPHONE 501-376-2011 FAX NO. 501-376-2147 May 31, 1995 Mrs. Ann Brown Attorney at Law CC: fJ; II KEVIN A . CRASS, P .A. WILLIAM A. WADDELL. JR ., P. A . CLYDE TAB TURNER. P. A . CALVIN J. HALL, P. A . SCOTT J. LANCASTER. P. A . JERRY l. MALONE, P. A . M . GAYLE CORLEY . P. A . ROBERT B. BEACH , JR .. P .A . J . LEE BROWN. P.A . JAMES C. BAKER, JR ., P . A . H . CHARLES GSCHWEND. JR ., P.A . HARRY A . LIGHT , P. A . SCOTT H . TUCKER , P . A . JOHN CLAYTON RANDOLPH , P. A . GUY ALTON WADE , P. A . PRICE C . GARONER . P.A. J . MICHAEL PICKENS TONIA P . JONES DAVID 0. WILSON JEFFREY H . MOORE ANDREW T . TURNER DAVID M. GRAF CARLA G. SPAINHOUR JOHN C. FENDLEY , JR . ALLISON GRAVES JONANN C . ROOSEVELT A. CHRISTOPHER LAWSON GREGORY 0 . TAYLOR TONY L . WILCOX FRANC . HICKMAN BETTY J. DEMORY COUNSEL WILLIAM J. SMITH WILLIAM A. ELDREDGE. JR ., P.A . 0 . 5 . CLARK WILLIAM L. TERRY , P . A . WILLIAM L. PATTON , JR ., P.A. (501) 370-1553 Mr. John W. Walker JOHN W. WALKER, P.A. Attorneys at Law 1723 Broadway Heritage West Building, Suite 520 201 East Markham Street Little Rock, Arkansas 72206 Mr. Sam Jones WRIGHT, LINDSEY \u0026 JENNINGS Attorneys at Law 2200 Worthen Bank Building 200 West Capitol Avenue Little Rock, Arkansas 72201 Mr. Stephen W. Jones JACK, LYON \u0026 JONES, P.A. 3400 Capitol Towers Capitol \u0026 Broadway Streets Little Rock, Arkansas 72201 Little Rock, Arkansas 72201 Mr. Richard Roachell ROACHELL \u0026 STREETT Attorneys at Law First Federal Plaza, Suite 504 401 West Capitol Avenue Little Rock, Arkansas 72201 Re: LRSD v . PCSSD/Proj ect Management Tool l r:,1,.J ,(,.,. il,\"'\"'J) I Gentlemen and Mrs. Brown: Enclosed please find the LRSD's 1995-96 Budget/May Project Management Tool filed pursuant to the Order of the Court. By agreement, three copies are being delivered to Mrs. Brown and two copies are being delivered to Mr. Walker. diana\\pcssd\\tool-may. Jtr Gentlemen and Mrs. Brown May 31, 1995 Page 2 Thank you for your attention to this matter. JLM/dtw Enclosures cc (w/enc) : tl1ana\\pcssd\\toolmay.lu Sincerely, Dr. Henry P. Williams Dr. Russell Mayo Dr. Robert Clowers IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT EASTERN DISTRICT OF ARKANSAS WESTERN DIVISION LITTLE ROCK SCHOOL DISTRICT vs. NO. LR-C-82-866 PULASKI COUNTY SPECIAL SCHOOL DISTRICT NO. 1, ET AL MAY 3 1 1995 PLAINTIFF DEFENDANTS MRS. LORENE JOSHUA, ET AL INTERVENORS KATHERINE KNIGHT, ET AL Office of Desegreg:i. 1 Mei to, ir. NTERVENORS LRSD's 1995-96 BUDGET/MAY PROJECT MANAGEMENT TOOL The Plaintiff, Little Rock School District (\"LRSD\"), for its 1995-96 Budget/May Project Management Tool, states: 1. Pursuant to the Order of this Court, the LRSD does hereby submit its Project Management Tool for the month ending May 31, 1995, relating to its 1995-96 budget. WHEREFORE, the Little Rock School District submits its Project Management Tool for the month ending May 31, 1995, relating to its 1995-96 budget. diana\\pcssd\\budge1.may Respectfully submitted, FRIDAY, ELDREDGE \u0026 CLARK Attorneys at Law 2000 First Commercial Building 400 West Capitol Little Rock, Arkansas 72201-3493 (501) 376-2011 ATTORNEYS FOR PLAINTIFF _Ll'.I'.TLE____OCK SCHOOL DISTRICT \u003c ---- d ~ / /-Z~ ~ :-~77 ~-~ ~ _ - -- Jerry L. MaJ.:: -- Bar No. I. D. 85096 -1- CERTIFICATE OF SERVICE I, Jerry L. Malone, do hereby certify that a copy of the foregoing LRSD's 1995-96 Budget/May Project Management Tool has been served by U. S. Mail, postage prepaid, except as otherwise indicated, on May 31, 1995, upon the following: c.J1ana\\pessd\\budget. may Mr. John W. Walker JOHN W. WALKER, P.A. Attorneys at Law 1723 Broadway Little Rock, AR 72206 Mr. Samuel M. Jones, III WRIGHT, LINDSEY \u0026 JENNINGS Attorneys at Law 2200 Worthen Bank Building 200 West Capitol Little Rock, AR 72201 Mr. Stephen W. Jones JACK, LYON \u0026 JONES, P.A. Attorneys at Law 3400 Capitol Towers Capitol \u0026 Broadway Streets Little Rock, AR 72201 Mr. Richard W. Roachell ROACHELL \u0026 STREETT Attorneys at Law First Federal Plaza, Suite 504 401 West Capitol Avenue Little Rock, AR 72201 Mrs. Ann Brown (Hand-delivered as per Order by the Court) Attorney at Law Heritage West Building, Suite 520 201 East Markham Street Little Rock, AR 7220_1 -~ ~ -=--- Jerry L. Malone -2-  This project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resources. "},{"id":"loc_rosaparks_47100","title":"[Rosa Parks sitting on a public bus with other riders, 1995] [graphic].","collection_id":"loc_rosaparks","collection_title":"Rosa Parks Papers","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1995-05"],"dcterms_description":["Title devised by Library staff. Date from stamp on back of print."],"dc_format":["image/jpeg"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":null,"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Forms part of: Visual Materials from the Rosa Parks Papers (Library of Congress)."],"dcterms_subject":null,"dcterms_title":["[Rosa Parks sitting on a public bus with other riders, 1995] [graphic]."],"dcterms_type":["StillImage"],"dcterms_provenance":["Library of Congress"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://hdl.loc.gov/loc.pnp/ppmsca.47100"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":["Use digital image. Original served only by appointment because material requires special handling. For more information, see (http://www.loc.gov/rr/print/info/617_apptonly.html)","Publication may be restricted. For general information see \"Visual Materials from the Rosa Parks Papers...,\" (http://www.loc.gov/rr/print/res/689_park.html)"],"dcterms_medium":["photographic prints1990-2000.gmgpc"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":["Parks, Rosa, 1913-2005"],"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":null},{"id":"bcas_bcmss0837_633","title":"Program planning and budgeting tool, FY 1996","collection_id":"bcas_bcmss0837","collection_title":"Office of Desegregation Management","dcterms_contributor":null,"dcterms_spatial":["United States, 39.76, -98.5","United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959"],"dcterms_creator":null,"dc_date":["1995-04-28"],"dcterms_description":null,"dc_format":["application/pdf"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":["Little Rock, Ark. : Butler Center for Arkansas Studies. Central Arkansas Library System."],"dc_relation":null,"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":["Office of Desegregation Monitoring records (BC.MSS.08.37)","History of Segregation and Integration of Arkansas's Educational System"],"dcterms_subject":["Little Rock (Ark.)--History--20th century","Little Rock School District","Education--Arkansas","Education--Evaluation","Education--Finance"],"dcterms_title":["Program planning and budgeting tool, FY 1996"],"dcterms_type":["Text"],"dcterms_provenance":["Butler Center for Arkansas Studies"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://arstudies.contentdm.oclc.org/cdm/ref/collection/bcmss0837/id/633"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["budgets"],"dcterms_extent":null,"dlg_subject_personal":null,"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":"\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n   \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\nID 1 Name BEASSESSMEJU OF PROCESS AnK ORGANIZATION 1994-95 % Complete 50% Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool Scheduled Start Mar 27 '94 Scheduled Finish Jun 30 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names_______ Williams.Matthis.Clowers' 2 Analyze, reassess, and revise planning organization and structure 25% Mar 27 '94 Jun 30 '95 Wiliiams.Matthis,Glowers 3 Revise, discuss, and reach consensus regarding format and tasking of 1994-95 Management Tool 100% May 25 '94 Jul 29 '94 Council,Cabinet,Bassa 4 Initial circulation of 1994-95 Management Tool 100% Jun 24 '94 Jun 30 '94 RECEIVES 5 Evaluate tasking of 1994-95 Management Tool weekly 72% Jul 15 '94 Jun 30 '95 fi azsi Jun 1 '94 Aor 28 '95 Aug 15 '95 7 Identify data to measure needs of district for FY 95-96 100% Jun 1 '94 Jul 29 '94 8 Revisit and analyze the results of the budgeting and planning priorities revealed from the 93-94 Needs Assessment Report 100% Jun 1 '94 Jul 29 '94 Bassa Council,Glowers Williams.Glowers Williams,Council Council,Cabinet Page 1 FY96 APR 2 8 1995 Office of Desegregation toinDfing April 28 'S5 J ELittle Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 9 Name Review/revise the mission statement and goals of the District % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Aug 19 '94 Scheduled Finish Aug 31 '94 Revised Finish Sep 6 '94 Resource Names Council,Cabinet IQ 100% Aug 1 '94 Nov 15 '94 Hurley 11 Define purpose and scope for Personnel Study 100% Aug 1 '94 Aug 22 '94 Council,Hurley, Williams 12 Design data collection plan for study of Personnel Study 100% Aug 22 '94 Aug 29 '94 Hurley,Gadberry 13 Assign responsibilities for study of Personnel Study 100% Aug 29 '94 Aug 29 '94 Hurley 14 Collect data from Personnel Study 100% Sep 2 '94 Sep 29 '94 Oct 21 '94 Hurley 15 Analyze data from Personnel Study 100% Sep 30 '94 Oct 24 '94 Hurley,Gadberry 16 Prepare Personnel Study Report 100% Oct 24 '94 Nov 14 '94 Hurley ie2 FY96 April 28295,ID 17 Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool 15 19 20 21 22 23 24 Page 3 Name_________ _______________________ Report data findings from Personnel Study for merge into needs assessment listing STANFORD 8 TEST DATA STUDY Define purpose and scope for Stanford 8 Test data study Design data collection plan for study of Stanford 8 Test Assign responsibilities for study of Stanford 8 Test data Collect data from Stanford 8 Test Analyze data from Stanford 8 Test Prepare Stanford 8 Test Report % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Nov 14'94 Scheduled Finish Nov 15 '94 Revised Finish Resource Names Hurley 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Aug 1 '94 Oct 31 '94 Nov 4'94 Clowers Aug 1 '94 Aug 15 '94 Clowers, Williams,Council Aug 16 '94 Aug 16 '94 Aug 30 '94 Sep 12'94 Oct 3 '94 FY96 Aug 30 '94 Aug 16 '94 Sep 9 '94 Sep 30 '94 Oct 14 '94 Clowers,Dunbar Clowers Clowers,Dunbar, Savage Clowers, Dunbar Dunbar April 28 '95 Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 25 Name Report data findings from Stanford 8 for merge into needs assessment listing % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Oct 17'94 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '94 Revised Finish Nov 4 '94 Resource Names Clowers,Dunbar 2S ARKANSAS MINIMUM PERFORMANCE TEST (AMPTl DATA STUDY 100% Aug 1 '94 Oct 31 '94 Nov 4'94 C lowers 27 Define purpose and scope for AMPT study 100% Aug 1 '94 Aug 15 '94 Glowers,Williams,Council 28 Design data collection plan for AMPT study of data 100% Aug 16'94 Aug 30 '94 Clowers,Penn-Norman 29 Assign responsibilites for AMPT data collection 100% Aug 16 '94 Aug 16'94 Glowers 30 Collect data from AMPT 100% Aug 30 '94 Sep 9 '94 Glowers, Penn-Norman 31 Analyze data from AMPT 100% Sep 12'94 Sep 30 '94 Clowers,Penn-Norman 32 Prepare AMPT Report 100% Oct 3 '94 Oct 14 '94 Penn-Norman Page 4 FY96 April 28 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 33 Name_______________ ___________________ Report data findings from AMPT for merge into needs assessment listing % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Oct 17'94 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '94 Revised Finish Nov 4 '94 Resource Names Clowers,Penn-Norman 3A PRE MONITORING REPQBIS SWPY 100% Aug 1 'BA Oct 31 '94 Nov 4 '94 Glowers 35 Define purpose and scope for PRE Monitoring Reports Study 100% Aug 1 '94 Aug 15 '94 Glowers,Williams,Council 36 Design data collection plan for PRE Reports Study 100% Aug 16 '94 Aug 30 '94 Glowers 37 Assign responsibilites for PRE Monitoring Reports Study 100% Aug 16 '94 Aug 16 '94 Glowers 38 Collect data from PRE Monitoring Reports Study 100% Aug 30 '94 Sep 9 '94 Clowers,Smith 39 Analyze data from PRE Monitoring Reports Study 100% Sep 12'94 Sep 30 '94 Clowers,Smith 40 Prepare PRE Monitoring Reports Study Report 100% Oct 3 '94 Oct 14 '94 Smith Page 5 FY96 April 28 '95 ID 41 Name Report data findings from PRE Monitoring Reports Study for merge into needs assessment listing % Complete 100% Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool Scheduled Start Oct 17'94 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '94 Revised Finish Nov 4 '94 Resource Names Clowers,Smith 42 SCHOOL CLIMATE/HUMAN RELATIONS SUBVEY ISC/HRl STUDY 100% Aug 1 '94 Nov 15 '94 Clowers 43 Define purpose and scope of SC/HR Survey 100% Aug 1 '94 Aug 15 '94 Clowers,Williams,Council 44 Design data collection plan for study of SC/HR 100% Aug 16 '94 Aug 30 '94 Clowe rs,Hobby 45 Assign responsibilities for SC/HR data collection 100% Aug 16 '94 Aug 16 '94 Clowers 46 Collect data from SC/HR Survey 100% Aug 30 '94 Sep 23 '94 Clowe rs,Hobby,Savage 47 Analyze data from SC/HR Survey 100% Sep 26 '94 Oct 14 '94 Clowe rs,Hobby 48 Prepare SC/HR Survey Report 100% Oct 17'94 Oct 28 '94 Hobby Page 6 FY96 April 28 '95 KLittle Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 49 Name_______________________________ Report data findings from SC/HR Survey for merge into needs assessment % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Oct 31 '94 Scheduled Finish Nov 15 '94 Revised Finish Resource Names Clowers,Hobby 50 CURRICULUM AUDIT/ADE CURRICULAR STANDARDS 100% Sep 1-134 Nov 15 '94 Dec. 14 '94 Matthis 51 Define purpose and scope of Curriculum Audit/Standards 100% Sep 1 '94 Sep 16 '94 Councii.Wiiliams,Matthis,Curricuium Supervisors 52 Design plans for data collection for Curriculum Audit/Standards 100% Sep 16 '94 Sep 30 '94 Matthis,Curriculum Supervisors 53 Assign responsibilities for data collection of Curriculum Audit/Standards 100% Sep 16'94 Sep 30 '94 Matthis 54 Collect data for Curriculum Audit/Standards 100% Sep 30 '94 Oct 31 '94 Curriculum Supervisors 55 Establish procedures for review and assessment of Curriculum Audit/Standards data 100% Sep 30 '94 Oct 31 '94 Matthis,Curriculum Supervisors 56 Organize and label Curriculum Audit/Standards data-findings of Monitoring and Status Reports, Curriculum Objectives, Achievement 100% Sep 30 '94 Oct 31 '94 Matthis,Curriculum Supervisors Page 7 FY96 April 28 '95IO 57 Name______________________________ Relate/assess the data results back to the Curriculum Audit/Standards findings % Complete 100% 58 Analyze the effectiveness of revised curriculum/standards, policies, etc. 100% 59 Identify factors that facilitated attainment of curriculum/standards goals 100% 60 Identify obstacles that prevented curriculum/standards goal attainment 100% 61 Report data findings from Curriculum Audit/ADE Curricular Standards for merge into needs assessment 100% 62 Make recommendations for program additions/deletions/modifications 100% 2 PROPORTIONAL ALLOCATION FORMULAS STUDY 100% 64 Define purpose and scope of Proportional Allocation Formulas 100% Page 8 Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool Scheduled Start Sep 30 '94 Sep 30 '94 Sep 30 '94 Sep 30 '94 Nov 7 '94 Oct 31 '94 Aug 1 '94 Aug 1 '94 FY96 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '94 Oct 31 '94 Oct 31 '94 Oct 31 '94 Nov 15'94 Nov 4 '94 Oct 31 '94 Aug 15'94 Revised Finish Dec 14 '94 Resource Names___________ Mafthis,Curriculum Supervisors Matthis,Curriculum Supervisors Matthis,Curriculum Supervisors Matthis,Curriculum Supervisors Matthis,Curriculum Supervisors Matthis,Curriculum Supervisors Milhollen Milhollen,VVilliams,Council,Hurley,Gadberry April 28 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 65 Name__________________________ Review/revise data collection plan for Proportional Allocation Formulas % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Aug 15 '94 Scheduled Finish Aug 19 '94 Revised Finish Aug 31 '94 Resource Names Milhollen 66 Assign responsibilities for Proportional Allocation Formulas 100% Aug 19 '94 Aug 19 '94 Milhollen 67 Collect data for Proportional Allocation Formulas 100% Aug 22 '94 Sep 9 '94 Hurley .Armstrong,Eaton,Neal,Milhollen,Gadberry 68 Analyze data from Proportional Allocation Formulas 100% Sep 12'94 Sep 23 '94 Milhollen,Armstrong, Eaton, Neal,Hurley, Gadberry 69 Prepare Proportional Allocation Formulas Report 100% Sep 26 '94 Oct 12'94 Milhollen,Hurley ,Armstrong,Eaton,Neal 70 Report data findings from Proportional Allocations Formulas Study for merge into needs assessment listing 100% Oct 13'94 Oct 31 '94 Milhollen 21 DISTRICTWIDE FACILITIES STUDY 77% Jul 15 '94 Nov 23 '94 Aug 15 '95 Milhollen 72 Define purpose and scope of Districtwide Facilities Study 100% Jul 15'94 Aug 15'94 Williams,Milhollen,Council Page 9 FY96 April 28 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 73 Name Design data collection plan for Districtwide Facilities Study % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Aug 4 '94 Scheduled Finish Aug 15 '94 Revised Finish Resource Names Milhollen,Eaton 74 Assign responsibilities for the Districtwide Facilities Study 100% Aug 8 '94 Aug 15 '94 Milhollen,Eaton 75 Collect data for the Districtwide Facilities Study 50% Aug 15'94 Oct 21 '94 Aug 31 '95 Milhollen,Eaton 76 Establish Committee to study Districtwide Facilities 100% Nov 16 '94 Nov 16 '94 Eaton,Milhollen,Mayo 77 Prepare status report for the Districtwide Facilities Study (preliminary study for needs assessment) 100% Oct 24 '94 Nov 18 '94 Dec 21 '94 Milhollen,Eaton,Mayo 78 Report data findings from Preliminary Facilities Study for merge into needs assessment. 100% Nov 21 '94 Nov 23 '94 Dec 21 '94 Milhollen, Eaton,Mayo 22 DESEGREGATION MONITORING REPORTS AUDIT from PPM 100% Aug 1 '94 Dec 9 '94 Ma VO 80 Define purpose and scope of Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit 100% Aug 1 '94 Aug 15 '94 Mayo,VVilliams,Council Page 10 FY96 April 28 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 81 Name____________________________ Design data collection plan for study of Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Aug 8 '94 Scheduled Finish Aug 19 '94 Revised Finish Resource Names Mayo 82 Assign responsibility for data collection of transcripts and Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit 100% Aug 16 '94 Aug 31 '94 Mayo 83 Collect data 100% Sep 1 '94 Oct 14 '94 Mayo 84 Review with Superintendent's Council and Attorneys 100% Oct 14'94 Oct 24 '94 Nov 4 '94 Mayo 85 Report Findings to PRE 100% Nov 22 '94 Dec 9 '94 Mayo 86 Request Program Managers merge new obligations with Program Budget Document 100% Nov 27 '94 Dec 9 '94 Mayo az COURT ORDERS AUDIT 100% Aug 1 '94 Dee 9 '94 Ma VO 88 Define purpose and scope of Court Orders Audit 100% Aug 1 '94 Aug 15 '94 Mayo,Williams,Council Page 11 FY96 B April 28 '95r Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 89 Name Design data collection plan for the study of the Court Orders Audit % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Aug 8 '94 Scheduled Finish Aug 19 '94 Revised Finish Resource Names Mayo 90 Assign responsibility for data collection of Court Orders Audit 100% Aug 16'94 Aug 31 '94 Mayo 91 Collect data 100% Sep 1 '94 Oct 14 '94 Mayo 92 Review with Superintendent's Council and Attorneys 100% Oct 14 '94 Oct 24 '94 Mayo 93 Report findings to PRE 100% Nov 22 '94 Nov 23 '94 Dec 9 '94 Mayo 94 Request Program Managers merge new obligations with Program Budget Document 100% Nov 27 '94 Dec 9 '94 Mayo 25 TOWN HALL MEETINGS 100% Dec 7 '94 Williams.Glowers 96 Define purpose and scope of Town Hall Meetings 100% Jul 15'94 Sep 5 '94 Williams,Glowers,Council, Modeste Page 12 FY96 April 28 '95 WBLittle Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 97 Name__________________ Review previous year's data % Gomplete 100% Scheduled Start Jul 15'94 Scheduled Finish Sep 5 '94 Revised Finish Resource Names Modeste,Glowers 98 Review/revise data collection plan for Town Hall Meetings 100% Aug 22 '94 Aug 25 '94 Glowers,Wagner 99 Set locations and schedule for Town Hall Meetings 100% Aug 25 '94 Aug 30 '94 Wagner.Modeste 100 Develop advertisement plan and schedule for Town Hall Meetings 100% Aug 30 '94 Sep 15'94 Wagner 101 Prepare Town Hall Meetings' sample agenda 100% Aug 30 '94 Sep 10'94 Glowers,Modeste 102 Review/revise data collection tool (matrix) for Town Hall Meetings 100% Sep 1 '94 Sep 15'94 Modeste,Glowers 103 Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting I 100% Sep 12'94 Sep 15'94 Wagner,Modeste 104 Gonduct Town Hall Meeting I (Terry Elementary) 100% Sep 15'94 Oct 31 '94 Williams,Board,Modeste Page 13 FY96 April 28 '95 Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 105 Name Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting I for input into matrix % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 15'94 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '94 Revised Finish Resource Names Wagner,Penn-Norman 106 Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting II 100% Sep 12 '94 Sep 22 '94 Wagner,Modeste 107 Conduct Town Hall Meeting II (University Park Adult Center) 100% Sep 15'94 Oct 31 '94 Williams,Board,Modeste 108 Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting II for input Into matrix 100% Sep 5 '94 Nov 30 '94 Wagner,Penn-NoiTnan 109 Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting III 100% Sep 12 '94 Sep 29 '94 Wagner,Modeste 110 Conduct Town Hall Meeting III (Pulaski Heights Jr High School) 100% Sep 15'94 Oct 31 '94 Williams 111 Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting III for input into matrix 100% Sep 15'94 Oct 31 '94 Wagner,Penn-Norman 112 Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting IV 100% Sep 12 '94 Oct 6 '94 Wagner,Modeste Page 14 FY96 April 28 '95S B Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 113 Name Conduct Town Hall Meeting IV (Fulbright Elementary) % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 15'94 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '94 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams,Board, Modeste 114 Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting IV into matrix 100% Sep 15 '94 Oct 31 '94 Wagner,Penn-Norman 115 Execute advertisement plan tor Town Hall Meeting V 100% Sep 12'94 Oct 13'94 Wagner,Modeste 116 Conduct Town Hall Meeting V (Martin Luther King Elementary) 100% Sep 15'94 Oct 31 '94 Wiiliams, Board, Modeste 117 Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting V for input into matrix 100% Sep 15'94 Oct 31 '94 Wagner,Penn-Norman 118 Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting VI 100% Sep 12'94 Oct 20 '94 Wagner,Modeste 119 Conduct Town Hall Meeting VI (McClellan High School) 100% Sep 15'94 Oct 31 '94 Williams, Boa rd,Modeste 120 Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting VI into matrix 100% Sep 15'94 Oct 31 '94 Wagner,Penn-Norman Page 15 FY96 April 28 '95 Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 121 Name Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting VII % Gomplete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 12'94 Scheduled Finish Oct 27 '94 Revised Finish Resource Names Wagner,Modeste 122 Gonduct Town Hall Meeting VII (Southwest Gommunity Genter) 100% Sep 15'94 Oct 31 '94 Nov 1 '94 Williams,Board.Modeste 123 Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting VII for input into matrix 100% Sep 15'94 Oct 31 '94 Nov 4 '94 Wagner,Penn-Noiman 124 Finalize and publish Town Hall Meeting Report, 1994-95 100% Nov 15'94 Nov 30 '94 Modeste,Lewis 125 Merge findings of Town Hall Meeting Report, 1994-95, into needs assessment listing 100% Nov 30 '94 Dec 7 '94 Glowers,Lewis 126 DISTRIGT DIALOGUES 100% Jul 15 '94 Dec 7 '94 Dec 15 '94 Williams.Glowers 127 Define purpose and scope of District Dialogues 100% Jul 15'94 Sep 5 '94 Williams,Glowers,Gouncil,Modeste 128 Review/revise data collection plan for District Dialogues 100% Aug 22 '94 Aug 25 '94 Glowers, Wagner,Modeste Page 16 FY96 April 28 '95 'MlLittle Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 129 Name Set locations and schedule for District Dialogues % Gomplete 100% Scheduled Start Aug 25 '94 Scheduled Finish Aug 30 '94 Revised Finish Resource Names Wagner 130 Develop advertisement plan and schedule for District Dialogues 100% Aug 30 '94 Sep 10'94 Wagner 131 Prepare District Dialogues sample agenda 100% Aug 30 '94 Sep 10'94 Glowers,Modeste 132 Review/Revise data collection tool (matrix) for District Dialogues 100% Aug 30 '94 Sep 10 '94 Glowers,Modeste 133 Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue I 100% Sep 10'94 Sep 19'94 Wagner 134 Gonduct District Dialogue I (principals, Franklin Elementary) 100% Sep 15 '94 Oct 31 '94 Williams 135 Gather feedback data from District Dialogue I for input into matrix 100% Sep 15'94 Oct 31 '94 Wagner,Penn-Nomian 136 Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue II 100% Sep 19'94 Oct 1 '94 Wagner Page 17 FY96 April 28 '95 Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 137 Name_______________________________ Conduct District Dialogue II (Transportation) % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 15'94 Scheduled Finish Oct 31 '94 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams 138 Gather feedback data from District Dialogue II for input into matrix 100% Sep 15'94 Oct 31 '94 Wagner,Penn-Norman 139 Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue III 100% Sep 18'94 Oct 14 '94 Wagner 140 Conduct District Dialogue III (Administration) 100% Sep 15'94 Oct 31 '94 Wiliiams 141 Gather feedback data from District Dialogue III for merge into matrix 100% Sep 15'94 Oct 31 '94 Wagner,Penn-Norman 142 Execute advertisement plan tor District Dialogue IV 100% Sep 19'94 Oct 31 '94 Wagner 143 Conduct District Dialogue IV (Classified) 100% Sep 15'94 Oct 31 '94 Nov 7 '94 Williams 144 Gather feedback data from District Dialogue IV for input into matrix^ 100% Sep 15'94 Oct 31 '94 Nov 9 '94 Wagner,Penn-Norman Page 18 FY96 April 28 '95 -MLittle Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 145 Name Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue V % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Nov 1 '94 Scheduled Finish Nov 8 '94 Revised Finish Resource Names Wagner 146 Conduct District Dialogue V (Teachers) 100% Nov 8 '94 Nov 8 '94 Williams 147 Gather feedback from District Dialogue V for input into matrix 100% Nov 8 '94 Nov 8 '94 Wagner, Lewis 148 Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue VI 100% Nov 3 '94 Nov 14 '94 Wagner 149 Conduct District Dialogue VI (Assistant Principals) 100% Nov 14 '94 Nov 14 '94 Nov 22 '94 Williams 150 Gather feedback data from District Dialogue VI for merge info matrix 100% Nov 14 '94 Nov 14 '94 Nov 28 '94 Wagner,Lewis 151 Finalize and publish District Dialogue Report, 1994-95 (delayed because of rescheduled meetings) 100% Nov 15 '94 Nov 30 '94 Dec 15 '94 Savage,Lewis 152 Merge findings of District Dialogue Report, 1994-95, into needs assessment listing 100% Nov 30 '94 Dec 7 '94 Dec 15 '94 Savage,Lewis Page 19 FY96 April 28 '95 Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 153 Name__________________________________ Gollect and merge issues from Goal-Setting Work Session (9-6-94) into needs assessment information at Board Retreat % Gomplete 100% Scheduled Start Dec 7 '94 Scheduled Finish Jan 26 '95 Revised Finish Dec 21 '94 Resource Names Glowers,Penn-Norman 154 Gonduct Board Work Session for data analyses studies, surveys, forums, dialogues, etc. 90% Dec 7 '94 Apr 28 95 Williams,Glowers 155 Gomplete needs assessment listing (extended evaluations and other relevant reports) 100% Dec 1 '94 Dec 7 '94 Deci 6'94 Glowers,Savage,Lewis 156 Publish Draft of Needs Assessment Report and disseminate to selected persons 100% Dec 14 '94 Dec 14 '94 Dec 21 '94 Glowers,Savage,Lewis 157 Finalize and publish Needs Assessment Report, 1994-95 100% Dec 15'94 Dec 15'94 Jan 6 '95 Glowers,Savage,Lewis 158 PROGRAM INVENTORY 100% May 1 '94 Sep 16 '94 Sep 16 '94 Glowers 159 Identify and revise DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% May 2 '94 Jun 13'94 Bassa,Milhollen, Ingram 160 Review and adjust primary and secondary leaders for DSeg and NonDSeg programs 100% Jun 6 '94 Jun 13'94 Ingram,Bassa Page 20 FY96 April 28 '95 41Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 161 Name_________________________________ Finalize listing/leaders of DSeg and NonDSeg Programs % Gomplete 100% Scheduled Start Jun 18'94 Scheduled Finish Jun 18 '94 Revised Finish Resource Names Bassa 162 Generate a Program Inventory Report for 1994-95 100% May 1 '94 Jun 30 '94 Bassa 163 Review/revise Program Inventory following submisssion of budget to ADE 100% Aug 1 '94 Sep 16 '94 Glowers,Milhollen 164 PLANNING AND BUDGET GOALS 100% Aug 1 '94 Aor 26 '95 Matthis.Glowers 165 CABINET/COUNCIL PLANNING SESSION 100% Aug 1 '94 Aug 26 '94 Seo 1 '94 Matthis 166 Identify process for goal developmenUrevision 100% Aug 1 '94 Aug 19 '94 Aug 30 '94 Matthis,Glowers 167 Determine date and site for work session 100% Aug 1 '94 Aug 19 '94 Aug 30 '94 Matthis,Glowers 168 Identify materials for work session 100% Aug 1 '94 Aug 19 '94 Aug 30 '94 lngram,Glowers Page 21 FY96 April 28 '95 r Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 169 Name Develop materials for work session % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Aug 1 '94 Scheduled Finish Aug 19 '94 Revised Finish Sep 1 '94 Resource Names Ingram,Glowers 170 Identify and notify participants for the work session 100% Aug 1 '94 Aug 19 '94 Aug 29 '94 Matthis,Glowers, Ingram 171 Conduct work session 100% Aug 22 '94 Aug 26 '94 Sep 1 '94 Williams,Matthis,Clowers 122 GOAL-SETTING WORK SESSION 100% Aug 22 '94 Sep 6'94 Seo 6 '94 Metthis.Clowers 173 Identify process for Goal-Setting Work Session 100% Aug 22 '94 Aug 26 '94 Aug 30 '94 Matthis, Ingram,Glowers 174 Identify participants for the Goal-Setting Work Session 100% Aug 22 '94 Aug 26 '94 Aug 31 '94 Matthis,Clowers, Ingram 175 Identify and collect background materials for participants 100% Aug 22 '94 Aug 26 '94 Sep 2 '94 Matthis,Clowers 176 Determine date and site for Goal-Setting Work Session 100% Aug 22 '94 Aug 26 '94 Aug 30 '94 Matthis Page 22 FY96 April 28 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 177 Name Distribute background materials to the participants % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Aug 22 '94 Scheduled Finish Aug 26 '94 Revised Finish Sep 2 '94 Resource Names Matthis,Clowers 178 Conduct work session to develop review/revise mission statement, develop goals, and a list of issues that may enhance or restrict goal attainment 100% Aug 29 '94 Aug 31 '94 Sep 6 '94 Council,Cabinet 179 Identify materials for Board Work Session 100% Sep 2 '94 Sep 6 '94 Williams,Clowers 180 Establish date and site for Work Session 100% Sep 1 '94 Sep 6 '94 Williams,Clowers 181 Prepare materials for Board Work Session 100% Sep 2 '94 Sep 6 '94 Sep 12'94 Matthis,Clowers 182 BOARD WORK SESSION 100% Seo 5'94 Seo 26 '94 Matthis.Clowers 183 Distribute background materials to Board members 100% Sep 6 '94 Sep 7 '94 Sep 12'94 Matthis,Clowers 184 Review of preliminary list of issues tor needs assessment by Board 100% Sep 7 '94 Sep 15'94 Board,Williams Page 23 FY96 April 28 '95r Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 185 Name__________________________________ Define input requirements at Board work session (for broad-based feedback) % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 5 '94 Scheduled Finish Sep 12 '94 Revised Finish Sep 14'94 Resource Names Board,Williams 186 Review/revise tentative mission statement and goals 100% Sep 15'94 Sep 15'94 Board 187 Review DSeg and NonDSeg Program Inventory 100% Sep 15'94 Sep 15'94 Board 188 Review identified proportional allocations 100% Sep 15'94 Sep 15'94 Board 189 Establish written priorities 100% Sep 15'94 Sep 15'94 Board 190 Identify additional extended program evaluation, if needed 100% Sep 15'94 Sep 15'94 Nov 3 '94 Board 191 Identify strategies for funding shortfalls (Note: date extended to allow community input) 100% Sep 15'94 Sep 15'94 Nov 23 '94 Board 192 Develop timeline for identification and researching of funding shortfall strategies (Note: date extended to allow community input) 100% Sep 15'94 Sep 15'94 Nov 23 '94 Board Page 24 FY96 April 28 '95B Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 193 Name Develop communication strategy for mission statement and goals % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 19'94 Scheduled Finish Sep 19'94 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams,Wagner 194 Distribute mission statement and goals 100% Sep 22 '94 Sep 26 '94 Sep 28 '94 Matthis,Wagner 195 Distribute list of priorities 100% Sep 22 '94 Sep 26 '94 Sep 28 '94 Board,Matthis,Glowers,Wagner 196 BOARD RETREAT WORK SESSION 100% Dec 8 '94 Apr 26 35 Wiliiams.Matthis 197 Determine date and site for Board Retreat 100% Dec 8 '94 Dec 8 '94 Williams,Board 198 Identify agenda items for Board Retreat 100% Dec 8 '94 Dec 15'94 Williams,Board 199 Establish agenda for Board Retreat 100% Dec 16 '94 Dec 20 '94 Williams,Board 200 Identify materials for Board Retreat 100% Dec 20 '94 Jan 6 '95 Williams Page 25 FY96 April 28 '95 Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 201 Name Gather and distribute materials for Board Retreat % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Jan 9 '95 Scheduled Finish Jan 10 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams, Matthis,Clowers,Milhollen 202 Conduct data analysis work session for Board Reatreat 100% Jan 9 '95 Jan 10 '95 Williams,Council 203 Conduct Board Retreat 100% Jan 24 '95 Jan 25 '95 Williams,Board 204 Report outcomes of Board Retreat 100% Jan 23 '95 Jan 26 '95 Williams,Board 205 Determine the need for an additional Board Retreat 100% Jan 23 '95 Apr 26'95 Williams,Council,Board 206 Conduct Board Retreat, if needed 100% Feb 1 '95 May 1 '95 Williams,Board 207 PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT 100% Aug 1 '94 Jun 30 '95 Mar 1 '95 Matthis 208 Develop philosophy and/or objectives for programs and/or program modifications 100% Nov 16 '94 Nov 23 '94 Matthis,Williams,Mayo,Milhollen, Clowe rs Page 26 FY96 April 28 '95 BBaaBBBHBBB a Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 209 Name Schedule and hold meetings for organizing the process % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Nov 14 '94 Scheduled Finish Nov 23 '94 Revised Finish Resource Names Matthis,Williams,Mayo,Mllhollen,Clowers 210 Seek copies of source documents from experts, as needed 100% Nov 1694 Dec 2 '94 Matthis, Williams,Mayo,Milhollen,Clowers 211 Examine trends of experts in the designated fields, as needed 100% Dec 5 '94 Jan 6 '95 Matthis,Williams,Mayo,Milhollen,Clowers 212 Organize a committee to develop educational specifications 100% Dec 5 '94 Jan 6 '95 Williams,Matthis,Mayo,Milhollen,Clowers 213 Establish framework for curriculum offerings\nservices and support programs\npolicies for instructional delivery\nmaterials/supplies/ equipment\nstaffing needs and staff development needs\nbudget 100% Dec 5 '94 Jan 6 '95 Williams,Matthis,Mayo,Milhollen,Clowers 214 Relate/reference recommendations from curriculum audit needs assessment results to established mission statement, goals, and DSeg Plan 100% Dec 5 '94 Jan 6 '95 Matthis,Williams,Mayo,Milhollen, Clowers 215 Review recommendations from districtwide needs assessment in order to identify additional programs or program modifications 100% Dec 5 '94 Jan 6 '95 Jan 13 '95 Matthis, Williams,Mayo,Milhollen,Clowers 216 Develop Business Case for program and/or program modifications for submitting to Superintendent and Board of Directors 100% Dec 5 '94 Jan 6 '95 Jan 13 '95 Matthis,Williams,Mayo,Milhollen, Clowers Page 27 FY96 April 28 '95 Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 217 Name Review program and/or program modifications with Council (i.e., Business Cases) % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Jan 9 '95 Scheduled Finish Jan 13 '95 Revised Finish Jan 27 '95 Resource Names Williams,Matthis,Mayo.Milhollen,Clowers 218 Develop business case for incentive schools' program modifications for submitting to Supt. and Council 100% Nov 16'94 Jan 31 '95 Matthis,Curriculum Supervisors 219 Explore, gather, and assess data relative to the transition to the Middle School concept 100% Nov 16 '94 Jan 17'95 Williams,Council 220 Review of Outsourcing 100% Aug 1 '94 Jun 30 '95 Mar 1 '95 Williams,Milhollen,Mayo 221 SUBMIT BUSINESS CASE FOR PROGRAM AND/OR MODIFICATIONS TO SUPERINTENDENT 100% Jan 23 '95 Feb 28 '.95 Matthis. Williams.Mayo.Milhollen.Clowers 222 Submit Business Case for program and/or program modifications to Board of Directors 100% Jan 23 '95 Jan 24 '95 Feb 8 '95 Matthis.Williams,Mayo.Milhollen.Clowers 223 First review of Business Cases by Board 100% Jan 24 '95 Feb 9 '95 Matthis, Williams.Mayo.Milhollen.Clowers 224 Conduct second program review-revisit-reevaluate 100% Feb 13'95 Feb 17'95 Matthis, Williams.Mayo.Milhollen.Clowers Page 28 FY96 April 28 '95  t B B B a a B B B I Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 225 Name Decide to add, implement, modify, or delete programs % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Feb 20 '95 Scheduled Finish Feb 28 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Matthis,Williams,Mayo,Milhollen,Clowers 226 BUDGETING 56% Nov 21 '94 Aug 25 '95 Milhollen.Gadberrv.Hurley 227 Develop budget preparation training material 100% Nov 21 '94 Nov 28 '94 Milhollen 228 Issue instructions for budget preparation at all levels 100% Nov 28 '94 Nov 30 '94 Milhollen 229 Conduct budget preparation training sessions 100% Dec 1 '94 Dec 9 '94 Milhollen 230 Prepare initial hnancial forecasts for coming year 100% Dec 1 '94 Dec 31 '94 Milhollen 231 Budget managers submit 95-96 budget requests 100% Dec 12 '94 Jan 6 '95 Jan 13 '95 Milhollen 232 Begin budget development 100% Jan 7 '95 Mar 8 '95 Milhollen Page 29 FY96 April 28 '95 r Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 233 Name Prepare current year budget revisions % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Jan 9 '95 Scheduled Finish Jan 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Milhollen 234 Year to date revenue expenditure analysis 100% Jan 9 '95 Jan 31 '95 Milhollen 235 Revise financial forecast for coming year 100% Feb 24 '95 Mar 3 '95 Milhollen 236 Submit proposed budget to Board 100% Mar 9 '95 Mar 9 '95 Milhollen 237 Conduct Board Work Sessions on proposed budget 100% Mar 10'95 Mar 17'95 Board,Williams 238 Revise proposed budget, as needed 60% Mar 20 '95 May 10'95 Milhollen 239 Staffing 78% Jan 26 '95 Aug 1 '95 Hurley 240 First review of changes in course offerings by Board 100% Jan 26 '95 Jan 26 '95 Feb 9 '95 Board,Williams,Matthis Page 30 FY96 April 28 '95S B B B Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 241 Name Approval of course offerings by Board contingent upon adoption of business case % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Feb 9 '95 Scheduled Finish Feb 9 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Board,Williams,Matthis 242 Meeting with counselors and principals to review course offerings for 1995-96 100% Jan 30 '95 Feb 15'95 Matthis, Elston 243 Print course selection sheets 100% Jan 30 '95 Feb 15'95 Matthis 244 245 246 247 248 Page 31 / Counselors meet with students and complete course selection sheets Registrars tally course selections Identify elementary enrollment (tentative) for 1995-96 Review course tallies for secondary. Note possible cuts based on courses requested. Make determination by subject area (secondary) of possible reductions and by projected elementary enrollment 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Feb 16 '95 Mar 10'95 Principals,Counselors Mar 13 '95 Mar 31 '95 Principals,Registrars Apr 3 '95 Apr 3 '95 Apr 3 '95 FY96 Apr 21 '95 Apr 21 '95 Apr 21 '95 Gadberry,Hurley, Mayo Gadberry,Hurley, Ass't Superintendents Gadberry,Hurley,Ass't Superintendents April 28 '95r Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 249 Name__________________________________ Verification of need, based on manpower report and by program (program managers and principals) % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Apr 3 '95 Scheduled Finish Apr 21 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Gadberry,Hurley .Assistant Superintendents 250 Check results of above 4 Items against known retirement, resignations, and intern positions 100% Apr 3 '95 Apr 21 '95 Gadberry,Huriey 251 Identify teachers for Reduction in Force (RIF), if needed 100% Apr 20 '95 Apr 28 '95 Gadberry,Hurley 252 Notify certified personnel of Reduction in Force (RIF), if needed staff reduction 100% Apr 14 '95 Apr 28 '95 Gadberry,Hurley 253 Recall from RIF, if needed 0% Jun 1 '95 Aug 1 '95 Gadberry, Hurley 254 Notify classified personnel of staff reduction 0% May 3 '95 Jul 15'95 Gadberry,Hurley 255 Prepare tentative budget 0% May 11 '95 May 11 '95 Milhollen 256 Board review of tentative budget 0% May 25 '95 May 25 '95 Board, Williams,Milhollen Page 32 FY96 April 28 '95 4:^BL B- B \" Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 257 Name Conduct Board Work Session on tentative budget % Complete 0% Scheduled Start May 29 '95 Scheduled Finish May 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams,Board 258 Recall from RIF, if needed 0% Jun 1 '95 Jul 15'95 Gadberry,Hurley 259 Account reconciliation and Purchase Order (PO) clean-up 0% Jun 16 '95 Jul 14 '95 Milhollen 260 Receipt of state-generated revenue numbers (payroll liabilities, adjusted supplemental payroll, last payroll, Carl Perkins, M to M, JTPA, Voc Ed. Sp Ed, Chapters 1 and 2, Compensatory Education, MFPA, Transportation, ABC) 0% Jun 16 '95 Jul 14'95 Milhollen 261 Close-out of 1994-95 accounts: adjust physical inventory, (fiscal) federal grants, magnets, state grants, accruals 0% Jul 3 '95 Jul 20 '95 Williams,Council 262 Compute ending fund balance 0% Jul 21 '95 Jul 21 '95 Milhollen 263 Administrative review of final budget 0% Jul 21 '95 Jul 27 '95 Williams,Council 264 Submit final budget to Board 0% Jul 24 '95 Jul 24 '95 Williams Page 33 FY96 April 28 '95 Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 265 Name Board review and adoption of 95-96 final budget % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Jul 27 '95 Scheduled Finish Jul 27 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Board 266 Submit 95-96 final Budget to CourVParties 0% Aug 4 '95 Aug 22 '95 Williams 267 Submit 95-96 final budget to State 0% Aug 25 '95 Aug 25 '95 Board,Milhollen 268 MONITORING AND REPORTING QE DSES ANE NONDSEG PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS I1ST QUARTER: 2ND QUARTER: 3RD QUARTER: 4TH QUARTER) 83% Jun 1 '94 Aug 17 '95 Glowers 269 Obtain/Examine feedback from survey on the program budget document process 100% Jun 1 '94 Jul 31 '94 Bassa 270 Program budget document diskettes are returned to PRE for summer housing 100% Jun 9 '94 Jul 29 '94 Aug 12'94 Principals,Program Managers,Lewis 271 PRE performs necessary diskette management functions for the summer (i.e.,archival filing, achievement erasures, copying, etc,) 100% Jul 25 '94 Aug 31 '94 Sep 7 '94 PRE Clerical 272 Revise written program budget document instructions, as needed 100% Aug 8 '94 Aug 19 '94 Sep 9 '94 Glowers Page 34 FY96 April 28 '95 BBBSB\u0026amp;BBBISI B B. BL Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 273 Name PRE dispenses program budget document diskettes to principals and program managers % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Aug 18'94 Scheduled Finish Sep 2 '94 Revised Finish Resource Names PRE Clerical 274 Plan for maintenance education and reorientation regarding the program budget document process, using info which was provided by the survey 100% Jul 25 '94 Aug 30 '94 Sep 8 '94 Clowers 275 Conduct maintenance education workshops and reorientation sessions regarding the program budget document process for principals, clerical staff, program managers, primary and secondary leaders 100% Aug 31 '94 Sep 30 '94 Clowers 276 Disseminate written program budget document instructions to principals and program managers 100% Aug 31 '94 Sep 30 '94 Clowers 211 1ST QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 100% Aug 8 '94 Nov 21 '94 Clowers 278 Advise program managers and principals on program budget document, if problems in data entry 100% Aug 8 '94 Nov 4 '94 Ass't Supts,Clowers,PRE Clerical 279 Primary leaders provide directions and feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD's 100% Aug 8 '94 Oct 14'94 Primary Leaders 280 Generate diskette management flow information to relative staff in School Operations and PRE office 100% Sep 19'94 Sep 23 '94 Clowers Page 35 FY96 April 28 '95 Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 281 Name Plan training sessions on the Program Budget Document and WordPerfect % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Sep 7 '94 Scheduled Finish Sep 23 '94 Revised Finish Resource Names Clowers 282 Conduct training sessions on the Program Budget Document and WordPerfect 100% Sep 26 '94 Sep 30 '94 Clowers 283 DSeg and NonDSeg diskettes returned to PRE 100% Oct 14 '94 Oct 14 '94 Nov 4 '94 Principals,Program Managers,Clowers 284 PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 100% Oct 14 '94 Oct 28 '94 Nov 11 '94 PRE Clerical,Clowers 285 PRE generates hard copies of diskettes 100% Oct 14 '94 Oct 28 '94 Nov 11 '94 PRE Clerical,Clowers 286 PRE develops relative narrative and the Controller provides financial Info for the Program Budget Document Reports 100% Oct 28 '94 Nov 4 '94 Nov 11 '94 PRE Clerical,Milhollen,Clowers 287 PRE combines all relative info for the 1st Quarter Program Budget Reports (DSeg and NonDSeg) 100% Oct 31 '94 Nov 4 '94 Nov 11 '94 PRE Clerical,Clowers 288 PRE disseminates drafts of reports to selected resource people 100% Nov 7 '94 Nov 7 '94 Nov 11 '94 Clowers Page 36 FY96 April 28 '95B 8 Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 289 Name______ Revise drafts % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Nov 8 '94 Scheduled Finish Nov 8 '94 Revised Finish Nov 14 '94 Resource Names PRE Clerical,Glowers 290 Prepare for publication of Program Budget Document Reports (DSeg and NonDSeg) 100% Nov 9 '94 Nov 11 '94 Nov 14 '94 PRE Clerical,Milhollen,Glowers 291 Submit revised draft of Program Budget Document Reports to the Attorney for review/revision 100% Nov 11 '94 Nov 14 '94 Williams,Clowers 292 Submit 1st Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to the Court 100% Nov 18'94 Nov 18'94 Attorney 293 Return diskettes and paper copies to managers and principals 100% Nov 21 '94 Nov 21 '94 PRE Clerical 294 2ND QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET 100% Nov 14 '94 Feb 2Q '95 Feb 24 '95 ClQwers 295 Advise program managers and principals on Program Budget Document, if data entry problems 100% Nov 14 '94 Jan 13 '95 Jan 27 '95 Ass't Supts,Lewis 296 Primary leaders provide directions and feedback to their secondary people regarding 1st quarter achievement reporting in the PBD's 100% Nov 14'94 Jan 13 '95 Primary Leaders Page 37 FY96 April 28 '95 Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 297 Name Plan training sessions on the Program Budget Document and WordPerfect % Gomplete 100% Scheduled Start Dec 5 '94 Scheduled Finish Dec 9 '94 Revised Finish Nov 30 '94 Resource Names Glowers 298 Disseminate \"reminder\" instructions for completing the PBD to principals and program managers 100% Dec 5 '94 Dec 9 '94 Jan 4 '95 Glowers,Lewis 299 Gonduct training sessions for principals, program managers, and clerical staff 100% Dec 12 '94 Dec 16'94 Matthis,Glowers 300 Diskettes due back to PRE 100% Jan 13'95 Jan 13 '95 Principals,Prograrn Managers,Lewis 301 PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 100% Jan 13 '95 Jan 27 '95 PRE Glerical,Glowers 302 PRE generates hard copies of diskettes 100% Jan 13 '95 Jan 27 '95 PRE Glerical,Glowers 303 PRE revises narrative and the controller provides financial info for Program Budget Document Reports (DSeg and NonDSeg) 100% Jan 27 '95 Feb 3 '95 PRE Glerical,Milhollen,Glowers 304 PRE combines all revised info for 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 100% Jan 30 '95 Feb 3 '95 PRE GlericaLGIowers Page 38 FY96 April 28 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 305 Name__________________________________ PRE disseminates drafts of reports to selected resource people and attorney % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Feb 6 '95 Scheduled Finish Feb 6 '95 Revised Finish Feb 14 '95 Resource Names Clowers 306 Revise drafts 100% Feb 7 '95 Feb 7 '95 Feb 17'95 PRE Clerical,Clowers 307 Prepare for publication of 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 100% Feb 8 '95 Feb 10 '95 Feb 20 '95 PRE Clerical,Milhollen,Clowers 308 Submit revised draft of 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Report to the Attorney for review/revision, if revisions needed 100% Feb 10'95 Feb 13'95 VVilliams,Clowers 309 Submit 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Report to Court 100% Feb 17 '95 Feb 17'95 Feb 24 '95 Attorney 310 Return diskettes and paper copies to principals and program managers 100% Feb 20 '95 Feb 20 '95 Feb 24 '95 PRE Clerical an 3RD QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 83% Feb 14 '95 May 22 '95 Clowers 312 Advise program managers and principals on the Program Budget Document, if data entry problems 100% Feb 14 '95 Apr 14 '95 Ass't Supts,Lewis Page 39 FY96 April 28 '95 Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool IO 313 Name Primary leaders provide directions and feedback to their secondary people regarding 2nd quarter achievement reporting in the PBD's % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Feb 14 '95 Scheduled Finish Apr 14 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Primary Leaders 314 Disseminate \"reminder\" instructions for PBD completion to principals and program managers 100% Mar 7 '95 Mar 10 '95 Clowers 315 Diskettes due back to PRE 100% Apr 14 '95 Apr 14 '95 Principals,Program Managers 316 PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 100% Apr 14 '95 Apr 28 '95 PRE Clerical,Clowers 317 PRE generates hard copies of diskettes 100% Apr 14 '95 Apr 28 '95 PRE Clerical,Clowers 318 PRE revises narrative and the controller provides financial info for 3rd Quarer Program Budget Document Reports 0% Apr 28 '95 May 5 '95 PRE Clerical,Milhollen,Clowers 319 PRE combines all revised info for 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Apr 28 '95 May 5 '95 PRE Clerical,Clowers 320 PRE disseminates drafts of reports to selected resource people 0% May 8 '95 May 8 '95 Clowers Page 40 FY96 April 28 '95 ILittle Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 321 Name Revise drafts % Complete 0% Scheduled Start May 9 '95 Scheduled Finish May 9 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names PRE Clerical,Clowers 322 Prepare for publication of 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% May 1095 May 12 '95 PRE Clerical,Milhollen,Glowers 323 Submit revised draft of 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to the Attorney for review/revision, if revisions needed 0% May 15'95 May 18 '95 V\\/illianis,Clowers 324 Submit 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court 0% May 19'95 May 19'95 Attorney 325 Return diskettes and paper copies to principals and program managers 0% May 22 '95 May 22 '95 PRE Clerical 325 4TH QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 0% IVIaY..9as Aug ].7-'.2S Clowers 327 Advise program managers and principals on Program Budget Document 0% May 15'95 Jul 14 '95 Ass't Supts,Clowers,PRE Clerical 328 Primary leaders provide directions, formative and summative feedback to their secondary people regarding 3rd quarter and fiscal year achievement reporting in the PBD's 0% May 15'95 Jul 15'95 Primary Leaders Page 41 FY96 April 28 '95 Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 329 Name Disseminate \"reminder\" instructions for completing the PBD to principals and program managers % Complete 0% Scheduled Start May 9 '95 Scheduled Finish May 15'95 Revised Finish Resource Names Glowers 330 Principals submit School Operations Diskettes to Ass't Supts 0% Jun 9 '95 Jun 16 '95 Principals 331 Programs' diskettes due back to PRE 0% Jul 14'95 Jul 14 '95 Program Managers 332 PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 0% Jul 14 '95 Jul 28 '95 PRE Clerical,Glowers 333 PRE generates hard copies of diskettes 0% Jul 14 '95 Jul 28 '95 PRE Clerical,Glowers 334 PRE develops relative narrative and the controller provides financial info for 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Jul 28 '95 Aug 4 '95 PRE Clerical,Milhollen,Glowers 335 PRE combines all relatvie info for 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Jul 28 '95 Aug 4 '95 PRE Clerical,Glowers 336 PRE disseminates drafts of reports to selected resource people 0% Aug 7 '95 Aug 7 '95 Glowers Page 42 FY96 April 28 '95B B Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 337 Name______ Revise drafts % Complete 0% Scheduled Start Aug 8 '95 Scheduled Finish Aug 8 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names PRE Clerical,Clowers 338 Prepare for publication the 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% Aug 9 '95 Aug 11 '95 PRE Cierical,Milhollen,Clowers 339 Submit revised draft of 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Attorney for review/revision 0% Aug 11 '95 Aug 14 '95 Williams,Clowers 340 Submit 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court 0% Aug 14 '95 Aug 17'95 Attorney 341 PRE houses diskettes as 1995-96 school year begins 0% Aug 14 '95 Aug 14 '95 PRE Clerical 342 100% May 27 '94 Jan 13 '95 Dec 14 '94 Matthis.Clowers 343 Review Desegregation Plan for potential target programs 100% Jul 1 '94 Nov 30 '94 Williams,Matthis,Mayo,Milhollen,Clowers 344 Review Non-Desegregation Plan for potential target programs 100% Jul 1 '94 Nov 30 '94 Williams,Matthis,Mayo,Milhollen,Clowers Page 43 FY96 April 28 '95 Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 346 Name Begin program evaluation instrument and process % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Jun 1 '94 Scheduled Finish Aug 15 '94 Revised Finish Resource Names Council 346 Distribute program evaluation instruments and process 100% Jun 1 '94 Aug 31 '94 Clowers 347 Identify extended evaluation targets, if needed 100% Sep 6 '94 Jan 13 '95 Nov 21 '94 Matthis,Clowers, Williams,Mayo,Milhollen 348 Conduct required training sessions for use of process and evaluation criteria for designated staff, as necessary 100% Aug 8 '94 Aug 31 '94 Clowers 349 Develop process for council/cabinet review of program evaluations 100% May 27 '94 Aug 8 '94 Aug 24 '94 Clowers,Council 350 Program evaluations due from secondary or primary leaders 100% Oct 14 '94 Oct 14 '94 Nov 11 '94 Matthis,Clowers,Williams,Milhollen,Mayo 351 Notify appropriate staff to prepare Extended Program Evaluations 100% Nov 7 '94 Dec 7 '94 Clowers,Council 352 Use extended program evaluations to identify program additions, modifications, deletions 100% Oct 17'94 Nov 30 '94 Dec 19 '94 Matfhis,Clowers,Williams,Mayo,Milhollen Page 44 FY96 April 28 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 353 Name Notify appropriate staff to prepare Business Cases based on results of extended program evaluations % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Oct 17'94 Scheduled Finish Nov 30 '94 Revised Finish Dec 21 '94 Resource Names Matthis,Clowers,Williams,Mayo,Milhollen 354 86% Feb 1 '95 May 1 '95 Williams 355 Plan for internal and external feedback (Set locations and schedule for internal and external feedback) 100% Feb 1 '95 Feb 28 '95 Williams,Modeste, Vann 356 PROVIDE INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL FEEDBACK 81% Feb 15 '95 May 1 '95 Vann.Modeste. Williams 357 Execute advertisement plan for district feedback. Session I 100% Feb 15'95 Apr 28 '95 Vann,Modeste 358 Conduct District Feedback, Session l(Principals) 100% Mar 1 '95 May 1 '95 Williams 359 Execute advertisement plan for district feedback. Session II 85% Mar 1 '95 May 1 '95 Vann,Modeste 360 Conduct District Feedback, Session II (Teachers) 0% Mar 1 '95 May 1 '95 May 2 '95 Williams Page 45 FY96 April 28 '95 I Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 361 Name Execute advertisement plan. Session III % Complete 85% Scheduled Start Mar 15'95 Scheduled Finish May 1 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Vann,Modeste 362 Conduct District Feedback, Session III (Ass't Principals) 0% Mar 1 '95 May 1 '95 May 8 '95 Williams 363 Execute advertisement plan for district feedback. Session IV 100% Mar 1 '95 Apr 20 '95 Vann,Modeste 364 Conduct District Feedback, Session IV (Transportation) 100% Mar 1 '95 May 1 '95 Williams 365 Execute advertisement plan for district feedback. Session V 100% Mar 1 '95 May 1 '95 Vann,Modeste 366 Conduct District Feedback Session V (Administrative and Non-Certified) 100% Mar 1 '95 May 1 '95 Williams 367 Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall feedback. Session I 100% Feb 15'95 Mar 15'95 Vann,Modeste 368 Conduct Town Hall Feedback, Session I (Fulbright) 100% Mar 1 '95 May 1 '95 Williams Page 46 FY96 April 28 '95 inLittle Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 369 Name Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall feedback. Session II % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Mar 15'95 Scheduled Finish Mar 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Vann,Modeste 370 Conduct Town Hall Feedback, Session II (SW Community Center) 100% Mar 1 '95 Apr 28 '95 Williams 371 Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall feedback, Session III 100% Mar 1 '95 Apr 24 '95 Vann,Modeste 372 Conduct Town Hall Feedback, Session III (University Park Leisure Center) 100% Mar 1 '95 Apr 24 '95 Williams 373 Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall feedback. Session IV 50% Mar 1 '95 May 1 '95 Vann,Modeste 374 Conduct Town Hall Feedback, Session IV (Pulaski Heights) 0% Mar 1 '95 Apr 28 '95 May 10'95 Williams 375 Execute advertisement for Town Hall feedback. Session V 25% Mar 1 '95 May 1 '95 Vann,Modeste 376 Conduct Town Hall Feedback, Session V (McDermott Elementary) 0% Mar 1 '95 May 1 '95 Williams Page 47 FY96 April 28 '95 Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 322 Name SUBMIT MONTHLY MANAGEMENT REPORT IMANAGEMENT TOOLI TO COURT % Complete 71% Scheduled Start Jul 29 '94 Scheduled Finish Aug 31 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams 378 Submit July's monthly management report to Court 100% Jul 29 '94 Jul 29 '94 Williams,Attorney 379 Submit August's monthly management report to Court 100% Aug 31 '94 Aug 31 '94 Williams,Attorney 380 Submit September's monthly management report to Court 100% Sep 30 '94 Oct 3 '94 Williams,Attorney 381 Submit October's monthly management report to Court 100% Oct 31 '94 Oct 31 '94 Williams,Attorney 382 Submit November's monthly management report to Court 100% Nov 30 '94 Nov 30 '94 Williams,Attorney 383 Submit December's monthly management report to Court 100% Dec 30 '94 Dec 30 '94 Williams,Attorney 384 Submit January's monthly management report to Court 100% Jan 31 '95 Jan 31 '95 Williams ,Attorney Page 48 FY96 April 28 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 385 Name Submit February's monthly management report to Court % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Feb 28 '95 Scheduled Finish Feb 28 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams ,Attomey 386 Submit March's monthly management report to Court 100% Mar 31 '95 Mar 31 '95 Williams .Attorney 387 Submit April's monthly management report to Court 100% Apr 28 '95 Apr 28 '95 Williams,Attorney 388 Submit May's monthly management report to Court 0% May 31 '95 May 31 '95 Williams,Attorney 389 Submit June's monthly management report to Court 0% Jun 30 '95 Jun 30 '95 Williams,Attorney 390 Submit July's monthly management report to Court 0% Jul 31 '95 Jul 31 '95 Williams.Attorney 391 Submit August's monthly management report to Court 0% Aug 31 '95 Aug 31 '95 Williams ,Attorney 392 TASKS FOR SCHOOL CLOSINGS 75% Jul 1 '94 Jun 30 '95 Williams Page 49 FY96 April 28 '95 Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 393 Name ANALYZE DSEG PLAN FOR CHANGE/MODIFICATION % Complete 50% Scheduled Start Jul 1 '94 Scheduled Finish Jun 30 '95 Revised Finish Resource Names Williams 394 TASKS FOR COURT FILINGS 50% Jun 1 '94 May 31 '95 Williams 395 REGISTRATION AND RECRUITMENT TASKS 100% May 2 '94 Jan 30 '95 Mavo 396 100% May 2 '94 May 31 '94 Wagner,Mavo 397 Recommend adjusted dates based on last year 100% May 2 '94 May 6 '94 Wagner 39S Set locations for 4-year-old programs 100% May 9 '94 May 16'94 Mayo 399 Circulate tentative registration dates in memorandum requesting feedback from Superintendent's Council, Assistant Superintendent, Principals, and Support Administration 100% May 17'94 May 31 '94 Mayo 400 Present dates to Superintendent's Council for review 100% May 17'94 May 31 '94 Mayo Page 50 FY96 April 28 '95B  B Il Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 401 Name PUBLICIZE REGISTRATION DATES TO INTERESTED GROUPS % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Jun 1 '94 Scheduled Finish Jul 15 '94 Revised Finish Resource Names Wagner 402 Include approved dates in school year calendar 100% Jun 1 '94 Jul 15'94 Wagner 403 Share with Student Assignment Office staff, all district adminsitrators, Parties in the case, MRC, and ODM 100% Jun 1 '94 Jul 15'94 Wagner 404 DEFINE TARGETED AUDIENCES FOR RECRUITMENT 100% Aug 15 '94 Dec 21 '94 Mavo 405 Review the Plan as it relates to student assignment and racial balance 100% Aug 15 '94 Aug 30 '94 Mayo 406 Review racial balances in each school 100% Sep 15'94 Oct 28 '94 Mayo 407 Collect private school directories 100% Nov 1 '94 Dec 9 '94 Wagner 408 Collect data on number of students not attending attendance zone school 100% Oct 17 '94 Dec 21 '94 Mayo Page 51 FY96 April 28 '95 Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool ID 409 Name Begin entering private school students into the computer % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Nov 14 '94 Scheduled Finish Dec 21 '94 Revised Finish Resource Names Mayo 410 Analyze data on number of students not attending attendance zone school to develop strategies for balancing 100% Nov 1 '94 Dec 21 '94 Mayo 411 PREPARE AWARENESS MATERIALS FOR REGISTRATION 100% Seo 15 '94 Jan 30 '95 Wagner 412 Revise Student Assignment Handbook for schools 100% Nov 15'94 Dec 20 '94 Weidower 413 Schedule date for inservice for registrars and notify them 100% Nov 15 '94 Dec 20 '94 Weidower 414 Revise registration brochure 100% Sep 15'94 Nov 1 '94 Wagner 415 Revise Incentive School brochures, if appropriate 100% Sep 15'94 Nov 15'94 Wagner 416 Prepare PSA's 100% Nov 1 '94 Nov 30 '94 Wagner Page 52 FY96 April 28 '95Little Rock School District Program Planning and Budgeting Tool IO 417 Name Prepare posters and flyer(s) % Complete 100% Scheduled Start Nov 1 '94 Scheduled Finish Nov 30 '94 Revised Finish Dec 23 '94 Resource Names Teague 418 Schedule presentations to realtors, churches, businesses and other interested groups for January and early February 100% Nov 1 '94 Jan 30 '95 Rather 419 Plan and schedule \"kick-off\" event for registration 100% Nov 1 '94 Dec 20 '94 Rather 420 Send reminder memorandum to all district administrators. Parties in the case, MRC, and OOM of dates for registration including who can register, and how they can register 100% Jan 2 '95 Jan 15 '95 Mayo Page 53 FY96 April 28 '95 IO 1 Name ORGANIZATION 1994-95 2 3 4 5 \u0026amp; 7 i! I II tar 2nd Quarter Analyze, reassess, and revise planning organization and structure Revise, discuss, and reach consensus regarding format and tasking of 1994-95 Management Tool Initial circulation of 1994-95 Management Tool Evaluate tasking of 1994-95 Management Tool weekly Identify data to measure needs of district for FY 95-96 Project: FY96 Date: 4/28/95 Critical % Complete 50% 25% 100% 100% 72% 97% 100% Noncritical Mar Apr | May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr 3rd Quarter I May I Jun Jul | Aug | Sep 4t Oct 4 Progress  Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page 1 r ID 8 Name Revisit and analyze the results of the budgeting and planning priorities revealed from the 93-94 Needs Assessment Report % Complete 100% ter Mar 2nd Quarter 3rd Quarter Apr I May | Jun ~~Jul | Aug | Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct 9 Review/revise the mission statement and goals of the District 100% Jil 100% 11 Define purpose and scope for Personnel Study 100% 12 Design data collection plan for study of Personnel Study 100%  13 Assign responsibilities for study of Personnel Study 100% I 14 Collect data from Personnel Study 100% 15 Analyze data from Personnel Study 100% Project: FY96 Date: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone H Summary Rolled Up  Page 2 JI jJrL-i uJUTui ID 16 Name Prepare Personnel Study Report 17 Report data Tindings from Personnel Study lor merge Into needs assessment listing la STANFORD fi TEST DATA SIUEY 19 Define purpose and scope for Stanford 8 Test data study 20 Design data collection plan lor study ol Stanford 8 Test 21 Assign responsibilities for study of Stanford 8 Test data 22 Collect data from Stanford 8 Test 23 Project FY96 Dale: 4/28/95 Analyze data from Stanford 6 Test Critical % Complete 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Noncritical ter Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4tli Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun Progress Milestone  Rolled Up fl Page 3 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct J iO. 24 25 26 27 Name PrepaiTstanloTd 8 Test Report Report data lindlngs from Stanford 8 for merge Into needs assessment listing 28 29 30 31 |ter % Complete Mar 100% 100% ARKANSAS mMUM FtRFOBMANCE: ItSI lAMPTl DAIA SIUDX DeTine purpose and scope for AMPT study Design data collection plan for AMPT study of data Assign responsibilites lor AMPT data colledion Colled data hom AMPT Analyze data from AMPT lflQ3i 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Ptojed FY96 Dale: 4/28195 Critical Noncrilical 1st Quarter 2nd Quarter Apr I May I Jun Progress  Milestone H 2nd Quarter Page 4 Summary Rolled Up  3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 41 Oct I 1 f B H H H H H H H ID 32 Name Prepare AMPT Report 33 24 35 36 37 38 39 B Si S Report data findings from AMPT for merge into needs assessment listing PRE MONITORING REPORTS STUDY Define purpose and scope for PRE Monitoring Reports Study Design data collection plan for PRE Reports Study Assign responsibilites for PRE Monitoring Reports Study Collect data from PRE Monitoring Reports Study Analyze data from PRE Monitoring Reports Study tar % Complete 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep I Project: FY96 Date: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical Progress - Milestone  Page 5 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct Summary Rolled Up  atar 2nd Quarter ID 40 Name Prepare PRE Monitoring Reports Study Report % Complete 100% 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter 1 st Quarter __j______________________________ ------ ---------------- 2nd Quarter Mar Apr | May | Jun Jul | Aug | Sep Oct | Nov | Dec Jan | Feb ~a^ I May I Jui? 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 Report data findings from PRE Monitoring Reports Study for merge into needs assessment listing SCHOOL CLIMATE/HUMAN RELATIONS SURVEY (SC/HRI STUDY Define purpose and scope of SC/HR Survey Design data collection plan for study of SC/HR Assign responsibilities for SC/HR data collection Collect data from SC/HR Survey Analyze data from SC/HR Survey 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% I Project: FY96 Date: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page 6 l| rter ID 48 Name Prepare SC/HR Survey Report % Complete 100% Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 49 Report data findings from SC/HR Survey for merge into needs assessment 100% CURRICULUM AUDIT/ADE CURRICULAR STANDARDS 100% 51 Define purpose and scope of Curriculum Audit/Standards 100% 52 Design plans for data collection for Curriculum Audit/Standards 100% 53 Assign responsibilities for data collection of Curriculum Audit/Standards 100% 54 Collect data for Curriculum Audit/Standards 100% 55 Establish procedures tor revievr and assessment of Curriculum Audit/Standards data 100% Project: FY96 Date: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical Progress  Milestone H Page 7 a 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct Summary Rolled Up QID 56 Name Organize and label Curriculum Audit/Standards data-findings of Monitoring and Status Reports, Curriculum Objectives, Achievement % Complete 100% tar Mar 2nd Quarter 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter Apr I May | Jun Jul | Aug | Sep~ Oct [ Nov | Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar Apr 2nd Quarter 3rd Quarter 4t I May I Jun' Jul | Aug | Sep Oct 57 Relate/assess the data results back to the Curriculum Audit/Standards findings 100% 58 Analyze the effectiveness of revised curriculum/standards, policies, etc. 100% 59 Identify factors that facilitated attainment of curriculum/standards goals 100% 60 Identify obstacles that prevented curriculum/standards goal attainment 100% 61 Report data findings from Curriculum Audit/ADE Curricular Standards for merge into needs assessment 100% 62 Make recommendations tor program additions/deletions/modifications 100% I 63 PROPORTIONAL ALLOCATION FORMULAS STUDY 100% Project: FY96 Date: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone B Summary Rolled Up  Page 8ter ID 64 Name Define purpose and scope of Proportional Allocation Formulas % Complete 100% Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May [ Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct 65 Review/revise data collection plan for Proportional Allocation Formulas 100% I 66 Assign responsibilities for Proportional Allocation Formulas 100% I 67 Collect data for Proportional Allocation Formulas 100% 68 Analyze data from Proportional Allocation Formulas 100% 69 Prepare Proportional Allocation Formulas Report 100% 70 Report data findings from Proportional Allocations Formulas Study for merge into needs assessment listing 100% 21 DISTRICTWIDE FACILITIES STUDY 77% Project: FY96 Date: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical Progress m Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page 9ID 72 Name Define purpose and scope of Districtwide Facilities Study % Complete 100% ter Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Oct I Nov | Dec ~Jan | Feb | Mar Apr 2nd Quarter I May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep __ Oct 73 Design data collection plan for Districtwide Facilities Study 100% 74 Assign responsibilities for the Districtwide Facilities Study 100% I 75 Collect data for the Districtwide Facilities Study 50% 388^ 76 Establish Committee to study Districtwide Facilities 100% I 77 Prepare status report for the Districtwide Facilities Study (preliminary study for needs assessment) 100% 78 Report data findings from Preliminary Facilities Study for merge into needs assessment. 100% I 22 DESEGREGATION MONITORING REPORTS AUDIT from PPM 100% Project: FY96 Date: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up Q Page 10ID 80 Name Define purpose and scope of Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit % Complete 100% ter Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May I JufT 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct 81 Design data collection plan for study of Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit 100% 82 Assign responsibility for data collection of transcripts and Desegregation Monitoring Reports Audit 100% 83 Collect data 100% 84 Review with Superintendent's Council and Attorneys 100% 85 Report Findings to PRE 100% 86 Request Program Managers merge new obligations with Program Budget Document 100% az COURT ORDERS AUDIT 100% Project: FY96 Date: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical Progress - Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page 11ter ID 88 Name 2nd Quarter 3rd Quarter 89 90 91 92 93 94 as Define purpose and scope of Court Orders Audit Design data collection plan for the study of the Court Orders Audit Assign responsibility for data collection of Court Orders Audit Collect data Review with Superintendent's Council and Attorneys Report findings to PRE Request Program Managers merge new obligations with Program Budget Document TOWN HALL MEETINGS Project: FY96 Date: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical % Complete 100% 4th Quarter 1st Quarter MaL_^] May | Jun ~Jul | Aug | Sep' Oct [ Nov | Dec Jan | Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr 3rd Quarter 4t I May I Jun~ Jul | Aug | Sep Oct 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Progress H Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page 12 IID 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 Name Define purpose and scope of Town Hall Meetings Review previous year's data Review/revise data collection plan for Town Hall Meetings Set locations and schedule for Town Hall Meetings Develop advertisement plan and schedule for Town Hall Meetings Prepare Town Hall Meetings' sample agenda Review/revise data collection tool (matrix) for Town Hall Meetings Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting I Project: FY96 Dale: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical % Complete 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% ter Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter 1st Quarter ------- ,________-    J______aner r Jul I Aug I Sep Oct | Nov | Dec\" | Feb | Mar I I I 2nd Quarter I May [ Jur? 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct Progress B Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page 13ID 104 Name Conduct Town Hall Meeting I (Terry Elementary) % Complete 100% ler Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep Oct | Nov | Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May I Jut? 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct 105 Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting I for Input into matrix 100% 106 Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting II 100% 107 Conduct Town Hall Meeting II (University Park Adult Center) 100% 108 Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting II for input Into matrix 100% 109 Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting III 100% I 110 Conduct Town Hall Meeting III (Pulaski Heights Jr High School) 100% 111 Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting III for input Into matrix 100% Project: FY96 Dale: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical Milestone H Summary Rolled Up  Page 14ID 112 Name Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting IV % Complete 100% ter Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter 113 Conduct Town Hall Meeting IV (Fulbright Elementary) 100% 114 Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting IV into matrix 100% 115 Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall Meeting V 100% 116 Conduct Town Hall Meeting V (Martin Luther King Elementary) 100% 117 Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting V for Input into matrix 100% 118 Execute advertisement plan (or Town Hall Meeting Vt 100% 119 Conduct Town Hall Meeting VI (McClellan High School) 100% Project: FY96 Dale: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical Progress  Milestone | B B S Jul [ Aug [ Sep ~Oct | Nov | Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr [ May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct Page 15 UMM Summary Rolled Up r I I I ter ID 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 Name 2nd Quarter 3rd Quarter Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting VI into matrix Execute advertisement plan tor Town Hall Meeting VII Conduct Town Hall Meeting VII (Southwest Community Center) , Gather feedback data from Town Hall Meeting VII tor input Into matrix Finalize and publish Town Hall Meeting Report, 1994-95 Merge findings of Town Hall Meeting Report, 1994-95, Into needs assessment listing DISTRICT DIALOGUES Define purpose and scope of District Dialogues Project FY96 Dale: 4/28/95 Critical Noncrilical % Complete 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 4th Quarter Mar ApTl May | Jun Jul | Aug | Sep Oct | Nov | Dec  1$t Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar Apr 2nd Quarter I May I Jur? 3rd Quarter 4t Jul I Aug I Sep Oct Progress  Milestone  Rolled Up  Page 16ID 128 Name Review/revise data collection plan for District Dialogues % Complete 100% ter Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep I 129 Set locations and schedule for District Dialogues 100% I 130 Develop advertisement plan and schedule for District Dialogues 100% 131 Prepare District Dialogues sample agenda 100% 132 Review/Revise data collection tool (matrix) for District Dialogues 100% 133 Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue I 100%  134 Conduct District Dialogue I (principals, Franklin Elementary) 100% 135 Gather feedback data from District Dialogue I for input into matrix 100% Project: FY96 Date: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical Progress M Milestone | Page 17 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct Summary Rolled Up r ID 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 Name Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue 11 Conduct District Dialogue II (Transportation) Gather feedback data from District Dialogue II for input into matrix Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue III Conduct District Dialogue III (Administration) Gather feedback data from District Dialogue III for merge into matrix Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue IV Conduct District Dialogue IV (Classified) Project: FY96 Date: 4/28/95 Critical % Complete 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Noncritical ter Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun Progress h Milestone  3rd Quarter 4th Quarter 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Se^ Oct | Nov [ Dec ~jan | Feb | Mar Apr 2nd Quarter I May I Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct Page 18 Summary Rolled Up 1 ID 144 Name Gather feedback data from District Dialogue IV for input into matrix % Complete 100% ter Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct 145 Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue V 100% I 146 Conduct District Dialogue V (Teachers) 100% I 147 Gather feedback from District Dialogue V lor input into matrix 100% I 148 Execute advertisement plan for District Dialogue VI 100% 149 Conduct District Dialogue VI (Assistant Principals) 100% I 150 Gather feedback data from District Dialogue VI for merge into matrix 100% I 151 Finalize and publish District Dialogue Report, 1994-95 (delayed because of rescheduled meetings) 100% Project: FY96 Date: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical ^//////////^^^^^ Progress - Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page 19r ID 152 Name Merge findings of District Dialogue Report, 1994-95, into needs assessment listing % Complete 100% ter Mar 2nd Quarter Apr [ May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec  1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May I Jut? 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct 153 Collect and merge issues from Goal-Setting Work Session (9-6-94) into needs assessment information at Board Retreat 100% 154 Conduct Board Work Session for data analyses studies, surveys, forums, dialogues, etc. 90% 155 Complete needs assessment listing (extended evaluations and other relevant reports) 100% I 156 Publish Draft of Needs Assessment Report and disseminate to selected persons 100% I 157 Finalize and publish Needs Assessment Report, 1994-95 100% I 158 PROGRAM INVENTORY 100% 159 Identify and revise DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% Project: FY96 Date: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical Progress H Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page 20ID 160 Name Review and adjust primary and secondary leaders for DSeg and NonDSeg programs % Complete 100% ter Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun  161 Finalize listing/leaders of DSeg and NonDSeg Programs 100% 162 Generate a Program Inventory Report for 1994-95 100% 163 Review/revise Program Inventory following submisssion of budget to ADE 100% 164 PLANNING AND BUDGET GOALS 100% 165 CABINET/COUNCIL PLANNING SESSION 100% 166 Identify process for goal development/revision 100% Project: FY96 Date: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical Progress m Milestone  3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep Page 21 B S B B 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct Summary Rolled Up ID 167 Name Determine date and site for work session % Complete 100% ler Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May I Jur? 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct 168 Identify materials for work session 100% 169 Develop materials for work session 100% 170 Identify and notify participants for the work session 100% 171 Conduct work session 100% I 122 GOAL-SETTING WORK SESSION 100% 173 Identify process for Goal-Setting Work Session 100% I 174 Identify participants for the Goal-Setting Work Session 100% I Project: FY96 Date: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical Progress H Milestone  Summary Rolled Up Q Page 22ID 175 Name Identify and collect background materials for participants % Complete 100% kef All. Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep I 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May I Jut? 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct 176 Determine date and site for Goal-Setting Work Session 100% I 177 Distribute background materials to the participants 100% I 178 Conduct work session to develop review/revise mission statement, develop goals, and a list of issues that may enhance or restrict goal attainment 100% I 179 Identify materials for Board Work Session 100% I 180 Establish date and site for Work Session 100% I 181 Prepare materials for Board Work Session 100% I 182 BOARD WORK SESSION 100% Project: FY96 Date: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page 23r ID 183 Name Distribute background materials to Board members % Complete 100% ter Mar 2nd Quarter 3rd Quarter Apr I May [ Jun Jul | Aug | Sep I 4th Quarter 1st Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec Jan | Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr 3rd Quarter I May I Jun~ Jul | Aug | Sep __ Oct 184 Review of preliminary list of issues for needs assessment by Board 100% 185 Define input requirements at Board work session (for broad-based feedback) 100%  186 Review/revise tentative mission statement and goals 100% I 187 188 189 190 Project: FY96 Date: 4/28/95 Review DSeg and NonDSeg Program Inventory Review identified proportional allocations Establish written priorities Identity additional extended program evaluation, if needed Critical Noncritical 100% 100% 100% 100% Progress B Milestone I Page 24 I I I I Summary Rolled Up QID 191 Name Identify strategies for funding shortfalls (Note: date extended to allow community input) % Complete 100% Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep I 192 Develop timeline for identification and researching of funding shortfall strategies (Note: date extended to allow community input) 100% I 193 Develop communication strategy for mission statement and goals 100% I 194 Distribute mission statement and goals 100% I 195 lae 197 198 Distribute list of priorities BOARD RETREAT WORK SESSION Determine date and site for Board Retreat Identify agenda items for Board Retreat 100% 100% 100% 100% I Project: FY96 Date: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical Progress - Milestone  Page 25 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec I  Summary Rolled Up  1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Octr ID 199 Name Establish agenda for Board Retreat % Complete 100%  ler Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec I 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct 200 Identify materials for Board Retreat 100% 201 Gather and distribute materials for Board Retreat 100% I 202 Conduct data analysis work session for Board Reatreat 100% 203 Conduct Board Retreat 100% I 204 Report outcomes of Board Retreat 100% I 205 Determine the need for an additional Board Retreat 100% 206 Conduct Board Retreat, if needed ( no additonal meeting needed) 100% Project: FY96 Date: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical Progress M Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page 26 9ID 207 Name % Complete 100% ter Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter 3rd Quarter Apr I May | Jun ~Jul | Aug | Sep 4t Oct 208 Develop philosophy and/or objectives for programs and/or program modifications 100%  209 Schedule and hold meetings for organizing the process 100%  210 Seek copies of source documents from experts, as needed 100% 211 Examine trends of experts in the designated fields, as needed 100% 212 Organize a committee to develop educational specifications 100% 213 214 Establish framework for curriculum offerings\nservices and support programs\npolicies for instructional delivery\nmaterials/supplies/ equipment: staffing needs and staff development needs\nbudget______________________ Relate/reference recommendations from curriculum audit needs assessment results to established mission statement, goals, and DSeg Plan 100% 100% Project: FY96 Date: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page 27r ID 215 Name Review recommendations from districfwide needs assessment in order to identify additional programs or program modifications % Complete 100% ter Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter 1$t Quarter Jul I Aug I SeF Oct | Nov | Dec \"jan | Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter 3rd Quarter 216 Develop Business Case for program and/or program modifications tor submitting to Superintendent and Board of Directors 100% 217 Review program and/or program modifications with Council (i.e., Business Cases) 100% I 218 Develop business case for incentive schools' program modifications for submitting to Supt, and Council 100% 219 Explore, gather, and assess data relative to the transition to the Middle School concept 100% 220 Review of Outsourcing 100% 221 SUBMIT BUSINESS CASE FOR PROGRAM AND/OR MODIFICATIONS TO SUPERINTENDENT 100% 222 Submit Business Case lor program and/or program modifications to Board of Directors 100% Apr I May I Jun~ Jul | Aug | Sep 4t Oct Project. FY96 Date: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical Progress Milestone Summary Rolled Up  Page 28ID 223 224 225 22fi 227 228 229 230 Name First review of Business Cases by Board Conduct second program review-revisit-reevaluate Decide to add, implement, modify, or delete programs BUDGETING Develop budget preparation training material Issue instructions for budget preparation at all levels Conduct budget preparation training sessions Prepare initial financial forecasts for coming year Project: FY96 Date: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical % Complete 100% 100% 100% 56% 100% 100% 100% 100% ter Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun Progress a Milestone  3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter 1st Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec Jan [ Feb | Mar  I I Rolled Up  2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct Page 29 I Ir ID 231 Name Budget managers submit 95-96 budget requests % Complete 100% tar Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep Oct | Nov | Dec Jan [ Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct 232 Begin budget development 100% 233 Prepare current year budget revisions 100% 234 Year to date revenue expenditure analysis 100% 235 Revise financial forecast for coming year 100%  236 Submit proposed budget to Board 100% I 237 Conduct Board Work Sessions on proposed budget 100%  238 Revise proposed budget, as needed 60% Project: FY96 Dale: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page 30I 1 I ID 233 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 Name Staffing % Complete 78% ter Mar 2nd Quarter Apr [ May | Jun 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep Oct | Nov | Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct Project: FY96 Date: 4/28/95 First review of changes in course offerings by Board Approval of course offerings by Board contingent upon adoption of business case Meeting with counselors and principals to review course offerings for 1995-96 Print course selection sheets ' Counselors meet with students and complete course selection sheets Registrars tally course selections Identify elementary enrollment (tentative) for 1995-96 Critical Noncritical 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Progress h Milestone I Rolled Up  Page 31 Ir ID 247 Name Review course tallies for secondary. Note possible cuts based on courses requested. % Complete 100% ter Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr [ May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct 248 Make determination by subject area (secondary) of possible reductions and by projected elementary enrollment 100% 249 Verification of need, based on manpower report and by program (program managers and principals) 100% 250 Check results of above 4 items against known retirement, resignations, and intern positions 100% 251 Identify teachers for Reduction in Force (RIF), if needed 100% I 252 Notify certified personnel of Reduction in Force (RIF), If needed staff reduction 100% 253 Recall from RIF, if needed 0% 254 Notify classified personnel of staff redudlon 0% Project: FY96 Date: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical Progress - Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page 32T 1. I I I I I I 1 I I ID 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 Name Prepare tentative budget Board review of tentative budget Conduct Board Work Session on tentative budget Recall from RIF, It needed Account reconciliation and Purchase Order (PO) clean-up Receipt of state-generated revenue numbers (payroll liabilities, adjusted supplemental payroll, last payroll, Carl Perkins, M to M, JTPA, Voc Ed. Sp Ed, Chapters 1 and 2, Compensatory Education, MFPA, Transportation, ABC) Close-out of 1994-95 accounts: adjust physical inventory, (fiscal) federal grants, magnets, state grants, accruals Compute ending fund balance Project: FY96 Date: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical % Complete 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% ter Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun Progress n Milestone H 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep Oct | Nov [ Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun I I 8 3rd Quarter 4t Jul I Aug I Sep Oct I Page 33 Summary Rolled Up r ID 263 Name Administrative review of final budget % Complete 0% ler Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter 1st Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec Jan | Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 0 4t Oct 264 Submit final budget to Board 0% I 265 Board review and adoption of 95-96 final budget 0% I 266 Submit 95-96 final Budget to Court/Parties 0% 267 Submit 95-96 final budget to State 0% I 2fia MONITORING AND REPORTING OF DSEG AND NONDSEG PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS (1ST QUARTER: 2ND QUARTER: 3RD QUARTER: 4TH QUARTERI 83% 269 Obtain/Examine feedback from survey on the program budget document process 100% 270 Program budget document diskettes are returned to PRE for summer housing 100% Project: FY96 Date: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone H Summary Rolled Up Q Page 34ID 271 I I I 272 273 274 275 276 221 278 Name_______________________________ PRE performs necessary diskette management functions for the summer (i.e ,archival filing, achievement erasures, copying, etc,) % Complete 100% ter Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter Jul I Aug [ Sep Oct | Nov | H 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar Apr 2nd Quarter I May I Jui? 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct Revise written program budget document instructions, as needed PRE dispenses program budget document diskettes to principals and program managers Plan for maintenance education and reorientation regarding the program budget document process, using info which was provided by the survey Conduct maintenance education workshops and reorientation sessions regarding the program budget document process for principals, clerical staff, program managers, primary and secondary leaders__________________ Disseminate written program budget document instructions to principals and program managers 1ST QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS Advise program managers and principals on program budget document, if problems in data entry 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% Project: FY96 Date: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical Progress  Milestone H Rolled Up  Page 35 Ir ID 279 Name Primary leaders provide directions and feedback to their secondary people regarding achievement reporting in the PBD's % Complete 100% ter Mar 2nd Quarter Apr [ May | Jun 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter 1st Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep Oct | Nov | Dec Jan | Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter 3rd Quarter 280 Generate diskette management flow information to relative staff in School Operations and PRE office 100% I 281 Plan training sessions on the Program Budget Document and WordPerfect 100% 282 Conduct training sessions on the Program Budget Document and WordPerfect 100% 283 DSeg and NonDSeg diskettes returned to PRE 100% 284 PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 100% 285 PRE generates hard copies of diskettes 100% 286 PRE develops relative narrative and the Controller provides financial info for the Program Budget Document Reports 100%  Apr I May I Jijn~ Jul | Aug | Sep 41 Oct Project: FY96 Dale: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical Progress  Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page 36ID 287 Name PRE combines all relative info for the 1st Quarter Program Budget Reports (DSeg and NonDSeg) % Complete 100% ter Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug [ Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec I 288 PRE disseminates drafts of reports to selected resource people 100% I 289 Revise drafts 100% I 290 Prepare for publication of Program Budget Document Reports (DSeg and NonDSeg) 100% I 291 Submit revised draft of Program Budget Document Reports to the Attorney for review/revision 100% I 292 Submit 1st Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to the Court 100% I 293 Return diskettes and paper copies to managers and principals 100% I 294 2ND QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS 100% Project: FY96 Date: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page 37 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May I Jut? 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Octr ID 295 Name Advise program managers and principals on Program Budget Document, if data entry problems % Complete 100% ter Mar 2nd Quarter Apr [ May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter 1 st Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec Jan | Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct 296 Primary leaders provide directions and feedback to their secondary people regarding 1st quarter achievement reporting in the PBD's 100% 297 Plan training sessions on the Program Budget Document and WordPerfect 100% I 29S Disseminate \"reminder\" instructions for completing the PBD to principals and program managers 100% I 299 Conduct training sessions for principals, program managers, and clerical staff 100% I 300 Diskettes due back to PRE 100% I 301 PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 100% 302 PRE generates hard copies of diskettes 100% 1 Project: FY96 Date: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical Progress a Milestone  Rolled Up  Page 38ID 303 Name PRE revises narrative and the controller provides financial info for Program Budget Document Reports (DSeg and NonDSeg) % Complete 100% ter Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb [ Mar  304 PRE combines all revised info for 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 100% I 305 PRE disseminates drafts of reports to selected resource people and attorney 100% I 306 Revise drafts 100% I 307 Prepare for publication of 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 100% I 308 Submit revised draft of 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Report to the Attorney for review/revision, if revisions needed 100% I 309 Submit 2nd Quarter Program Budget Document Report to Court 100% I 310 Return diskettes and paper copies to principals and program managers 100% I 2nd Quarter Apr I May I Jui? 3rd Quarter Jul [ Aug I Sep 4t Oct Project: FY96 Date: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical Progress b Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page 39r ID au Name 3RD QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS % Complete 83% tar Mar 2nd Quarter Apr [ May | Jun 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep ~0d | Nov | Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May I JurT 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct 312 Advise program managers and principals on the Program Budget Document, it data entry problems 100% 313 Primary leaders provide directions and feedback to their secondary people regarding 2nd quarter achievement reporting In the PBD's 100% 314 Disseminate \"reminder\" instructions for PBD completion to principals and program managers 100% I 315 Diskettes due back to PRE 100% I 316 PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 100% 317 PRE generates hard copies of diskettes 100% 318 PRE revises narrative and the controller provides financial info for 3rd Quarer Program Budget Document Reports 0% 3 Project: FY96 Dale: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical Progress m Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page 40I ID 319 Name PRE combines all revised info for 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports % Complete 0% ter Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter 1 st Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec Jan | Feb | Mar Apr 2nd Quarter I May I Jut? a 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct 320 PRE disseminates drafts of reports to selected resource people 0% I 321 322 323 324 Revise drafts Prepare for publication of 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports Submit revised draft of 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to the Attorney for review/revision, if revisions needed Submit 3rd Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court 0% 0% 0% 0% I I I I 325 32fi I fl B I Return diskettes and paper copies to principals and program managers 4TH QUARTER PROGRAM BUDGET DOCUMENT REPORTS Project. FY96 Dale 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical 0% 0% Progress  Milestone H Summary Rolled Up  Page 41 I r ID 327 Name Advise program managers and principals on Program Budget Document % Complete 0% ter Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter 3rd Quarter Apr I May | Jun ~ul | Aug | Sep 328 Primary leaders provide directions, fonnative and summative feedback to their secondary people regarding 3rd quarter and fiscal year achievement reporting in the PBD's 0% 329 Disseminate \"reminder\" instructions for completing the PBD to principals and program managers 0% 330 Principals submit School Operations Diskettes to Ass't Supts 0% 331 Programs' diskettes due back to PRE 0% I 332 PRE performs check-in procedures and data clean-up on diskettes 0% 333 PRE generates hard copies of diskettes 0% 334 PRE develops relative narrative and the controller provides financial info tor 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports 0% 0 Project: FY96 Date: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical Progress  Milestone | Summary Rolled Up H Page 42 4t OctI ID 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 Name PRE combines all relatvie info for 4lh Quarter Program Budget Document Reports PRE disseminates drafts of reports Io selected resource people Revise drafts Prepare for publication the 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports Submit revised draft of 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Attorney for review/revision Submit 4th Quarter Program Budget Document Reports to Court PRE houses diskettes as 1995-96 school year begins PROGRAM EVALUATION Project: FY96 Dale: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical % Complete 0% ler Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May [ Jun 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep Oct | Nov | 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter 3rd Quarter 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 100% Progress  Milestone I Summary Rolled Up  Page 43 Apr I May I JurT Jul | Aug | Sep 0 I I 0 0 I 4t OctID 343 Name Review Desegregation Plan tor potential target programs % Complete 100% ter Mar 2nd Quarter 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter Apr [ May | Jun Jul | Aug | Sep Oct | Nov | Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct 344 Review Non-Desegregation Plan for potential target programs 100% 345 Begin program evaluation instrument and process 100% 346 Distribute program evaluation instruments and process 100% 347 Identify extended evaluation targets, if needed 100% 348 Conduct required training sessions for use of process and evaluation criteria for designated staff, as necessary 100% 349 Develop process for council/cabinet review of program evaluations 100% 350 Program evaluations due from secondary or primary leaders 100% I Project\nFY96 Date\n4/28/95 Critical Noncritical Progress - Milestone  Summary BF******^^^^ Rolled Up  Page 44I ID 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 Name Notify appropriate staff to prepare Extended Program Evaluations Use extended program evaluations to identify program additions, modifications, deletions Notify appropriate staff to prepare Business Cases based on results of extended program evaluations Plan for infernal and external feedback (Set locations and schedule for internal and external feedback) PROVIDE INTERNAL AND EXTERNAL FEEDBACK Execute advertisement plan for district feedback, Session I Project: FY96 Date: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical % Complete 100% ter Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct 100% 100% 86% 100% aisi 100% Progress H Milestone | Summary Rolled Up  Page 45r ID 358 Name Conduct District Feedback, Session l(Principals) % Complete 100% ter Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter 2nd Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar Apr | May [ Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct 359 Execute advertisement plan for district feedback, Session II 85% 3 360 Conduct District Feedback, Session II (Teachers) 0% 361 Execute advertisement plan. Session III 85% 362 Conduct District Feedback, Session III (Ass't Principals) 0% 363 Execute advertisement plan tor district feedback. Session IV 100% 364 Conduct District Feedback, Session IV (Transportation) 100% 365 Execute advertisement plan for district feedback, Session V 100% I Project: FY96 Date: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone H Summary Rolled Up  Page 46ID 366 Name 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 Conduct District Feedback Session V (Administrative and Non-Certified) Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall feedback, Session I Conduct Town Hall Feedback, Session I (Fulbright) Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall feedback, Session II Conduct Town Hall Feedback, Session II (SW Community Center) Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall feedback. Session III Conduct Town Hall Feedback, Session III (University Park Leisure Center) Execute advertisement plan for Town Hall feedback. Session IV Project: FY96 Date: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical % Complete 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 50% ler Mar 2nd Quarter 3rd Quarter Apr I May | Jun ~Jul | Aug | Sep Progress Hi Milestone H Page 47 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec Summary Rolled Up  1st Quarter 2nd Quarter Jan I Feb [ Mar Apr [ May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct r ID 374 Name Conduct Town Hall Feedback, Session IV (Pulaski Heights) % Complete 0% ter Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May I Jur? 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct 375 Execute advertisement for Town Hall feedback. Session V 25% 376 Conduct Town Hall Feedback, Session V (McDermott Elementary) 0% 322 SUBMIT MONTHLY MANAGEMENT REPORT (MANAGEMENT TOQLI TO COURT 71% 378 Submit July's monthly management report to Court 100% 379 Submit August's monthly management report to Court 100% 380 Submit September's monthly management report to Court 100% 381 Submit October's monthly management report to Court 100% Project: FY96 Date: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical Progress h Milestone H Summary Rolled Up  Page 48I ID 382 Name Submit November's monthly management report to Court % Complete 100% ter Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr 383 Submit December's monthly management report to Court 100% 384 Submit January's monthly management report to Court 100% I 385 Submit February's monthly management report to Court 100% I 386 Submit March's monthly management report to Court 100% 387 Submit April's monthly management report to Court 100% 388 Submit May's monthly management report to Court 0% 389 Submit June's monthly management report to Court 0% 3rd Quarter I May I Jun~ Jul | Aug [ Sep I Project: FY96 Dale: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical Progress m Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page 49 __ OctID 390 Name Submit July's monthly management report to Court % Complete 0% ter Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb [ Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep I 391 Submit August's monthly management report to Court 0% I 392 TASKS FOR SCHOOL CLOSINGS 75% 393 ANALYZE DSEG PLAN FOR CHANGE/MODIFICATION 50% 394 TASKS FOR COURT FILINGS 50% 395 REGISTRATION AND RECRUITMENT TASKS 100% 396 SET REGISTRATION DATES 100% Project: FY96 Date: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical Progress  Milestone B Summary Rolled Up  Page 50 a 4t Oct a a a a B B aI ID 397 Name Recommend adjusted dales based on last year % Complete 100% ter Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun I 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4t Oct 398 Set locations for 4-year-old programs 100%  399 400 Circulate tentative registration dates in memorandum requesting feedback from Superintendent's Council, Assistant Superintendent, Principals, and Support Administration__________________ Present dates to Superintendent's Council for review 100% 100% 401 PUBLICIZE REGISTRATION DATES TO INTERESTED GROUPS 100% 402 Include approved dates in school year calendar 100% 403 Share with Student Assignment Office staff, all district adminsitralors. Parties in the case, MRC, and ODM 100% Project: FY96 Date: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical Progress M Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page 51r ID 404 Name DEFINE TARGETED AUDIENCES FOR RECRUITMENT % Complete 100% ter Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1 st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr 3rd Quarter I May I Jun~ Jul | Aug | Sep 4t Oct 405 Review the Plan as it relates to student assignment and racial balance 100% 406 Review racial balances In each school 100% 407 Collect private school directories 100% 408 Collect data on number of students not attending attendance zone school 100% 409 Begin entering private school students into the computer 100% 410 Analyze data on number of students not attending attendance zone school to develop strategies for balancing 100% Project: FY96 Dale: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical Progress  Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page 52IO 411 Name EBEEABE AWARENESS MATERIALS EQR REGISTRATION ter 2nd Quarter % Complete Mar Apr | May | Jun 100% 412 Revise Student Assignment Handbook for schools 100% 413 Schedule date for inservice for registrars and notify them 100% 414 Revise registration brochure 100% 415 Revise Incentive School brochures, if appropriate 100% 416 417 418 Project: FY96 Date: 4/28/95 3rd Quarter 4th Quarter Jul I Aug [ Sep Oct | Nov | 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar Apr 2nd Quarter 3rd Quarter 4t I May [ Jun Jul [ Aug | Sep Oct Prepare PSA's Prepare posters and flyer(s) Schedule presentations to realtors, churches, businesses and other interested groups for January and early February Critical Noncrilical 100% 100% 100% Progress  Milestone I Summary Rolled Up  Page 53ID 419 Name Plan and schedule ''kick-off event for registration % Complete 100% ler Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May | Jun 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep 4th Quarter Oct I Nov I Dec 1st Quarter Jan I Feb | Mar 2nd Quarter Apr I May I Juf? 3rd Quarter Jul I Aug I Sep __ Oct 420 Send reminder memorandum to all district administrators, Parties In the case, MRC, and ODM of dates for registration including who can register, and how they can register 100% Project: FY96 Dale: 4/28/95 Critical Noncritical Progress Mi Milestone  Summary Rolled Up  Page 54\nThis project was supported in part by a Digitizing Hidden Special Collections and Archives project grant from The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation and Council on Library and Information Resoources.\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n \n\n  \n\n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n \n\n\n   \n\n  \n\n \n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n\n   \n\n \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n   \n\n\n\n  \n\n\n\n "},{"id":"noa_sohpcr_q-0019","title":"Oral history interview with Martha Cooley, April 25, 1995","collection_id":"noa_sohpcr","collection_title":"Oral Histories of the American South: The Civil Rights Movement","dcterms_contributor":["McCoy, James Eddie (James Edward), 1942-","Southern Oral History Program"],"dcterms_spatial":["United States, North Carolina, Granville County, 36.30402, -78.65302"],"dcterms_creator":["Cooley, Martha, 1908?-2005"],"dc_date":["1995-04-25"],"dcterms_description":["Martha Cooley learned how to run a household when she was just a girl; by the age of twelve, she had taken charge of her home, cooking meals and hanging tobacco leaves to help her father's farming venture in Granville County, North Carolina. Eighty-five years old at the time of this 1995 interview, Cooley describes a childhood in the rural South before the advent of the civil rights movement, the intrusion of roads and highways, or interference from industrial growth or urban sprawl. Cooley remembers her history and that of her family, recalling her education in a one-room schoolhouse, Sunday afternoons, quiltings, and cornshuckings. She creates an image of an inward-looking, supportive community.","The Civil Rights Digital Library received support from a National Leadership Grant for Libraries awarded to the University of Georgia by the Institute of Museum and Library Services for the aggregation and enhancement of partner metadata."],"dc_format":["text/html","text/xml","audio/mpeg"],"dcterms_identifier":null,"dcterms_language":["eng"],"dcterms_publisher":null,"dc_relation":["Forms part of Oral histories of the American South collection."],"dc_right":["http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC/1.0/"],"dcterms_is_part_of":null,"dcterms_subject":["African American women--North Carolina--Granville County","African Americans--North Carolina--Granville County--Social life and customs","Farm life--North Carolina--Granville County","African Americans--Education--North Carolina--Granville County"],"dcterms_title":["Oral history interview with Martha Cooley, April 25, 1995"],"dcterms_type":["Text","Sound"],"dcterms_provenance":["University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. Documenting the American South (Project)"],"edm_is_shown_by":null,"edm_is_shown_at":["http://docsouth.unc.edu/sohp/Q-0019/menu.html"],"dcterms_temporal":null,"dcterms_rights_holder":null,"dcterms_bibliographic_citation":null,"dlg_local_right":null,"dcterms_medium":["transcripts","sound recordings","oral histories (literary works)"],"dcterms_extent":["Title from menu page (viewed on Dec. 3, 2008).","Interview participants: Martha Cooley, interviewee; Eddie McCoy, interviewer.","Duration: 00:47:18.","This electronic edition is part of the UNC-Chapel Hill digital library, Documenting the American South. It is a part of the collection Oral histories of the American South.","Text encoded by Jennifer Joyner. Sound recordings digitized by Aaron Smithers."],"dlg_subject_personal":["Cooley, Martha, 1908?-2005"],"dcterms_subject_fast":null,"fulltext":null}],"pages":{"current_page":486,"next_page":487,"prev_page":485,"total_pages":6766,"limit_value":12,"offset_value":5820,"total_count":81191,"first_page?":false,"last_page?":false},"facets":[{"name":"educator_resource_mediums_sms","items":[{"value":"lesson plans","hits":319},{"value":"teaching guides","hits":53},{"value":"timelines (chronologies)","hits":43},{"value":"online exhibitions","hits":38},{"value":"bibliographies","hits":15},{"value":"study guides","hits":11},{"value":"annotated bibliographies","hits":9},{"value":"learning modules","hits":6},{"value":"worksheets","hits":6},{"value":"slide shows","hits":4},{"value":"quizzes","hits":1}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":16,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"type_facet","items":[{"value":"Text","hits":40200},{"value":"StillImage","hits":35114},{"value":"MovingImage","hits":4552},{"value":"Sound","hits":3248},{"value":"Collection","hits":41},{"value":"InteractiveResource","hits":25}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":16,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"creator_facet","items":[{"value":"Peppler, Jim","hits":4965},{"value":"Phay, John E.","hits":4712},{"value":"University of Mississippi. Bureau of Educational Research","hits":4707},{"value":"Baldowski, Clifford H., 1917-1999","hits":2599},{"value":"Mississippi State Sovereignty Commission","hits":2255},{"value":"Thurmond, Strom, 1902-2003","hits":2077},{"value":"WSB-TV (Television station : Atlanta, Ga.)","hits":1475},{"value":"Newman, I. DeQuincey (Isaiah DeQuincey), 1911-1985","hits":1003},{"value":"The State Media Company (Columbia, S.C.)","hits":926},{"value":"Atlanta Journal-Constitution","hits":844},{"value":"Herrera, John J.","hits":778}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"subject_facet","items":[{"value":"African Americans--Civil rights","hits":9441},{"value":"Civil rights","hits":8347},{"value":"African Americans","hits":5895},{"value":"Mississippi--Race relations","hits":5750},{"value":"Race relations","hits":5607},{"value":"Education, Secondary","hits":5083},{"value":"Education, Elementary","hits":4729},{"value":"Segregation in education--Mississippi","hits":4727},{"value":"Education--Pictorial works","hits":4707},{"value":"Civil rights demonstrations","hits":4436},{"value":"Civil rights workers","hits":3530}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"subject_personal_facet","items":[{"value":"Smith, Lillian (Lillian Eugenia), 1897-1966--Correspondence","hits":1888},{"value":"King, Martin Luther, Jr., 1929-1968","hits":1809},{"value":"Meredith, James, 1933-","hits":1709},{"value":"Herrera, John J.","hits":1312},{"value":"Baker, Augusta, 1911-1998","hits":1282},{"value":"Parks, Rosa, 1913-2005","hits":1071},{"value":"Jordan, Barbara, 1936-1996","hits":858},{"value":"Young, Andrew, 1932-","hits":814},{"value":"Smith, Lillian (Lillian Eugenia), 1897-1966","hits":719},{"value":"Mizell, M. Hayes","hits":674},{"value":"Silver, James W. (James Wesley), 1907-1988","hits":626}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"name_authoritative_sms","items":[{"value":"Smith, Lillian (Lillian Eugenia), 1897-1966","hits":2598},{"value":"King, Martin Luther, Jr., 1929-1968","hits":1909},{"value":"Meredith, James, 1933-","hits":1704},{"value":"Herrera, John J.","hits":1331},{"value":"Parks, Rosa, 1913-2005","hits":1070},{"value":"Jordan, Barbara, 1936-1996","hits":856},{"value":"Young, Andrew, 1932-","hits":806},{"value":"Silver, James W. (James Wesley), 1907-1988","hits":625},{"value":"Connor, Eugene, 1897-1973","hits":605},{"value":"Snelling, Paula","hits":580},{"value":"Williams, Hosea, 1926-2000","hits":431}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"event_title_sms","items":[{"value":"Martin Luther King, Jr.'s Nobel Prize","hits":1763},{"value":"Ole Miss Integration","hits":1670},{"value":"Housing Act of 1961","hits":965},{"value":"Little Rock Central High School Integration","hits":704},{"value":"Memphis Sanitation Workers Strike","hits":366},{"value":"Selma-Montgomery March","hits":337},{"value":"Freedom Summer","hits":306},{"value":"Freedom Rides","hits":214},{"value":"Poor People's Campaign","hits":180},{"value":"University of Georgia Integration","hits":173},{"value":"University of Alabama Integration","hits":140}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"location_facet","items":[{"value":"United States, 39.76, -98.5","hits":17820},{"value":"United States, Georgia, Fulton County, Atlanta, 33.749, -84.38798","hits":5428},{"value":"United States, Alabama, Montgomery County, Montgomery, 32.36681, -86.29997","hits":5151},{"value":"United States, Georgia, 32.75042, -83.50018","hits":4862},{"value":"United States, South Carolina, 34.00043, -81.00009","hits":4610},{"value":"United States, Arkansas, 34.75037, -92.50044","hits":4177},{"value":"United States, Alabama, 32.75041, -86.75026","hits":3943},{"value":"United States, Mississippi, 32.75041, -89.75036","hits":2910},{"value":"United States, Tennessee, Shelby County, Memphis, 35.14953, -90.04898","hits":2579},{"value":"United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, 34.76993, -92.3118","hits":2430},{"value":"United States, Arkansas, Pulaski County, Little Rock, 34.74648, -92.28959","hits":2387}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"us_states_facet","items":[{"value":"Georgia","hits":12843},{"value":"Alabama","hits":11307},{"value":"Mississippi","hits":10219},{"value":"South Carolina","hits":8503},{"value":"Arkansas","hits":4583},{"value":"Texas","hits":4399},{"value":"Tennessee","hits":3770},{"value":"Florida","hits":2601},{"value":"Ohio","hits":2391},{"value":"North Carolina","hits":1893},{"value":"New York","hits":1667}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"year_facet","items":[{"value":"1966","hits":10514},{"value":"1963","hits":10193},{"value":"1965","hits":10119},{"value":"1956","hits":9832},{"value":"1955","hits":9611},{"value":"1964","hits":9268},{"value":"1968","hits":9243},{"value":"1962","hits":9152},{"value":"1967","hits":8771},{"value":"1957","hits":8460},{"value":"1958","hits":8242},{"value":"1961","hits":8241},{"value":"1959","hits":8046},{"value":"1960","hits":7940},{"value":"1954","hits":7239},{"value":"1969","hits":7235},{"value":"1950","hits":7117},{"value":"1953","hits":6968},{"value":"1970","hits":6743},{"value":"1971","hits":6337},{"value":"1977","hits":6280},{"value":"1952","hits":6161},{"value":"1972","hits":6144},{"value":"1951","hits":6045},{"value":"1975","hits":5806},{"value":"1976","hits":5771},{"value":"1974","hits":5729},{"value":"1973","hits":5591},{"value":"1979","hits":5329},{"value":"1978","hits":5318},{"value":"1980","hits":5279},{"value":"1995","hits":4829},{"value":"1981","hits":4724},{"value":"1994","hits":4654},{"value":"1948","hits":4596},{"value":"1949","hits":4571},{"value":"1996","hits":4486},{"value":"1982","hits":4330},{"value":"1947","hits":4316},{"value":"1985","hits":4226},{"value":"1998","hits":4225},{"value":"1997","hits":4202},{"value":"1983","hits":4174},{"value":"1984","hits":4065},{"value":"1946","hits":4046},{"value":"1999","hits":4018},{"value":"1945","hits":4017},{"value":"1990","hits":3937},{"value":"1986","hits":3919},{"value":"1943","hits":3899},{"value":"1944","hits":3895},{"value":"1942","hits":3867},{"value":"2000","hits":3808},{"value":"2001","hits":3790},{"value":"1940","hits":3764},{"value":"1941","hits":3757},{"value":"1987","hits":3657},{"value":"2002","hits":3538},{"value":"1991","hits":3507},{"value":"1936","hits":3506},{"value":"1939","hits":3500},{"value":"1938","hits":3465},{"value":"1937","hits":3449},{"value":"1992","hits":3444},{"value":"1993","hits":3422},{"value":"2003","hits":3403},{"value":"1930","hits":3377},{"value":"1989","hits":3355},{"value":"1935","hits":3306},{"value":"1933","hits":3270},{"value":"1934","hits":3270},{"value":"1988","hits":3269},{"value":"1932","hits":3254},{"value":"1931","hits":3239},{"value":"2005","hits":3057},{"value":"2004","hits":2909},{"value":"1929","hits":2789},{"value":"2006","hits":2774},{"value":"1928","hits":2271},{"value":"1921","hits":2123},{"value":"1925","hits":2039},{"value":"1927","hits":2025},{"value":"1924","hits":2011},{"value":"1926","hits":2009},{"value":"1920","hits":1975},{"value":"1923","hits":1954},{"value":"1922","hits":1928},{"value":"2016","hits":1925},{"value":"2007","hits":1629},{"value":"2008","hits":1578},{"value":"2011","hits":1575},{"value":"2019","hits":1537},{"value":"1919","hits":1532},{"value":"2009","hits":1532},{"value":"1918","hits":1530},{"value":"2015","hits":1527},{"value":"2013","hits":1518},{"value":"2010","hits":1515},{"value":"2014","hits":1481},{"value":"2012","hits":1467}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":100,"offset":0,"prefix":null},"min":"0193","max":"2035","count":500952,"missing":56},{"name":"medium_facet","items":[{"value":"photographs","hits":10708},{"value":"correspondence","hits":9437},{"value":"black-and-white photographs","hits":7678},{"value":"negatives (photographs)","hits":7513},{"value":"documents (object genre)","hits":4462},{"value":"letters (correspondence)","hits":3623},{"value":"oral histories (literary works)","hits":3607},{"value":"black-and-white negatives","hits":2740},{"value":"editorial cartoons","hits":2620},{"value":"newspapers","hits":1955},{"value":"manuscripts (documents)","hits":1692}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"rights_facet","items":[{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC/1.0/","hits":41178},{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-EDU/1.0/","hits":17554},{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/UND/1.0/","hits":8828},{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/CNE/1.0/","hits":6864},{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-US/1.0/","hits":2186},{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-NC/1.0/","hits":1778},{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NoC-CR/1.0/","hits":1115},{"value":"https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/","hits":197},{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/NKC/1.0/","hits":60},{"value":"http://rightsstatements.org/vocab/InC-RUU/1.0/","hits":51},{"value":"https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/4.0/","hits":27}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"collection_titles_sms","items":[{"value":"Jim Peppler Southern Courier Photograph Collection","hits":4956},{"value":"John E. Phay Collection ","hits":4706},{"value":"John J. Herrera Papers","hits":3288},{"value":"Baldy Editorial Cartoons, 1946-1982, 1997: Clifford H. Baldowski Editorial Cartoons at the Richard B. Russell Library.","hits":2607},{"value":"Sovereignty Commission Online","hits":2335},{"value":"Strom Thurmond Collection, Mss 100","hits":2068},{"value":"Alabama Media Group Collection","hits":2067},{"value":"Black Trailblazers, Leaders, Activists, and Intellectuals in Cleveland","hits":2033},{"value":"Rosa Parks Papers","hits":1948},{"value":"Isaiah DeQuincey Newman, (1911-1985), Papers, 1929-2003","hits":1904},{"value":"Lillian Eugenia Smith Papers (circa 1920-1980)","hits":1887}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"provenance_facet","items":[{"value":"John Davis Williams Library. Department of Archives and Special Collections","hits":8885},{"value":"Alabama. Department of Archives and History","hits":8146},{"value":"Atlanta University Center Robert W. Woodruff Library","hits":4102},{"value":"South Caroliniana Library","hits":4024},{"value":"University of North Texas. Libraries","hits":3854},{"value":"Hargrett Library","hits":3292},{"value":"University of South Carolina. Libraries","hits":3212},{"value":"Richard B. Russell Library for Political Research and Studies","hits":2874},{"value":"Mississippi. Department of Archives and History","hits":2825},{"value":"Butler Center for Arkansas Studies","hits":2633},{"value":"Rhodes College","hits":2264}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":11,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"class_name","items":[{"value":"Item","hits":80736},{"value":"Collection","hits":455}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":100,"offset":0,"prefix":null}},{"name":"educator_resource_b","items":[{"value":"false","hits":80994},{"value":"true","hits":197}],"options":{"sort":"count","limit":100,"offset":0,"prefix":null}}]}}